1 Lower Extremities 2009 Catalogue

Technology for People
Anniversary
Edition
Prosthetics
Lower Extremities 2009
Prosthetics
Lower Extremities 2009
Limited edition for the company’s 90-year anniversary.
Dear customers, partners and friends of Otto Bock,
Helping people with physical impairments regain maximum mobility and

independence—and thus quality of life—is a great responsibility. It’s also serves as
our motivation. We rely on our nine decades of experience in orthopedic technology
Technology · Innovation · Design · Functionality · Quality
to create products that are focused on the patient, It is this objective that ties us daily
to our industry partners, and which reinforces the keen interest in our shared task.
The challenge to help the physically disabled “quickly and in a sustainable manner
with the most practical, modern orthopaedics technology solutions” was formulated by
my grandfather, Otto Bock, who founded Otto Bock Orthopädische Industrie GmbH
in Berlin back in 1919. My father, Dr. Max Näder, also followed this philosophy.
He rebuilt our company in Duderstadt in 1946—almost from scratch—and led it to
international renown.
Beginning in 1990, and as the representative of the family‘s third generation, I have
continued to follow both in their footsteps and their philosophy, and I am honoured
to present to you the “Prosthetics – Lower Extremities” anniversary catalogue on the
occasion of our company‘s 90-year anniversary.
After all, lower extremity prosthetics is the product segment which allowed
Otto Bock to fundamentally revolutionise the industry in 1919 with serialized
component production. The prosthetic components you will find on the following
pages are the result of a product and development strategy which consistently puts
people with their fundamental need for mobility first in all our efforts.
Time and time again, this unconditional commitment to people and their need for
mobility as the driving force behind our activities has allowed Otto Bock to develop
products and fitting solutions that set new standards in fittings for the handicapped.
We will continue to lead the way in lower extremity prosthetics with user-related
innovations based on the foundation established by our innovations over the
preceding decades. I would like to mention the Helix3D hip joint as an example that
is representative of many other products in this catalogue. In combination with the
C-Leg®, it offers fittings of never-before-seen quality for hip amputees.
Further great strides in development are already apparent. You can count on our
company as a reliable partner. We will continue to vigorously advance our technology
for people with research and development in the future.
To partnership!
Sincerely,
Professor Hans Georg Näder

C - L e g ® l e g prosthesis system
The early years New beginnings
Wood processing on the Euzenberg Turning machine for wood components

First headquarters of Orthopädische Industrie GmbH Company founder Otto Bock with
located at Köpenicker Straße 147 in Berlin (1919) his wife Maria
In the 40s, poplar wood was transported by horse-drawn carts Otto Bock letter from the 50s
Otto Bock and his daughter Maria (centre) in 1926, Technical drawing for
at one of the regular training courses in Königsee a knee-calf component
made of wood (1922)
The 20s and 30s:

Otto Bock dedicates himself to the advancement of prosthetic components.
He provides training courses for prosthetists from all over Germany, putting
Königsee on the map as a major centre for orthopaedic technology.
1919: 1935: 1946:

Prosthetist Otto Bock founds his company, Max Näder applies to Otto Bock. The Max and Maria Näder found the
Orthopädische Industrie GmbH, in Berlin. entrepreneur recognises the young northern distribution warehouse
It is the first to manufacture prosthetic man’s talent, supporting his education in Duderstadt. In 1947, production
components in series production in order as a prosthetist and industrial business begins in factory 20 on the Euzen-
to supply veterans of the First World War. management assistant. berg – the foundation on which
the success of the modern global
company was built.
1920 1940
1920: A prosthesis replaces the form and function of

The young company moves to a missing body part. There was a time when
Königsee / Thuringia. each prosthesis was individually hand-crafted
from leather, steel, and wood. Series produc-
tion of prosthetic parts known as components
was launched after the First World War. They
were individually adjusted and assembled by
the prosthetist. This concept pioneered by Otto 1947:
Bock is still valid today. Max Näder becomes the
general partner and CEO of
Headquarters of Orthopädische Industrie GmbH in
the newly founded Otto Bock
Königsee / Thuringia (Otto Bock parent company) Illustration from the textbook for orthotists and prosthetists Orthopädische Industrie KG.
The eventful 50s Ne
View o
seen in
Transfer protocol from 1948
Otto Bock at the balancing device (1952) Max Näder with a knee-calf component
The 50s: The 60s and 70

Patented application technology for prosthetists has always been part of the Otto Bock Two new developments - th
service philosophy. Individual socket positioning is determined using the balance device leg prosthesis system – lea
by Bayerl, Bothe and Franke.
With contemporary computer technology, the L.A.S.A.R Posture now offers an objective,
optimised prosthesis alignment process.
Modular leg pros

Modular leg pros
1950: knee joint and so
PUR foam is used in the production of lower limb
elements invented
prostheses for the first time as an alternative to wood,
to be exchanged.
which had become scarce. Otto Bock Kunststoff is
founded two years later. Today it is one of the leading A key Otto Bock
suppliers of foam materials and systems for the auto- the world.
motive and furniture industries, among other things. Today the pyramid
found in many co
part of our structu
1950 1960
1948:
After the Second World War, the
family holdings are expropriated Max Näder returns from his first trip to the USA
without compensation.
This expropriation by the Russian 1958:
occupying power also includes 1953: Internationalisation begins with the founding
the company headquarters in Company founder Otto Bock passes of the first foreign Otto Bock branch in the
Königsee. away in Duderstadt at the age of 64. USA.
Dedication and honours Innovation for success
Dr. Max and Hans Georg Näder with Hans-Dietrich Genscher and Hans Georg
Dr. Rita Süssmuth at the 1991 World Näder at RehaCare 2000 in Leipzig
Congress in Berlin
In 2003, Hans Georg Näder is honoured

as Entrepreneur of the Year in the industry
category
Hans Georg Näder gives Gerhard and

Hiltrud Schröder a tour of the Otto Bock
production facilities
The 90s:
Otto Bock invests heavily in gait analysis and test facilit
The 80s: ment and strategic marketing. The research and dev
operation. Innovative products such as the C-Walk ca
Otto Bock strengthens its position as a market leader with new the functional safety and selective dynamics of lowe
developments in prosthetics. Innovative knee joints and prosthetic The 3R60 EBS joint is the first to support
feet are added to the modular system, and titanium is used as a representative of innovative technolo
light weight material. Otto Bock introduces miniature hydraulics in- patented joints, providing an incent
tegrated into a modular joint housing to harmonise the gait pattern. Child prosthetic fittings are revitalised with the modula
This is the starting shot for additional joint developments, including system are realised with smaller dimensions and age-
the 3R40 lightweight joint. levels is now available.
1988:
Otto Bock has been a sponsor of the summer and
winter Paralympics since the 1988 games in Seoul.
Thanks to Otto Bock technicians, athletes from
all over the world receive free technical support.
In 2008, the International Paralympic Committee
(IPC) and Otto Bock extended their partnership
Otto Bock has supported the Paralympics since 1988. up to and including 2012. This period includes the
2010 Winter Games in Vancouver and the 2012
Summer Games in London.
1980 1990
1992:
1985: The Näder f
Max Näder celebrates his 70th birthday. the expropria
He is also awarded the honorary doctorate in Königsee a
Dr. Ing. E.h. from Berlin Technical University wheelchair ma
in the same year. This tribute stands for many ity. While only
other honours and awards. per year are t
Among other things, Dr. Max Näder received this number
the First Class Order of Merit in 1970 and mately 45,00
the Georg-Hohmann Award – the highest SuperFour® b
distinction of the “Deutsche Gesellschaft in Königsee in
für Orthopädie und Traumatologie” (DGOT) drive all-terrain
(German Association for Orthopaedics and extremely vers
Traumatology) – in 1985. up to 40 % gra
Investments in the future
In 2005, premier Christian Wulff Hans Georg Näder is appointed hono-

presents the Lower Saxony State rary professor at the private Göttingen
Award to Hans Georg Näder University of Applied Sciences in 2005
The C-Leg® leg prosthesis system
The SuperFour® outdoor vehicle Aerial view of the company head

quarters in Duderstadt
ty research and development in addition to introducing product manage

velopment workshop at the Göttingen University Hospital commences
arbon foot and a new generation of modular knee joints further improve
er extremities prosthetics.
controlled stance phase flexion. Like the 3R80 rotation hydraulics, it is
ogies. Prosthetists and users alike embrace the unique benefits of these
ive for further development and optimisation.
r system for children. The advantages of the proven Otto Bock modular
-appropriate functional elements. A practical system for all amputation
1997: 2006:
The C-Leg®, the first fully micro Otto Bock engineers developed the Trias based
processor-controlled leg prosthesis on the natural human foot. The Trias
system in the world, is introduced at combines contemporary design with
the World Congress for Orthopaedic innovative, lightweight construction to
and Rehabilitation Technology in create outstanding gait characteristics.
Nuremberg. It opens up new horizons
for mobility.
2000 2006
family buys back 2004:

ated headquarters The new logistics centre in Duderstadt
and establishes a 2003: is inaugurated after less than a year of
anufacturing facil- Hans Georg Näder is honoured as Entre construction. Orders placed by 6:00 pm
2006 a
y 200 wheelchairs preneur of the Year in the industry category. can be delivered almost anywhere in The logistic
turned out initially, Just like his father 18 years before him, he Western Europe the next day. Otto Bock
rises to approxi- also receives the Georg-Hohmann Award. pansions in
00 by 2006. The In 2005, Hans Georg Näder is appointed are compl
begins production honorary professor at the private Göttingen stadt are e
2006. This hybrid- University of Applied Sciences. In addition to invested in
n outdoor vehicle is numerous other tributes and commendations, to provide r
satile and handles he also receives the Lower Saxony State a clear ind
ade inclines. Award. and the So
Excellent prospects
Medical technology is regarded as one of the most important drivers of

future economic growth. Healthcare faces tremendous challenges due to
demographic trends with a continuous increase in the proportion of the
elderly. With its innovative technologies, Otto Bock helps people stay
mobile and independent as they age. Sales of Otto Bock HealthCare are
expected to increase by more than 10 percent annually, reaching close
to EUR 770 million by 2013. 1,300 new jobs are anticipated during the
same period. Even now, Otto Bock HealthCare has approximately 3,900
employees around the world.
2007: 2008:
With the prototype of the mind-controlled The Helix3D hip joint is the first prosthetic
arm prosthesis, Otto Bock introduces a hip joint in the world to hydraulically control
medical technology sensation in 2007. three-dimensional movements in stance and
The innovative high-tech prosthesis is swing phases. In terms of safety, dynamics
controlled using the same nerves origi- and comfort, it sets new fitting standards
nally responsible for movements of the for hip disarticulation and hemipelvectomy
natural arm. In contrast to other prosthe- patients.
ses, the user does not have to relearn
movements but is able to perform them
intuitively.
and 2007: 2009:

cs centre and the new seminar facilities of the With the Otto Bock Science Center for Medical
k Academy in Königsee are inaugurated. Ex- Technology, Otto Bock is returning to its roots: The
in the production and assembly departments company was founded in Berlin in 1919. In 2006,
lete. The company headquarters in Duder the Otto Bock Lounge was inaugurated there.
expanded and modernised. EUR 5.5 million is And in 2009, right on time for the company’s 90th
n the renovation and expansion project in order anniversary, Otto Bock is opening the Otto Bock
room for growth over the coming years. This is Science Center for Medical Technology – a unique
dication of the strong commitment to Germany technology showcase in the heart of the German
outh Lower Saxony gion. capital.
New developments and prosperity
of the company premises – the new administrative centre can be Patent certificate from 1969 Advertisements for myoelectric arm prostheses and modular leg
in the foreground (1969) prostheses
0s:
he myoelectric arm prosthesis and the modular
ad to prosperity in the 60s and 70s.
stheses:
sthesis systems set the standard for amputee fittings. The prosthetic foot,
ocket are connected by special adapters. These adjustable connecting
ed by Otto Bock in 1969 permit static corrections and allow components
d.
k patent and a true milestone that changed leg prosthesis fittings around
id adapter, consisting of a four-screw adapter with pyramid system, is also

ompeting products. A symbol for sustained innovativeness, the original is
tural and functional elements.
1970
1962:
The corner stone is laid for a new building on the Industrie
straße in Duderstadt. The construction of factories and build-
ings for orthopaedics and plastics production are in various
phases of construction. In 1969, the Näder family celebrates
the topping-out ceremony for the administrative centre.
1 C 3 0 Tr i a s
www.ottobock.com
Otto Bock Today: A Company in Constant Change
“Otto Bock HealthCare is a global leader of innovative products

for people with limited mobility. With top quality and techno-
logically superier products and services, we help people to
maintain or regain their freedom of motion.”
(Prof. H. G. Näder, CEO and President)
For over 85 years, Otto Bock has been a landmark for technology, innovation, quality and custo-
mer focus. Driven by pioneering spirit, courage and determination, Otto Bock founded Otto Bock
Orthopädische Industrie GmbH in Berlin in 1919. With the courage to explore new avenues and
to set higher standards, he was to revolutionize an entire industry. Managed by Dr Max Näder,
Otto Bock then became an internationally renowned company. Drawing from creativity and inven-
tiveness, Max Näder continued to set the standard in orthopedics, for example by developing the
modular leg prosthesis system and the myoelectrically controlled arm prosthesis. As early as in
1958, Otto Bock founded its first foreign subsidiary, thereby paving the way for the development
of the international sales structure. Following continued dynamic growth across all divisions, Otto
Bock has become a true global player and a strong corporate brand. All over the world, our name
represents products and services of outstanding quality and functionality that include leading-edge
solutions in the field of orthopedics and rehabilitation technology. In further pursuing this path, all
of our activities are focused on people: we wish to provide them with an utmost degree of mobility,
autonomy and normality.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH is a modern, customer-focused, success-driven company with a

long tradition – a global player with local roots. With 37 sales and service subsidiaries as well as
product exports to over 140 countries worldwide, we keep in close contact with our customers –
in a spirit of partnership and cooperation. Our market proximity helps us understand user and
customer requirements and to integrate these in our product development process. While we are
confident that our established global network of development and manufacturing facilities will ena-
ble us to meet future challenges, we also explicitly commit ourselves to maintaining our presence
in Germany, and thus the origins of our business. Duderstadt, which is located in the Eichsfeld
region, is not only home to our largest development and production site but also to the corporate
headquarters of Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH.
We will continue to use our knowledge and expertise responsibly in order to improve quality of life
for persons with disabilities by implementing state-of-the-art solutions: “Quality for life – made
by Otto Bock”.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Introduction
Successful Product Selection and

Fitting – a Well Thought-Out Plan!
Otto Bock and its partners makes it their mission and task to increase the quali-
ty of life for people with disabilities through up-to-date, innovative and high-qual-
ity prosthetic devices. In order to meet all the fitting demands for amputations of
the lower extremities, we offer a time-proven, comprehensive delivery and per-
formance program. The many different models of prosthesis feet, adapters, lin-
ers, knee and hip joints as well as prosthesis accessories allow finding the best
possible individual solution for every user and every prosthetic fitting.
This catalog features a wealth of improvements, optimized fitting solutions and
new products. The catalog has 11 chapters, three of which constitute the main
chapters: Leg Prostheses for Children, Modular Leg Prostheses, and Exoskeletal
Leg Prostheses. The table of contents (see page 1) shows at one glance where
products can be found.
The easy and proper selection of the prosthesis components – fundamental pre-
requisite for a successful fitting – is made possible with the MOBIS® Mobility Sys-
tem. With the help of the MOBIS® symbols, orthopedic technicians can recognize
for what mobility grade and for what patient weight the modular components are
recommended. The MOBIS® System Overview (see pages 46f.) lists all function-
al and structural parts. Further details are then indicated in the subsequent sec-
tions, where they are featured in the order from distal to proximal. In addition, the
combination overviews “Component Combinations: Knee-Foot” (see pages 48f.)
as well as “Foam Covers: Combination Overview” (see page 242) facilitate the
proper composition of the individual components. The simplification of the daily
fitting practice is also achieved with our newly introduced “system height” meas-
uring unit. This measure assists orthopedic technicians with the task of filling the
available space between socket and ground with prosthesis components such
that the length deviation between residual extremity and prosthesis leg is as small
as possible. (For more information, please see the following pages.)
To make ordering as easy as possible, our new prosthetics catalog “Lower Ex-
tremity” contains useful tips about the ordering procedure and order codes as
well as order and measurement forms.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com I

Using the Catalog
Symbol Legend Search, Find and Order
Content The catalog has 11 chapters. The three main chapters are Leg
Prostheses for Children, Modular Leg Prostheses and Exoskeletal Leg
Angled Prostheses. Though not listed in the Table of Contents, sub-sections on
Modular Lower Leg Prostheses

for Children
Leg Prostheses for Children 2 - 21
Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses can be found within the chapter.
Limb Prostheses
Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 22 - 23
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Initial and Interim Prostheses 24 - 31
Leg Prostheses
Alignment of Modular Leg Prostheses
Movable
Alignment
· System Height 32 - 41
· EasySelect
MOBIS®
MOBIS®
· System Overview 42 - 49
Tabs on the right-hand page margins as well as the subtitles

· Component Combinations
Prosthetic
Modular Prosthetic Feet 50 - 103
Feet
(e.g. tube clamp) on top of every page also serve as quick and
Adapter
Rotatable
Modular Adapters 104 - 139
Modular Knee Joints

easy reference guides.
Knee Joints
· Mechanical Knee Joints 140 - 181
· C-Leg®-Product Line
Hip Joints
Modular Hip Joints 182 - 185
Technologies
Socket
Socket Technologies 186 - 231
Eccentric Tube Adapters 30 mm
Cosmetic
Covers
Cosmetic Covers 232 - 247
Exoskeletal
Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 248 - 268
Leg Prostheses
Polyurethane Individuelle
Tube Adapter Titanium
for Children
Kundennr.:
Kundennr.:
Schaumstoffüberzüge
Bestellfax:
Index
Firma Versandadresse 05527
Firma
Kundennr.:
Straße 848
Versandadresse
Straße Auftragsnr.: 1585
PLZ/Ort
PLZ/Ort
Firma Telefon:
Telefon:
Straße Fax:
Fax: Auftraggeber
Firma Datum:
Order Information / Glossary / Index 269 - 295

PLZ/Ort
Kundennr.: (wenn
Telefon: Orthopädietechniker: Patientendaten
Straße von
Versandadresse
Versandadresse PLZ/Ort
Fax: Patientenname: Name: abweichend)
Firma Telefon:
Links Geburtsdatum:
Straße Orthopädietechniker: Fax:
MOBIS
Wandstärke: 4 mm
PLZ/Ort Patientenname: Gewicht:
Telefon: Rechts
Links
Fax: 6Y70=M Oberschenkel-Innenbohrung Betroffene
6Y416 Shape Plus

Maßliner Geschlecht: Seite:
6Y71=M Konisch
(mit vergrößert links
weiblich
6Y417 6Y71=M-1 Prothese/Knietyp: rechts
(ohne
Hinweis: männlich
6Y60=M _______________________
(mit
nach Maß
Custom Uniform 6Y61=M
(einheitliche Wandstärke)
Oberschenkelumfang
(mit
nach Maß
Custom Tapered 6Y61=M-1
(ohne
Textilbeschichtung:
ohne mit Knieumfang
Neubestellung
komplett, Farbe:
Konturhöhe
Hinweis: (mind.
Thread
Wadenumfang Kniespalt
als das 100 mm
Bodenmaß) länger
Kniespalt-
ohne
Distaler Anschluß:
Fesselumfang
Available in two lengths.

Kniespalt-
Bodenmaß
16
12
Boden
MONY¸0 Otto
2 Bock Alle
HealthCare Angaben
| Prothetik in mm
– Untere
Extremität
| www.ottobock.de
10
Order no 2R37 2R38
The indicated weight may differ

slightly from the actual weight. Glossary The index on pages 298 - 300 lists all products in alphabetical
Glossary sequence. The index on pages 302 - 305 also allows to find the page
of a product on the basis of the article number.
Leg Prostheses
A Connection Cap 59, 61
for Children
Connection Plate 63, 65, 67, 69
AC Adapter 176 Connection Tube 208
A Pylon 91 Cosmetic Light Foot 238
Information sheet
Accessories for Harmony® System 195 Cosmetic Shells 221
Adapter 192
Index
Limb Prostheses
Cotton Residual Limb Sock 214
Modular Lower
Adapter Plate 118 CT Function Sock 213
Adjustment Adapter 30 Custom Liners 188
Advantage DP2 86
Aesthetic Refinement 227
D
Index
Leg Prostheses
Article no. Page Article no. Page Article no. Page
for Children
1 2 3
1A6 242 2C2 97 3C86 171
Information material
1A29 244 2C5 81, 89, 95, 99 3C88-1 169
ses Limb Prostheses

erim Modular Lower
1A30 70 2C100 89 3C96 171
1C2 102 2E3 9, 11 3C98-1 169
1C20 97 2F8 239 3K5 252
1C30 75 2H19 241 3K9 251
1C40 79 2K34 239 3P4 250
1D10 68, 238 2K36 7 3P19 247
1D11 69 238 2R2 107 3P21 19
Instructions for Use

Order forms with order fax numbers for the different products can be
CD found on pages 277 - 296.
Polyurethane Custom Liner · Transtibial Liner and Shape Plus Liner
Fax: +49-5527-848-1585
Kundennr.:
Client no.: Auftragsnr.:
Order no.: Datum:
Date:
Versandadresse
Shipping address Auftraggeber
Billing address
(wenn
(if von
different
Versandadresse
from shipping
abwei-
address)
Company
Firma Company
Firma
Straße
Street Straße
Street
DVD
City/ City/
PLZ/Ort PLZ/Ort
Postal code Postal code
Telefon:
Tel.: Telefon:
Tel.:
Fax:
Fax: Fax:
Fax:
Orthopedic technician: _____________________________ Missing information may delay your order!

Patient name: _____________________________________
Replacement custom liner: Please contact
left right your customer
6Y400 Custom Liner based on plaster cast and Transtibial measurements
Video
measurement form
Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if
6Y400=M Custom Liner according to measurement form
required. Please mark the MPT as well as all prominent
6Y414 Harmony® Custom Liner based on plaster cast and
measurement form areas on the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative
6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 23 cm beyond the knee center!
measurement form
Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall thickness of ±0.5 mm.
+ 18 cm
Wall thickness
+ 10 cm
Uniform wall thickness
Tapered (wall thickness tapered from MPT and + 5 cm
hollow of the knee to 3 mm thick (± 1 mm))
MPT
Distal connection:
Products with these symbols

cm
without + 2,5 cm
with (requires the selection of a fabric coating)
+ 5 cm
Outer coating:
+ 7,5 cm
are registered trademarks in

Length of res. limb
with fabric Color: caucasian black

without fabric with non-adhesive coating or + 10 cm
without coating (requires that
the patient wear the liner with + 12,5 cm
lubricant to avoid the stickiness of
their respective countries.

the liner) + 15 cm
Inner coating: + 17,5 cm
with non-adhesive coating (not possible with
extreme residual limb contours or forms) Comments:
without coating (requires that the patient wear the
liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of the liner)
Otto Bock Service Fabrication offers individual products and

Otto Bock keeps a record of the plaster cast data for two years
following the last order.
Date _____________ Place _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________
services from the sector Prosthetics. These are listed in the catalog
262 Otto Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com
646K71=GB.
MOBIS® symbol legend
Indoor walker
For more information or to place

orders for products from the sector
Restricted outdoor walker
Materials and Tools, please use the
Otto Bock 646K1=GB Materials
Catalog.
Unrestricted outdoor walker
Unrestricted outdoor walker

with rigorous demands
Materials
F o r o r t h o pe di c t e c h n o l o gy
2007
Limited weight category

(here maximum 85 kg)
≤ 85 kg
II Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com
Order Information
User Tips and Order Placement
Product identification
Brief description
Name of product of product
Socket attachment block for thermoplastic socket Aluminum
The 5R6 Socket Attachment Block is available for three residual limb Order no. or
circumferences. It functions as a removable connecting piece between
the self-supporting thermoplastic socket and the modular system. article no.
Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3
Weight 160 g 135 g 115 g
System height 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
Circumf. distal
~ 400 mm ~ 320 mm ~ 250 mm
res. limb
Image of product Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
Max. body weight 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg
Tool 5Y14 is required to create the proper distal shape. It must be
ordered separately.
647H4
Technical data
Tip Available such as diameter, size,
infomation material system height, material,
MOBIS®
Product accessories are not included in the delivery

of the product and must be ordered separately.
Accessory for 5R6 Have to be ordered separately.
This tool facilitates creating the proper distal shape.
Article no. 5Y14=1 5Y14=2 5Y14=3

For 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3
Product components 647H4
which serve as spare

parts for service and
repair.
Single components replacement parts

Article number 5R1 5R2 5R6 4R108 4R109
506S1=5x16
Roll Pin
501S41=M6x16
Countersunk Screw (Allen screw)
Single-component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered separately
Order code
Select the desired product and determine the order number. That number consists of the article number plus additional parame-
ters such as body side, size, material and color. The order samples on the respective catalog pages show how the order number
can be determined quickly and easily.
Example:
Article no. 2C5
Sides left (L), right (R)
Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm 29 cm 30 cm 31 cm
Weights ~150 g ~155 g ~195 g ~210 g ~225 g ~235 g ~265 g ~275 g ~310 g ~320 g
Colors beige (4), light tan (15)
Order no. (order sample):

Article no. = Side Weight / Color
2C5 = R 28 / 15
That order number is then to be used when making inquiries or placing orders by phone, fax, email or via the
online shop.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com III

Contact
How to contact us:

Customer service is a main priority at Otto At www.ottobock.com you can at any time
Bock. Our competent contact persons assist obtain up-to-date product information.
you with their comprehensive know-how, inform
you about the newest developments and con-
sult you in all matters concerning our products.
For more complex inquiries, our product experts
and specialists from Fabrication will be glad to Otto Bock worldwide
help you. In addition Otto Bock offers compre- Europe

Otto Bock Adria D.O.O.
Jakova Gotovca 5 · HR–10430 Samobor
Tel. +385 1 3361544 · Fax +385 1 3365986
Otto Bock HealthCare Andina Ltda.
Clínica Universitária Teletón, Autopista Norte km 21,
La Caro · Chia, Cundinamarca · Bogotá / Colombia
hensive service and marketing concepts.

Otto Bock HealthCare Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG e-mail: ottobockadria@ottobock.hr · www.ottobock.hr Tel. +57 1 8619988 · Fax +57 1 8619977
Max-Näder-Str. 15 · D–37115 Duderstadt e-mail: ottobock@telesat.com.co
Tel. +49 5527 848-3411 · Fax +49 5527 848-1414
e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com
Other countries not listed: Otto Bock Italia S.R.L
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH Via Filippo Turati 5/7 · I–40054 Budrio (BO) Otto Bock de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Max-Näder-Str. 15 · D–37115 Duderstadt Tel. +39 051 692-4711 · Fax +39 051 692-4720 Av. Avila Camacho 2246 · Jardines del Country
Tel. +49 5527 848-0 · Fax +49 5527 72330 e-mail: info.italia@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.it MEX–Guadalajara, Jal. 44210
e-mail: export@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com Tel. +52 33 38246787 · Fax +52 33 38531935
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.mx · www.ottobock.com.mx
Otto Bock Benelux B.V.

Otto Bock Healthcare Products GmbH Ekkersrijt 1412 · NL–5692 AK-Son en Breugel
Kaiserstraße 39 · A–1070 Wien Tel. +31 499 474585 · Fax +31 499 4762 50 Otto Bock Health Care LP
Tel. +43 1 5269548 · Fax +43 1 5267985 e-mail: info.benelux@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.nl Two Carlson Parkway North, Suite 100
e-mail: vertrieb.austria@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.at U.S.A.–Minneapolis, Minnesota 55447
Phone +1 763 5539464 · Fax +1 763 5196153
e-mail: karla.bellows@ottobockus.com
Industria Ortopédica Otto Bock Unip. Lda. www.ottobockus.com
Otto Bock Adria Sarajevo D.O.O. Av. Miguel Bombarda, 21 - 2º Esq. · P–1050-161 Lisboa
Omladinskih radnih brigada 5 · BIH–71000 Sarajevo
Tel. +387 33 766200 · Fax +387 33 766201
Tel.: +351 21 3535587 · Fax: +351 21 3535590
e-mail:ottobockportugal@mail.telepac.pt
Asia/PaciÃc
obadria@bih.net.ba · www.ottobockadria.com.ba © DiskArt™ 1988
Otto Bock Australia Pty. Ltd.

Otto Bock Polska Sp. z o. o. Suite 1.01, Century Corporate Centre
Otto Bock Suisse AG Ulica Koralowa 3 · PL–61-029 Poznaŀ 62 Norwest Business Park
Pilatusstrasse 2, Postfach 87 · CH–6036 Dierikon Tel. +48 61 6538250 · Fax +48 61 6538031 AUS–Baulkham Hills N.S.W. 2153
Telefon +41 41 4556171 · Fax +41 41 4556170 e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.pl · www.ottobock.pl Tel. +61 2 88182800 · Fax +61 2 88182898
e-mail: suisse@ottobock.com e-mail: ottobock@australia.ottobock.de
www.ottobock.com.au
Otto Bock Moscow

Otto Bock ǅR s.r.o. 5. Donskoj projezd 15 strojenie 16 · RUS–119334 Moscow
Protetická 460 · CZ–33008 ZruĦ-Senec Tel. +7 495 564-8360 · Fax +7 495 564-8363 Beijing Otto Bock Orthopaedic Industries Co. Ltd.
Tel. +420 37 7825044 · Fax +420 37 7825036 e-mail: info@ottobock.ru · www.ottobock.ru HengXiang Tower · No.15 Tuanjiehu South Road
e-mail: email@ottobock.cz · www.ottobock.cz Chaoyang District · Beijing 100026 · P.R.China
Tel. +86 10 85986880 · Fax +86 10 85980040
china@ottobock.com.cn · www.ottobock.com.cn
Otto Bock Scandinavia AB
Otto Bock Algérie E.U.R.L. Koppargatan 3 · Box 623 · S–60114 Norrköping
32, rue Ahcène outalab - Coopérative les Mimosas Tel. +46 11 280600 · Fax +46 11 312005
Mackle-Ben Aknoun - Alger · DZ–Algérie e-mail: info@ottobock.se · www.ottobock.se Otto Bock Asia PaciÃc Ltd.
Tel. + 213 21 913863 · Fax + 213 21 913863 Suite 3218, 32/F., Sun Hung Kai Centre
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai · Hong Kong
Tel No. +852 2598 9772 · Fax No. +852 2598 7886
Otto Bock Sava D.O.O. e-mail: info@ottobock.com.hk
Drugog ustanka 19, lokal 1
Otto Bock Iberica S.A. Republika Srbija · SRB–18000 Niš
C/Majada, 1 · E–28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Tel./Fax. +381 18 539 191
Tel. +34 91 8063000 · Fax +34 91 8060415 e-mail: ottobocksava@sbb.co.yu Otto Bock HealthCare India Pvt. Ltd.
The addresses of our branches throughout

info@ottobock.es · www.ottobock.es Behind Fairlawn Housing Society · Sion Trombay Road
Chembur · IND–Mumbai 400 071
Tel. +91 22 2520 1268 · Fax +91 22 2520 1267
Otto Bock Ortopedi ve Rehabilitasyon Tekniǽi Ltd. ýti. information@indiaottobock.com · www.ottobockindia.com
Otto Bock Orthopedic Services S.A.E. Ali Dursun Bey Caddesi · Lati Lokum Sokak
28 - Soleman Abaza St. · ET–Mohandessen - Cairo Meriç Sitesi B Block No: 6/1
Tel. +20 2 7606818 · Fax +20 2 7606818 TR–34387 Mecidiyeköy-østanbul
e-mail: ottobock-eg@link.net Tel. + 90 212 3565040· Faks +90 212 3566688 Otto Bock Japan K. K.
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.tr · www.ottobock.com.tr Oak Minami-Azabu Bldg. 2F · 3-19-23, Minami-Azabu
Minato-Ku, J–Tokyo · 106-0047
the world are listed at the end of this catalog.

Otto Bock France SNC
Americas Tel. +81 3 5447-1511 · Fax +81 3 5447-1512
e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.co.jp · www.ottobock.co.jp
4 Rue de la Réunion · B.P. 11 · F–91941 Les Ulis Cedex
Tél. +33 1 69188830 · Fax +33 1 69071802
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr Otto Bock Argentina S.A.
Piedras, 1314 - Código Postal: Otto Bock Korea HealthCare Inc.
© DiskArt™ 1988
RA–1147 Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires Nongsan B/D 1F, 320-4
Tel. + 54 11 4300 0076 Yangjae - 2 Dong Seocho-Gu · ROK–37-897 Seoul
Otto Bock Healthcare plc ventas@ottobock.com.ar Tel. +82 2 577-3831 · Fax +82 2 577-3828
32, Parsonage Road · Englefield Green e-mail: ottobock@korea.com · www.ottobockkorea.com
GB–Egham, Surrey TW20 0LD
Tel. +44 1784 744900 · Fax +44 1784 744901
e-mail: bockuk@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.co.uk Otto Bock do Brasil Ltda.
Rua Jovelino Aparecido Miguel, 32 Otto Bock Southeast Asia Co. Ltd.
BR–13051-030 Campinas-São Paulo 118 PSB Building · Vibhavadee-Rangsit Road
Tel. +55 19 3729 3500 · Fax +55 19 3269 6061 Jompol, Jatujark · T–10900 Bangkok
Otto Bock Hungária Kft. ottobock@ottobock.com.br · www.ottobock.com.br Tel. +66 2 691-5515 · Fax +66 2 691-5516
Tatai út 74. · H–1135 Budapest e-mail: obsea@ottobock.co.th · www.ottobock.co.th
Tel. +36 1 4 5110 20 · Fax +36 1 4 5110 21
e-mail: info@ottobock.hu · www.ottobock.hu
Otto Bock Healthcare Canada Ltd.
2897 Brighton Road · CDN–Oakville · Ontario L6H 6C9
Tel. +1 905 8292080 · Fax +1 905 8291811
e-mail: info@ottobockcanada.com · www.ottobockcanada.com
© Otto Bock 2007 · Printed in Germany

646K1=GB – 06.07
IV Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Declaration of Conformity / Warranty
Declaration of Conformity
Otto Bock as manufacturer with sole responsibility declares that the intermedi-
ate products/medical products specified in the catalog conform to the require-
ments of the 93/42 EEC Guideline for medial products or, respectively, of the
Law for Medical Products (Medizinproduktegesetz, MPG), which represents the
national transfer of the EEC Guideline into German law.
To be able to fulfill your obligation of documentation (according to Annex VIII of
the 93/42 EEC Guideline “Declaration Concerning Products for Special Purpos-
es”) please take the bar-code labels from the respective packaging and stick
them into the Otto Bock confomity card, in order to document:
• the data necessary for identification of the concerned product;
• the assurance that the product is exclusively destined for a particular, named,
patient;
The confomity card will be kept with

the customer/patient documenta-
tion. In case of complaints, this
measure makes it easier for you
to establish compliance with the
Otto Bock Mobility System MOBIS®
and the resulting 2-year warranty.
Please note that the confomity pe-
riod does not begin before the date
of the first trial fitting. For this rea-
son the date of the first use must be
documented on the warranty card
and a copy of it must be enclosed
with any possible complaints.
The confomity card is included in
the delivery of prosthetic feet and
tube adapters. Please refer to the
646P1 price list for our General
Terms of Business.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com V

Quality Assurance
Quality products are the hallmark of Otto Bock. In order to not only maintain
but, also, to continuously improve our quality standards, we have implemented
a process for quality improvement based on a written Quality Management Sys-
tem (QMS).
QMS encompasses far more than the fabrication of individual products. It also
provides the foundation for all phases of research and development, design, pro-
duction, and customer service.
This is especially important for the production of prosthetic components because
quality is intrinsic to the concepts of trust, safety, and reliability.
Otto Bock’s high level of quality has been tested and certified as meeting the
standards set forth in DIN EN ISO 9001 by an independent organization, the
“Deutsche Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Qualitäts-Management-Systemen”,
(German Association for the Certification of Quality Management Systems). This
certification is recognized worldwide.
VI Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Content

for Children
Leg Prostheses for Children 2 - 21
Limb Prostheses
Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 22 - 23
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Initial and Interim Prostheses 24 - 31
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
· System Height 32 - 41
· EasySelect
MOBIS®
MOBIS®
· System Overview 42 - 49
· Component Combinations
Prosthetic
Modular Prosthetic Feet 50 - 103
Feet Adapters
Modular Adapters 104 - 139
Modular Knee Joints
Knee Joints
· Mechanical Knee Joints 140 - 183
· C-Leg®-Product Line
Hip Joints
Modular Hip Joints 184 - 191

Technologies
Socket
Socket Technologies 192 - 239

Cosmetic
Covers
Cosmetic Covers 240 - 255

Exoskeletal
Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 256 - 276
Polyurethane
Maßliner
Otto Bock Maßline · Unterschenkel-Liner
Maßliner
e · Unterschenkel-Liner
Bestellfax: und Shape
Bestellfax: 05527 848 1585
Amputation 05527 848 Plus Liner
m und transmalleolare Kundennr.: 1585
(TEC) Syme
C) · Sym abweichend)
Polyurethane Maßliner 5 848 1585 Individue

Bestellfax: 05527
fax: 05 Kundennr.: Auftragsnr.:
Auftrags
s
Versandadresse
Datum:
Auftragsnr.:
Firma Kundennr.:
Bestellf lle Schaum
Versandadresse Datum:
Index
se
HD Datum: Auftraggeber (wenn von Versandadresse abweichend)
Straße Auftraggeber
ax: stoffübe
2 (wenn von
05527
P2/Harmony
mony P2
uftragsnr.:
Auftragsnr.: Firma
Kundennr.: abweichend) Firma Firma Versandadre Versandadresse
Harmony 848 1414
Kundennr.: Auftraggeber (wenn von Versandadresse PLZ/Ort Firma abweichend)
848 rzüge
05527
0 Straße Versan Straße Straße sse
1585
ellfax:
Bestellfax: VersandadresseDatum: Firma PLZ/Ort
Telefon: Straße Auftragsnr.:
Firma PLZ/Ort PLZ/Ort
PLZ/Ort
Fax:
Firma abweichend)
Straße Telefon:
Versandadresse Telefon: Telefon:
Telefon:
(wenn von
n Straße
Auftragsnr.:
Auftragsn Straße
Auftraggeber PLZ/Ort Fax: Orthopädietechniker:
PLZ/Ort Fax: Fax: Auftraggebe
Fax:
___________________________
Order Information / Glossary / Index 277 - 305

PLZ/Ort Firma Datum:
Telefon: Patientenname:
Kundennr.: Firma Telefon: r (wenn
Orthopädietechniker: ___________________________ ___ Straße
Telefon: Fax: ______________________________
______________________ Patientenda von
Versandadresse
Versandadresse Straße Fax: Fehlende Informationen können Ihren Auftrag Fehlende
________ Informationen PLZ/Ort
Fax: Patientenname: ___________________________________
_____________________ verzögern!
Links Name: verzögern!
ten können Ihren abweichend)
PLZ/Ort können Ihren Auftrag Rechts Auftrag Telefon:
Firma
_________ Fehlende Informationen
Telefon: ______________________________ verzögern!Links Rechts Unterschenkelmaße
Geburtsdatum
Straße Orthopädietechniker: Fax:
_________ _ Wichtig:
Sie auch 6Y400 Maßliner Verlängern
derlich. :Bitte
MOBIS
Fax: klicken
___________________________________ ein. Wandstärke: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm Sie die Maßabschnitte
PLZ/Ort Patientenname: führt, dann Grösse nach Gipsabdruck
Gewicht:
die gewünschte
UnterschenkelmaßeMaßabschnitte wenn erfor- 6Y400=M u. Maßblatt markanten markieren Sie Mitte wenn erfor-
Wahlmöglichkeit
und FussRechts Sie die Maßliner
+ 18 cm Zonen auf
Telefon: zu einer
zweiten
Links Liner Wichtig: Verlängern Sie Mitte Patellasehne und alle nach
6Y402 Ersatz-Maßliner, Maßblatt tiv bitte Patellasehne
23 cm lang dem Gipsmodell. und alle
r
Fax:
d Auswahl
Wenn die
für Kniekappe, derlich. Bitte markierendem Gipsmodell. Das Gipsnega- OG Nr.: Oberschen über Kniemitte Das Gipsnega-Betroffene Str
reich aus. in den
en Auswahlfeldern markanten Zonen
auf
6Y70=M SiliconGel-Lineriner mit distalem An
Anschluß
n 6Y416 Shape ________________________
Bereich
aus jedem en Sie noch
de
Maßliner auswählen) Kniemitte gipsen! Plus Maßliner gipsen!
Position tragen 6Y416 Shape Plus Größe
u. Maßblatt 15 cm lang über
tiv bitte6Y71=M 6Y417 Shape nach Gipsabdruck Konisch kel-Innenb Geschlecht: Seite: PLZ/O
Sie eine an. Bitte nach Gipsabdruck ...............(bitte SiliconGel-Liner
iner ohne distalem Anschluß
Bitte wählen Kästchen a
ka
Kiekappe
Kieka auswählen) Plus Ersatz-Maßliner, u. Maßblatt
vergrößert links Telefon
Größe Nr.: ___ __
______ (mit Blindkappe*)
appe*) OG Nr.:
_______________________________ ohrung + 23 cm
das entsprechende ........................................ OGG Hinweis:
weis: Bei
45
454A7=* 6Y417 Shape Plus
Ersatz-Maßliner,
...............(bitte auswählen) 6Y71=M-1 SiliconGel-Liner+ 10 cm Nachbestellungen
Prothese/Kni weiblich
Größe e
Toleranzen
zu Toleranze -Liner ohne distale
distalen
e Anschluß von ±0,5 kann es zu _______ rechts Fax:
........................................ kann es (ohne Blindkappe*)
ndkappe*) cm
mm kommen. MPT = 0der
Toleranzen + 10 cm
454A6=*
4 Hinweis: Bei Nachbestellungen ...............(bitte
von ±0,5 mm kommen.
mmen. +5 Wandstärke etyp: männlich
der Wandstärke 6Y60=M TechnoGel-Liner ___________
........................................ hinzufügen) iner mit distalen A Anschluß Custom Uniform + 5 cm
+ 3 cm
cm
4
453A2=*
(bitte Maßblatt MPT
cm
(mit Blindkappe*)
ppe*) (einheitliche nach Maß
___________
Wandstärke)
e
Line
Liner nach Maß auswählen)
Custom Uniform Größe 6Y61=M TechnoGel-Lineriner ohne Custom + 6 cm MPT
+ 5 distal
distalen
cm le Anschluß (Wandstärke Tapered Oberschenkelum _
6Y414= (einheitliche Wandstärke) ................(bitte hinzufügen) (mit Blindkappe*)
ppe*) Wandstärke nach Maß
cm
ab Kniemitte
Kniekehle
niekehle
nach Maß(bitte Maßblatt auf 3 mm an Patella
und+ 9 cm fang
Custom Tapered
........................................ und cm
+ 10 dis (± 1 mm) + 2,5 cm
Kniemitte an Patella 6Y61=M-1 TechnoGel-Liner
-Liner ohne distalen
s Anschluß
cm
6Y510=* auslaufend)
(Wandstärke ab fend)
mm (± 1 mm) auslaufend) (ohne Blindkappe*)
Gesamtlänge
dkappe*)
Stumpflänge
Textilbeschichtung: + 12 cm
6Y400= Kniekehle auf 3 + 15 cm
eschichtung: + 5 cm
4R55 *weiche Kappe am distalenn Ende des Lin Liners,
n in Form der
5R51 ohnene
c
Schaftadapter
Sc Kappe des Liners mit Anschluß,
chluß, aber ohnohne
hn Gewinde. mit + 15 cm + 7,5 cm
+ 4R55 + 20 cm
Stumpflänge
Textilbeschichtung:
5R1=6 4R51 komplett,
+ mit Farbe: + 18 cm Knieumfang + 10 cm
Stumpflänge
ohne haut
5R2 aut
haut sc
sschwarz Neubestellung + 25 cm klebende
(Erfordert
Innenbeschichtung schwarz
komplett, Farbe: vom Patienten
Gleitmittel.) + 21 cm + 12,5 cm
htung Nachbestellung, letztee OG Nr. __ __________________
_ das Tragen
des Liners
4R111 Konturhöhe
klebende Innenbeschichtung dess Liners mit geringster Anmerkungen: mit
4R12=D-62 das TragenNarbeneinzügen
(Erfordert vom Patienten bei tiefen be
Hinweis: Bei Nachbestellungen
gen kann es zu Toleranzen
Umfang Distalerder Wadenumfang + 15 cmKniespalt
(mind.
H
Harmony efen Narbe Anschluß: als das 100 mm
Nicht möglich
Gleitmittel.2R31 Wandstärke von ±0,8 mm kommen.
ko
o chluß:
ichtung)
Textilbeschichtung) (Distaler ohne Bodenmaß) länger
Kniespalt-
4R144 und bei proximaler Anschluß mit
4R54 größter uß nur in
Verbindung Anmerkungen: + 17,5 cm
mit Textilbeschichtung
Umfang
möglich)
4R13
ohne mit
4R150
Distaler Anschluß:
mit 1E50/1E51) Anmerkungen: Fesselumfang
(nur in Verbindung
auswählen) Kniespalt-
4R146 und Seite Bodenmaß
(bitte Größe
Fuß auswählen)
!"
und Seite 16
........................................ (bitte Größe
1C40=* auswählen)
Otto Bock
HealthCare
und Seite | Prothetik
– Untere
........................................ .(bitte Größe 12 Otto Bock HealthCare | Prothetik – U Extremität
1D35=* auswählen) Untere
ntere Extremität | www.ottobock.de | www.ottobock.de
Boden
und Seite
te Größe 11 Otto
ONY¸0
........................................ Bock Alle
1E56=* www.ottobockk.de
HealthCare Angaben13
Extremität | www.ottobock.de
................................(bit | Prothetik – Untere | Prothetik in mm
Otto Bock HealthCare
1E50/1E51=* – Untere
eintragen
F
Fußgröße Extremität
*:
=*: bitte gewünschte | www.ottobock.de
| www.ottobock.de
Extremität
– Untere
| Prothetik
HealthCare
Otto Bock
10
CORNER
Leg Prostheses for Children
Leg Prostheses for Children CORNER
Leg Prostheses
for Children
Children are ready to discover the whole world. They want to be independent ear-
ly on and “keep pace”, not only when playing and romping about, but also dur-
ing everyday activities.
The prosthetic fitting of children and adolescents is a special challenge for hu-
mans and technology. Otto Bock adapted its proven modular system for adults
to the special needs of children. Using solid light metal, we designed particularly
lightweight, stable and functional modules.
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 3

CORNER
Leg Prostheses
for Children
The Otto Bock modular system assists children from 2 years and older as they
grow up and allows a smooth transition into the adult system. Children 13 years
and older (corresponding roughly to a body weight over 45 kg, body height 145
cm and foot size 21) can use feet such as 1D35 Dynamic Motion or 1E56 Axtion®
and knee joints such as the 3R106 or 3R95=1.
Due to the extreme stresses that children place on the components, regular
inspections and servicing by the prosthetist are necessary at predetermined
intervals. We recommend that the components be inspected every 3 months. The
components should be tested to ensure proper functioning, and the tube adap-
tors should be checked for deformation or damage.
4 Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Feet CORNER
Leg Prostheses
SACH* Foot for Children
for Children
The 1S30 SACH* Foot for Children features a 2-piece construction and
is especially suitable for small children who need a stable foot. The sole
of the foot is exchangeable. Its functional properties are ensured through
a reliable combination of contoured core material and Pedilan foam. The
foot is designed for use with modular or exoskeletal prostheses and can
be combined with the 2R40=2 Modular Adapter or 2K36=17 Shaped
Ankle Part.
Order no. (order example):
Article no. = Side Size

1S30 = L 12
Article no. 1S30

Heel height 10 +/- 5 mm
Sizes 12 cm 13 cm
System height
37 mm 40 mm
with adapter
Weight** ~ 90 g ~ 100 g
Max. body weight 35 kg
Color beige / white
2Z25 Pedilan® Sole with Heel Wedge for 1S30

Order no. 2Z25=L12 2Z25=R12 2Z25=L13 2Z25=R13
Sides left right left right
Sizes 12 cm 13 cm
See page 7 for accessories for modular and exoskeletal prostheses.
* SACH=Solid Ankle Cushion Heel

** without adapter

CORNER
Feet
Leg Prostheses
Otto Bock SACH* Foot for Children

for Children
The 1K30 SACH* Foot for Children is a robust prosthetic foot specially
designed to meet the needs of young prosthetic limb users. It features a
natural form with a smooth surface and fully shaped toes. Its functional
properties are ensured through a reliable combination of contoured core
material and Pedlian foam. The foot is designed for use with modular or
exoskeletal prostheses and can be combined with a modular adapter or
shaped ankle part.

1K30 = L 16
Article no. 1K30

Sizes 14 cm 15 cm 16 cm 17 cm 18 cm 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm
System height with 2R 40 40 mm 42 mm 44 mm 46 mm 48 mm 50 mm 52 mm 54 mm
Weight** ~ 95 g ~115 g ~125 g ~145 g ~175 g ~180 g ~ 200 g ~ 220 g
Max. body weight 35 kg 45 kg
Color beige
Otto Bock Dynamic Foot for Children
The 1K10 is a robust dynamic foot with a natural shape, smooth surface,
and fully shaped toes. The foot features a contoured core and employs
foams with a variety of characteristics. As a result, it offers a pleasant heel
strike as well as easier roll-off and better energy return than the SACH*
Foot. The 1K10 is designed for use with modular or exoskeletal prostheses
and can be combined with a modular adapter or shaped ankle part.

1K10 = L 16
Article no. 1K10

System height with 2R 40 40 mm 42 mm 44 mm 46 mm 48 mm 50 mm 52 mm 54 mm
Weight** ~120 g ~130 g ~140 g ~155 g ~180 g ~210 g ~ 230 g ~ 255 g
Color beige

** without adapter

Feet CORNER
Leg Prostheses
Accessories for modular prostheses Have to be ordered separately.
for Children
Foot Adapter with Screw Connection
With 636W28 Otto Bock Two-Part Adhesive
647G97
For all 1S* and 1K* feet for children, sizes 12 – 17
Order no. 2R40=2

Material Aluminum / Steel
Weight 45 g
For all 1S* and 1K* feet for children, sizes 18 – 21
Order no. 2R40=1

Weight 80 g
The system height has already been taken into account for this foot.
Screw Connections for 2R40

Order no. 2D6=M6 2D6=M8
For 2R40=2 2R40=1
1 cap screw 1 cap screw
1 flat washer 1 flat washer
Scope of Delivery
1 serrated lock 1 serrated lock
washer washer
Accessories for exoskeletal prostheses Have to be ordered separately.
Shaped Ankle Part

Without bushings, used for both left and right applications
Order no. 2K36=17 2K36=21

For size range 12 – 17 cm 18 – 21 cm
Screw Connection for 2K36

Order no. 2Z22=M6 2Z22=M8x70
For 2K36=17 2K36=21
1 bolt adapter 1 bolt adapter
Scope of Delivery 1 flat washer 1 flat washer
1 serrated lock 1 serrated lock
washer washer

CORNER
Feet
Leg Prostheses
Springlite® II Pediatric
for Children
The 1E66 Springlite® II Pediatric is a carbon prosthetic foot that offers

high energy return during everyday activities and recreational sports.
SL=42P310
The foot is a custom fabrication.
Please order it directly from our customer service.
For ordering information and measurement sheets, see pages
277ff. in the appendix.
Article no. 1E66

Heel height 6 mm
Sizes 13 cm 14 cm 15 cm 16 cm 17 cm 18 cm 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm
Weight* ~240 g ~243 g ~245 g ~248 g ~250 g ~253 g ~ 255 g ~ 258 g ~ 260 g
Min. system height 109 mm
Max. system height 380 mm
* without cosmetic foot cover and adapter

Feet CORNER
Connection options for the Modular System
Leg Prostheses
for Children
Connection to modular Connection
Anschluss
to an Connection to
Anschluss an Modularteile mit Anschluss an
parts with pyramid modular
Modularteile
parts withmit socket adapter/
Justierkern/-aufnahme Schaftadapter/-ansatz
adapter/receiver tube
Rohrklemmung
clamp attachment block
⌀ 30 mm ⌀ 22 mm ⌀ 34 mm 4-Hole-Euro M6 4-Hole-Euro M6
without thread
Zubehör
2R183
Spacer Sleeve,
50 mm
⌀ 34 mm ⌀ 34 mm SH* 6 mm
4R82=P 4R82
Tube Clamp Tube Clamp 2R182=30 2R182=22
Adapter Adapter Transfemoral Fitting 4R431=1 4R431=2
SH* -12mm SH* 33mm Socket Adapter Socket Adapter
Accessories
SH* 89 mm max. SH* 76 mm SH* 5 mm SH* 5 mm

min. SH* with 3R65 44 mm
min. SH* with 3R66 51 mm
⌀ 34 mm
Single components
Einzelteile
4R415
Spacer Plate,
4-Hole
SH* 3 mm
2R183 2R183=L
Spacer Sleeve, Length Compensation,
50 mm 120 mm
SH* 6 mm SH* 79 mm
* SH = system height
2R182=22: Combination with 3R39 and 3R65.

All other components cannot be used with the Otto Bock Children System. Please use components that comply
with the MOBIS® system.
Accessories Have to be ordered separately.
2E3 Footshell for Children


2E3 = L 14
Article no. 2E3

Weight ~60 g ~65 g ~70 g ~80 g ~90g ~95g ~ 100 g ~ 110 g ~ 120 g
Color beige

CORNER
Feet
Leg Prostheses
SL Profile for Children

for Children
The 1E79 SL Profile for Children is a lightweight carbon foot designed

to fit Symes-level amputations. The SL Profile comes with a pyramid for
integration with the Otto Bock modular system based on MOBIS®.
647G338=04
277ff in the annex.
Article no. 1E79

Heel height 6 mm
Sizes 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm
Weight* ~ 155 g ~ 160 g ~ 165 g
Cannot be used with the Otto Bock Children System. Please use
components that comply with the MOBIS® system.
Chopart Footplate for Children

The 1E87 Chopart Footplate for Children is a carbon foot with a very
low installation height for fitting Chopart or partial foot deficiencies.
A complete kit for connecting the footplate directly to the prosthetic socket
is available as an accessory.
SL=42P303
277ff in the appendix.
Article no. 1E87

Heel height 6 mm
Installation height 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm
Weight* ~ 20 g ~ 21 g ~ 22 g ~ 23 g ~ 24 g ~ 25 g ~ 26 g ~ 27 g ~ 28 g
* without cosmetic foot cover

Feet CORNER
Leg Prostheses
for Children
2E3 Footshell for Children

2E3 = L 14
Article no. 2E3

Weight ~60 g ~65 g ~70 g ~80 g ~90g ~95g ~ 100 g ~ 110 g ~ 120 g
Color beige
SL=P078 Chopart Bonding Kit

Including primer 636W80
SL=P071 Footshell Foam Kit

Soft, flexible foam for filling the footshell (optional)

CORNER
Modular Adapters
Leg Prostheses
Tube Adapter Aluminum

for Children
The 2R41=1 Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 2R40=1 Foot
Adapter and is only suitable for use below the prosthetic knee joint or in a
transtibial prosthesis. (Not intended for use above the prosthetic knee joint.)
Order no. 2R41=1

Diameter 22 mm
Weight 140 g
Material Aluminum
647G97
The 2R41=2 Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 2R40=2 Foot
Adapter and is suitable for use in transfemoral and transtibial prostheses
both below and above the knee joint.
Order no. 2R41=2

Diameter 22 mm
Weight 125 g
Material Aluminum
647G97
Tube Adapter, Angled at 13° Aluminum
The 2R48 Angled Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 7E8 Modular
Hip Joint for children.
Order no. 2R48

Diameter 22 mm
Weight 105 g
Material Aluminum
Angle 13°
647G97

Modular Adapters CORNER
Leg Prostheses
Tube Clamp Adapter Aluminum
for Children
The 4R66 Tube Clamp Adapter is designed solely for use in transtibial
prostheses.
Order no. 4R66

Diameter 22 mm
Weight 45 g
System height - 11 mm
Material Aluminum
Socket Attachment Block Plastic
The 5R9 Socket Attachment Block is intended solely for use in transtibial
and transfemoral prostheses.
Order no. 5R9

Weight 125 g
System height 30 mm
Material Plastic
To laminate the unit, use the 4X8 Lamination Aid provided.
647H119
Socket Adapter Aluminum
The 4R60 Socket Adapter is intended solely for use in transtibial and
transfemoral prostheses.
Order no. 4R60

Weight 45 g
System height 33 mm
Material Aluminum
647H119

CORNER
Modular Adapters
Leg Prostheses
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver Aluminum

for Children
The 4R110 Lamination Anchor is suitable for use in transtibial and

transfemoral prostheses and has to be laminated into the socket.
Order no. 4R110

Weight 55 g
System height 35 mm
Material Aluminum
To laminate the unit, use the Lamination Aid provided.

647H252

Order no. 2R41=1 2R41=2 2R48 4R60 4R66 4R110 5R9
506G3=M6
Set Screw
501S42=M6X18
Oval Allen Head Screw
501S41=M5x16
Countersunk Head Screw
4X8
Lamination Aid
Single component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered individually

Knee Joints CORNER
Modular Knee Joints for Children
Leg Prostheses
for Children
Functionality of the Knee Joint
3R66
3R65
3R38
3R39
Mobility of the child
3R39 Aluminum
Modular Knee Joint with Lock

Single-axis, with adjustable joint lock
Order no. 3R39

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter
Distal connection Tube clamp Ø 22 mm
Weight 145 g
Knee flexion angle 145°
System height 24 mm
Proximal system
height up to alignment 2 mm
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Aluminum
647G99
4D20 Single component Pack for 3R39

Consists of:
1 joint axis
2 bearing washers
1 straight pin

CORNER
Knee Joints
Leg Prostheses
3R38 Aluminum
for Children
Modular Knee Joint

Single-axis, with adjustable extension assist mechanism for swing phase
control.
Order no. 3R38

Weight 160 g
System height 24 mm
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Aluminum
647G99

Consists of:
1 straight pin, 1 guide sleeve, 1 O-ring
1 joint axis, 2 bearing washers
3R66 Aluminum
Modular Knee Joint with Integrated Rotation

Polycentric, with
• Adjustable extension stop for variable knee stability
• Adjustable extension assist for swing phase control
The lower joint section features an integrated rotation unit that enables the
prosthetic foot to be rotated and automatically reset when it is not bearing
any load. The joint also offers a large 165° flexion angle so the child can
assume a good kneeling or squatting position with his/her foot rotated
outward.
Order no. 3R66

Weight 310 g
System height 78 mm
Proximal system
height up to alignment - 6 mm
reference point
Distal system height
up to alignment 83 mm
reference point
Material Aluminum
647H212

Knee Joints CORNER
Leg Prostheses
3R65 Aluminum
for Children
Single-Axis Modular Knee Joint with Hydraulic Swing
Phase Control
A miniature hydraulic unit controls the swing phase and allows for
dynamic adjustment to changing speeds. Extension and flexion damping
features can be adjusted to suit the mobility of the young user.
Order no. 3R65

Weight 315 g
System height 74 mm
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Aluminum
647H180

Consists of:
1 oval head countersunk screw
1 extension stop bumper

CORNER
Hip Joints
Modular Hip Joint for Children

Leg Prostheses
for Children
7E8 Aluminum
Modular Hip Joint

Single-axis joint, with adjustable extension assist mechanism to limit stride
length and adjustable abduction/adduction and flexion/extension.
Order no. 7E8

Proximal connection Lamination anchor
Weight 215 g
System height 19 mm
Material Aluminum
647G98
7D3 Single component Pack for 7E8

Consists of:
1 straight pin
1 extension assist tappet
1 bearing washer

Exoskeletal Joint CORNER
Exoskeletal Joint
Leg Prostheses
for Children
3P21 Poplar
Single Axis Knee-Calf Component for Children

With constant friction unit, standard extension stop frame and knee ball
Article no. = Side Calf circumf.

3P21 = L 26
Article no. 3P21

Calf circumference 24 cm, 26 cm, 28 cm
Material Poplar
726W11 Taped Reamer

For reaming worn knee axis bushings
1 3D5 Single component Pack for 3P21

Consists of:
1 knee axis with knee axis screw (stainless steel) (1)
2 knee axis bushings (2)
2
1 extension stop frame (3)
2 oval head screws (4)
2 friction screws –slotted– (5)
3 2 constant friction units (plastic) (6)
1 stop (Pedilan®) (7)
7 6 5

CORNER
Foam Covers
Leg Prostheses
Foam Cover Polyurethane flexible foam

for Children
The cover for children’s modular transtibial prostheses features a

pre-drilled hole (22 mm in diameter) and is pre-formed. It can be used
on either the left or right side.
Order no. 6R7

Length ~ 35 cm
Tube diameter 22 mm
Material Polyurethane flexible foam
Color beige
In accordance with DIN 75200, the material is flame resistant.

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 standard  100 mm.
Foam Cover Polyurethane flexible foam

The cover for children’s modular transfemoral and hip disarticulation
prostheses features a pre-drilled hole (22 mm in diameter) and is
pre-formed. It can be used on either the left or right side.
Order no. 3R48

Length ~ 70 cm
Tube diameter 22 mm
Material Polyurethane flexible foam
Color beige
In accordance with DIN 75200, the material is flame resistant.

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 standard  100 mm.
Perlon Cosmetic Stockings

Perlon cosmetic stockings are used as cosmetic finishing for children’s
modular system knee disarticulation, transfemoral and hip prostheses.
Order no. 99B22=1 99B22=2 99B22=3

Length approx. 34 cm approx. 37 cm approx. 44 cm

Leg Prostheses
for Children

Modular Lower Limb Prostheses
22
Limb Prostheses
Modular Lower
The concept of modular lower limb prostheses was invented by Otto Bock. To-
day, this type of prosthesis is the standard solution used in orthopedic care pro-
vided to prosthesis users.
Components are fastened to each other in a way that ensures their easy disas-
sembly and replacement. Static corrections during alignment, trial fitting and even
after finalization of the prosthesis may be made at any time in a clear and repro-
ducible manner.
In order to meet individual user requirements, we offer a large number of function-
ally different components made of aluminum, titanium and stainless steel.
As a further development of our Otto Bock Classification System®, MOBIS® will
help you make the right choice for the specific indication. Use the MOBIS® sym-
bol to select modular components according to the Mobility Grade and patient
weight in order to achieve customized fitting.
As part of our continuous innovation, we are improving the modular system to
meet the increasingly sophisticated requirements of prosthesis users. One of our
landmark achievements was the introduction of the fully microprocessor-control-
led C-Leg® prosthesis system, the first of its kind in the world.

Initial and Interim Prostheses
24
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Early fitting of a prosthesis plays a significant role in rehabilitation success. The
prompt and correct application of compression to the residual limb, together with
the appropriate therapy have a positive impact on the individual’s rehabilitation
process.
As a temporary fitting, interim prostheses (such as the Halmstad interim transtib-
ial prosthesis) are a useful means to bridge the period between early and defini-
tive fitting. A trial fitting can serve to objectively determine whether the individual
will regain the ability to stand upright and walk.
Specially designed adapters have proven themselves for length and alignment
adjustments prior to the definitive fitting. Otto Bock offers length-adjustable tube
and sliding adapters that help you align the prosthesis according to the patient’s
needs during trial walking. In most cases, these adapters are fitted with a gradu-
ated scale that ensures easily reproducible adjustment and facilitates documen-
tation. When finishing the prosthesis, these adapters are replaced with structur-
al parts classified within the Otto Bock MOBIS® Mobility System.

Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting

for Children
This prosthesis is a reusable therapeutic device that can be used for tran-
stibial amputees and patients with knee disarticulation. The load bearing
element is a laminated resin frame with distal modular connection. Two
pneumatic covers compress the residual limb to prevent edema.
Limb Prostheses
An adjustable manometer assists with the fitting and accommodates

changes in the residual limb. Parameters such as timing of the first fitting
and degree of compression are determined by the physician. The following
components serve to connect to the Otto Bock modular system:
Initial/Interim
Frame Socket
Prostheses
Made of lamination resin, with adjustment pyramid
Order no. 6K4=1 6K4=2

Length 55 cm 43 cm
Transtibial
For Knee disarticulation
residual limb
Pneumatic Transfemoral Cover*

Order no. 6S2=1 6S2=2
Upper/lower
64/50 cm 60/52 cm
circumference
Length 48 cm 40 cm
Transtibial
For Knee disarticulation
residual limb
End Bearing Cushion*

Order no. 99B23
Diameter 165 mm
Length 250 mm
6S1 Pneumatic End Bearing Cover*
743D1 Manometer with Inflating Ball

With outlet valve and hose connection,
including 616R2=8x1.5 PVC Hose, 200 mm long,
and 616R8 Hose Adapter
Information about the Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting:

646V22=GB
647H162
Residual limb socks are listed from page 232.
* To be used for one fitting only!

Halmstad Interim Transtibial Prosthesis
This short prosthesis allows early fittings for transtibial amputees. Over
a compression bandage the thermoplastic socket is formed to the shape
of the residual limb. The distal section consists of modular components
which may be reused.
The timing of the fitting, the training and duration of use are determined by
the physician.
Halmstad Interim Prosthesis Kit

For connection to the Otto Bock modular system,
Initial/Interim
Consists of:
Prostheses
621T21 Thermoplastic Socket with Struts, 85x390 mm
451F2=40 Residual Limb Sock (2 pcs.),
452K7=5 Knee Cap,
99B26=2 End Bearing Cushion, formable,
Elastic bandage (2 per package)
Order no. 6B3=1 6B3=2

Distal circumference 340 mm 300 mm
Proximal
510 mm 470 mm
circumference
Accessories for 6B3 Have to be ordered separately.
In order to finish the prosthesis, the prosthetic foot with adapter, tube
adapter, tube clamp adapter, socket adapter and 5R6 Socket Attachment
Block have to be ordered separately.
Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket

Light metal
Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2

For 6B3=1 6B3=2

Tube Adapter, Short, Length-adjustable Stainless steel

for Children
This adapter is used as an adjusting element for alignment optimization

and must be removed prior to completion of the definitive prosthesis.
Order no. 2R45=S

Limb Prostheses
Diameter 30 mm
Weight 200 g
System height 70 mm
Material Stainless steel
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
To be used for initial and/or interim prostheses only!
Tube Adapter, Diameter 34 mm, Length-adjustable Stainless steel
This adapter is used as an adjusting element for alignment optimization and

must be removed prior to completion of the definitive prosthesis. The length
can be adjusted using the scale on the two included tubes. In addition, the
inner and outer rotation of the foot may be adjusted.
Order no. 2R45=34

Diameter 34 mm
Weight
430 g
with tube 2R56=230
Weight
470 g
with tube 2R56=300
To be used for initial and/or interim prostheses for testing and trial
fitting only!
647G255

Sliding Adapter Aluminum
The 4R101 is mounted between the socket attachment block (e.g. 5R1
or 5R6) and the socket adapter (e.g. 4R51) or functional adapter (4R40
Torsion Adapter). It allows independent shifts in the frontal and sagittal
planes and a convenient scale makes it easy to track adjustments.
Order no. 4R101

Weight 205 g
System height 25 mm
Material Aluminum
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Sliding range in
M-L and A-P +/- 11 mm
directions
For transtibial prostheses, the 4R101 Sliding Adapter is suitable
only for the first or interim use. For transfemoral prostheses, the
4R101 Sliding Adapter can be used for regular, long-term usage.
647H141
Sliding Adapter Set
The Sliding Adapter Set serves to optimize alignment of modular lower

limb prostheses in temporary initial and/or interim fittings.
It includes two assembly plates, one adapter with pyramid and one
adapter with pyramid receiver. Adjustments may be made both in the
frontal and the sagittal plane, as well as in the rotational direction.
Order no. 4R112

Weight From 195 g to Max. 510 g
4R112-2 4R112-1
System height
32 mm
(plate and both adapters)
Material Aluminum, Titanium
Sliding range in A-P
direction:
- with assembly plate 1 48 mm in 12 mm increments
Sliding range in M-L
direction:
Rotational adjustment +/- 18° in 3° increments
647H457

Adjustment Adapter Aluminum

for Children
The 4R1 Adjustment Adapter is an adjustment tool that may only be used
for trial fitting of lower limb prostheses.
It facilitates correct static alignment and allows adjustments to be made
while the patient is standing and bearing a load. The graduated scales
Limb Prostheses
ensure reproducible adjustments. As a result, the gait pattern can be

optimized quickly within the course of trial walking.
Order no. 4R1

Weight 615 g
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
System height 68 mm
Material Aluminum
Sliding range in M-L
direction (Max. slid- 30 mm ( each 15 mm)
ing distance)
Sliding range in
A-P direction (Max. 50 mm ( each 25 mm)
sliding distance)
The 4R1 is especially recommended in conjunction with the
743L100 L.A.S.A.R. Posture and the 743A16 Otto Bock Transfer
Apparatus.
647H451


Order no. Description 2R45=S 2R45=34 4R101 4R112 4R1
2R56=230 Scaled Tube 230 mm
2R56=300 Scaled Tube 300 mm
Countersunk Allen
501S41=M6x16
Head Screw
Oval Allen Flange
501S44=M6x25
Head Screw
Countersunk Allen
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
501S41=M6x12
Head Screw
Countersunk Allen
501S71=M6x25
Head Screw
501T48=M6x25 Allen Cap Screw
501T61=M6x12 Allen Cap Screw
501Z2=M6x25 Cap Screw
Hexagon Nut with
502Z22=M6
Conical Washer Face
506G3=M4x12 Set Screw
506G3=M8x12-V Set Screw
507U12=6.2x10.3 Washer
4Y212 Clamping Nut
4R112-1 Assembly Plate
4R112-2 Assembly Plate
4Y19 Pressure Plate

32
Alignment Instructions
The prosthetic alignment of a lower limb prosthesis has considerable influence on
the functional qualities of the prosthesis and thus on the quality of the fitting.
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Optimal prosthetic alignment is achieved in three steps:
1. Bench alignment or plumb line alignment
2. Static alignment optimization
3. Dynamic alignment optimization
The Otto Bock L.A.S.A.R. Assembly and L.A.S.A.R. Posture alignment units are
used to facilitate working techniques, document prosthesis alignment, observe
alignment instructions and to ensure reproducible fitting quality.

Bench alignment or plumb line alignment

for Children
The L.A.S.A.R. Assembly is designed for bench The recommended position of the alignment
alignment of modular lower limb prostheses. reference point is 20 mm above the medial ti-
Limb Prostheses
It is available as a Floor model 743L200/250 bial plateau.

and as a Bench Top model 743L300/350. The socket is positioned so that its sagittal
In sagittal and frontal views, three laser proximal center coincides with the alignment
lines are projected medially, laterally and reference line. The socket flexion should be
anteriorly on the prosthesis or orthosis as set to a 3-5 degree angle, though it may vary
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
alignment reference lines. in different situations (e.g. in the case of hip

For the three-dimensional alignment of a joint contractures). The center of the foot is
modular lower limb prosthesis, the knee joint normally placed 30 mm in front of the align-
is fixed in the apparatus, while the prosthe- ment reference line and mounted with plantar
Leg Prostheses
tic foot, other prosthetic components and flexion. Add 5 mm to the effective heel height
Alignment
socket are mounted in accordance with the (see illustration for 3R90). The outer position
alignment recommendations. of the foot can be adjusted freely. The frontal
alignment is based on the anterior projection
When aligning a transfemoral prosthesis ac-
of the laser beam.
cording to the Otto Bock alignment recom-
mendations, the knee joint is used as the ba- Further information on the topic ”alignment re-
sis in the L.A.S.A.R. Assembly. The knee joint commendation“ can be found in the DIN A1
is fixed with joint-specific brackets (adapter Poster with order number 646F219=GB.
inserts) at the alignment reference point (sing-
le axis joints = rotation axis; polycentric joints
= anterior upper axis).
3R90 Bench Alignment 3R60 Bench Alignment with 743L200/300 L.A.S.A.R. Assembly

Static alignment optimization
The L.A.S.A.R. Posture (743L100) is used to ment of the prosthesis can then be optimized
optimize the static alignment of a modular limb based on this load line.
prodtheses during trial fitting. The L.A.S.A.R. Since the adjustment of the transtibial pros-
Posture is used to visualize the position of thesis is controlled by force, the L.A.S.A.R.
the body´s center of gravity line, or load line Posture enables an objective adjustment of
while standing. the physiological load on the knee, which is
To measure the load line, the amputee user the biomechanical goal.
steps onto the force sensor platform and The transfemoral prosthesis is adjusted in re-
places his/her contralateral leg on the level- lation to the knee. When force is transferred
ling step plate (see graphic, step 1). correctly between the socket and the resi-
A laser projects the measured ground re- dual limb, particularly in the proximal region,
Leg Prostheses
action force as the body´s center of gra- the distance between the knee and the load
Alignment
vity line/load line on the body. Classifi- line is adjusted through appropriate plantar
cation of the body posture in the sagittal flexion only (e.g. 40 mm in the case of 3R90/
plane is visualized by comparing the dis- 3R92, see graphic, step 2). Finally, dynamic
tances between the ground reaction force optimization can take place between paral-
and joint points or body points. The align- lel bars.
Information material:
L.A.S.A.R. Posture 647H189
646S1=7.06GB L.A.S.A.R. Posture
Good posture – Basis for mobility
646A76=GB L.A.S.A.R. Posture –
three reports from the field: prostethics,
orthotics, orthopedics
647H193
L.A.S.A.R. Assembly Load line
646F219=GB
Poster alignment recommendation for TF
Alignment reference point
L.A.S.A.R. Posture 743L100 Static alignment optimisation using 3R92 as an example

System Height
System Height – A New Measurement

for Children
by Otto Bock®
Limb Prostheses
Otto Bock has defined a measurement to as- The following section uses examples to illus-
sist you in filling the space between the so- trate the principle of System Height.
cket and the floor with appropriate prosthe- You can use Otto Bock’s EasySelect software
tic components – the System Height. Every if you wish to work with the help of a computer.
prosthetic component has a System Height.
Initial/Interim
EasySelect takes into account System Heights

Prostheses
By adding up the individual values, you can as well as the functional compatibility of com-
easily determine the clearance for your se- ponents (order number 647X17).
lected components.
For further information please see pages
The values established by Otto Bock take
Leg Prostheses
40 - 41.
Alignment
into account that the pyramid and pyramid

646A255=GB Folder system height
receiver are interlocked in modular prosthe-
sis systems. These values are listed in the
respective product sections of the catalog
in table form.
Technical principle
In a modular prosthesis system, the pyramid and pyramid receiver are interlocked. As a result, the actual height
of the components can not be calculated exactly.
The following diagram illustrates four key factors:

• Each Otto Bock prosthetic component has a system height.
• The System Height is different from the actual height of the prosthetic component.
Therefore, it is not possible for the orthopedic technician to accurately measure the System Height.
• When the System Heights are added together, the exact clearance of the combined components is the
result.
• Negative System Heights may also arise from the measurement procedure. When taking a close look at
the socket adapter it becomes apparent that the measuring point (center of the circle) is already in the
socket. The distance from the measuring point to the outer edge of the socket must be subtracted.
As a result, the System Height of the socket adapter is negative.
-5 mm
112 mm
179 mm
72 mm
Sum of System Heights = Clearance

72 mm + 112 mm - 5 mm = 179 mm

System Height
Four steps for checking: Transtibial fittings

You have a certain socket-to-floor distance.
You have a desired component combination.
Do they match??
1 Take patient measurements
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MTP to end of socket
MTP to floor
Socket end to floor = _____ mm
2 Select components
Article No. 1D35
Mobility Grade 2+3
System height 57 mm 60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 68 mm 72 mm 74 mm 75 mm 77 mm
Weight ~ 340 g ~ 435 g ~ 510 g ~ 545 g ~ 630 g ~ 645 g ~ 670 g ~ 730 g ~ 755 g
Color beige (4), light brown (15)
4R116 4R52 4R121=30 1D35, Gr. 27
3 Adding System Heights 4 Comparing available

Components which can be shortened have a socket-to-floor distance
minimum and maximum System Height. The and clearance of the
maximum System Height is the unaltered height
of the component. The minimum value indicates component combination
the greatest possible reduction in size. The socket-to-floor distance must be
System Height between the minimum and maximum
Components clearance of the selected component
Min. Max.
4R116 - 2 mm combination.
4R52 33 mm
4R121=30 177 mm 553 mm
1D35, size 27 72 mm
Clearance = 280 mm 656 mm

System Height
Transfemoral fittings:
for Children
System Heights for knee joints
Prior to setting up a transfemoral prosthesis, the Therefore, for each modular knee joint, we also
Limb Prostheses
System Heights for each component are also provide you with the proximal and distal System
added up to determine the clearance. How- Height up to the alignment reference point. In
ever, the position of the knee joint must be this way, you can determine whether the availa-
taken into account. ble distal and proximal clearance will allow for
the integration of the selected components.
Initial/Interim
Every modular knee joint has an alignment re-

Prostheses
ference point. In the case of single-axis joints, Fittings for long residual limbs and knee disarti-
the rotation axis is used as the reference point, culations often require a compromise between
whereas the anterior upper axis is used in the shifting the knee component distally in relation
case of polycentric knee joints. to the recommended position and, if necessa-
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
We recommend positioning the alignment refe- ry, selecting alternative components with shor-
rence point 20 mm above the medial tibial pla- ter System Heights.
teau (see illustration for positioning). EasySelect, our software for the digital selec-
However, the System Height of the knee joint tion and configuration of leg prosthesis compo-
alone is not sufficient to determine the position nents, will automatically make these calculati-
of the alignment reference point. ons for you (see pages 40 - 41).
Proximal System Height Alignment

Alignment to alignment reference point
reference point reference point
Distal System Height

to alignment reference point
Tube adapter
Positioning the knee joint using the alignment reference point

20 mm
End of socket to MTP Proximal System Height

Distal System Height
MTP to floor

System Height
Four steps for checking: Transfemoral fittings

You have a certain socket-to-floor distance.
You have a desired component combination.
Do they match??
1 Take patient measurements
End of socket to End of socket to

floor alignment reference point
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MTP to ground to floor
2 Select components 3 Adding System Heights

System Height
Components
Min. Max.
4R116 - 2 mm
End of socket to alignment
reference point = 87 mm
4R72=32 69 mm
4R57 22 mm
proximal -2 mm
3R60
Min. = 455 mm, max = 831 mm
distal 173 mm
4R52 33 mm
to floor
4R121=30 177 mm 553 mm
1D35, Gr. 27 72 mm
Clearance = 542 mm 918 mm
4 Comparing available socket-to-floor distance and clearance of the

component combination
The socket-to-floor distance must be between the minimum and maximum clearance of the selected com-
ponent combination. In addition, you can now determine whether the components you selected allow for an
optimum positioning of the knee joint (alignment reference point + 20 mm above the MTP).

EasySelect
Limb Prostheses for Children
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
EasySelect Version 2
A virtual custom prosthetic fitting guide – easy and quick
EasySelect (order no. 647X17) is a selection • technical compatibility
aid that allows you to quickly and easily com- (e.g. hip-knee-foot-combinations)
pile an optimal prosthetic system from the di- • fitting compatibility, e.g. male to female
verse Otto Bock product portfolio in a virtual • product specific filter criteria, such as
environment. dynamic response of the foot
The software allows filtering of components • energy moments depending on patient
based on the following criteria and rules: weight and foot size
• Otto Bock Mobility System MOBIS® • clearance
(Mobility Grade and patient weight)
• patient measurements

EasySelect
3 steps to an optimal prosthetic system

with EasySelect
1 Specification
Start here to enter the measurements of your
customer, amputation level, body weight, Mo-
bility Grade etc.. Here the first filter for the
component selection is set.
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
2 Component Selection
This view initially shows all components of Filters with product specific criteria can be used
the Otto Bock product portfolio which, ba- to identify products with requested properties.
sed on the specification, are appropriate for Information concerning product characteristics
your patient. The flexibility of the selection can also be gathered from tooltips.
process allows you to compile an optimal pros-
Products can also be selected by article num-
thetic system in your favourite way:
ber or drawing
Irrespective of your chosen way to proceed – you

always get support through direct feed back:
Using the filters change the design of products,
which do not accomplish the filter criteria
When choosing a product by drawing or article
number, white points in front of the corresponding
filters indicate the properties of the chosen pro-
duct
Products with an orange cross indicate functional
incompatibility with the chosen component
Products with an orange arrow call attention to
clearance restrictions
Measurements on the left side on the screen give
feedback how well the selected prosthesis fits in
the available clearance
3 Order Details
The order list appears with your chosen com-
ponents and accessories. You determine the
purchase order quantity.
Click on the product and on the left side of
the screen a detailed product picture will be
shown and a short product description will be
given.
It is possible to easily order the chosen com-
ponents and accessories by e-mail.

MOBIS®
MOBILITY
42
MOBIS®
MOBIS®
Simply more quality for life: The Otto Bock Mobility System
MOBIS®– The Otto Bock Mobility System

Quality and individuality are our first priority when producing modular leg
prostheses.
The selection of correct prosthetic components by the Prosthetist is a decisive
factor for the success of the fitting.
MOBIS®
MOBIS® is an advancement of the Otto Bock Classification System® introduced
in 1994. It focuses on the patient and his/her need for quality for life.
Four mobility grades were created, replacing the former three functional classes.
An additional weight class was also added for people weighing over 125 kg /
275 lbs.
The MOBIS® Symbol allows orthopaedic technicians to immediately identify the
mobilitygrade and patients weight which are recommended for functional parts
such as prosthetic feet, knee and hip joints.
For structural parts such as adapters and tube adapters, the classification is
made as before according to patient weight.

MOBIS®
The Otto Bock Mobility System
MOBIS® – is based on four Mobility Grades*:

for Children
Indoor Walkers, Restricted Outdoor Walkers, Unrestricted

Outdoor Walkers and Unrestricted Outdoor Walkers with
especially rigorous demands.
(*This classification corresponds to the generally accepted profile survey of
Limb Prostheses
THE FOUR the German umbrella association for National Health Insurance Companies
(MDS).)
MOBILITY GRADES
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
MOBIS® – defines four weight categories:

Patient weight up to 75 kg/165 lbs, 100 kg/220lbs and 125
THE FOUR kg/275 lbs as wellas over 125 kg/275 lbs. With only one
WEIGHT CLASSES symbol, Mobis® therewith unites all the information required
for selecting prosthetic components. As usual, the following
applies: The component of the lowest weight category de-
termines the maximum body weight. For example, if a 2R50
Tube Adapter is used, the maximum patient weight for entire
prosthesis is 100 kg.
MOBIS®– can be easily applied:

Fields that are filled out in the top half of the symbol indicate
that, for example, the 3R60 Modular EBS Knee Joint is re-
commended for patients with Mobility Grades 2 and 3. The
notch on the left edge indicates the counting direction. In the
bottom half, the segments <75 kg/165 lbs to <125 kg/275
lbs are filled out. The 3R60 is therewith approved for a pati-
ents weight of up to 125 kg/275 lbs.
Excerpt from: Mobility Grade and goal of therapy according to the design
of the support register group 24 from 10.05.2000

MOBIS®
The Otto Bock Mobility System:

Mobility Grade and Goal of Therapy
Indoor Walker
The patient has the ability or the potential touse the prosthesis
for transfer purposes and to move at minimal speed on level
floors. The amount of time and the distance that he/she can
walk are seriously limited due to his/her condition.
Therapy Goals:
Restoration of the patient’s ability to stand and provide limi-
ted mobility indoors.
Restricted Outdoor Walker

The patient has the ability or the potential to move slowly with
the prosthesis and can negotiate low environmental obstac-
les like curbs, single stairs or uneven ground. The amount of
time and the distance that he/she can walk are limited due to
his/her condition.
Therapy Goals:
Restoration of the patient’s ability to stand and move both in-
MOBIS®
doors and with limited mobility outdoors.
Unrestricted Outdoor Walker

The patient has the ability or the potential to move with the
prosthesis with variable cadence and can simultaneously ne-
gotiate most environmental barriers. He/she also has the abi-
lity to move about open areas and can undertake occupati-
onal, therapeutic and other activities that do not expose the
prosthesis to above-average mechanical demands. This also
includes those patients who have an increased need for secu-
rity due tosecondary conditions (additional handicaps, special
living circumstances) in connection with medium to high mobi-
lity activities. In comparison to healthy individuals, the amount
of time and the distance that he/she can walk are limited only
in non-essential ways.
Therapy Goals:
Restoration of the patient’s ability to walk and move without
any limitations indoors and with only non-essential limitations
outdoors.
Unrestricted Outdoor Walker with Especially Rigorous

Demands
The patient has the ability to move with the prosthesis in
a manner similar to the Unrestricted Outdoor Walker. The
amount of time and the distance that he/she can walk are
unlimited. Moreover, due to the high functional demands, the
prosthesis can sustain a high degree of shock, tension and
torsion.
Therapy Goals:
Restoration of the patient´s ability to stand, walk and move
both indoors and outdoors without any limitations.

MOBIS®
System Overview of Otto Bock Modular Leg Prostheses
Transtibial / TT Knee disarticulation / KD

5R1
5R1=6-H 5R6 5R2 4R109 4R108 6A20=10 6A20=20 6A20=30

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
4R43 4R111=N
4R43 4R111=N
4R37 4R95
4R41 4R111
Leg Prostheses
4R51 4R22
Alignment
4R55
4R74 4R73 4R77 4R68 4R42 4R89 4R116

4R23 4R63
4R54 4R100
3R23 3R21 3R46

MOBIS®
3R32 3R30
34
34 34 3R60-PRO=KD
34 3R60=KD
3R60-PRO=ST
3R60=ST 34 34
3R106=KD
4R98 4R69 4R85 4R88 4R91 4R82=P 4R86
≤ 110 kg 3R106=ST
4R103 4R21 4R82
4R52 C-Leg® C-Leg®
≤ 85 kg
4R76 compact 3C88-1
3C86-1
4R78
4R50
≤ 150 kg
34
4R104
34
34
4R72 4R72=D 4R44=L Harmony®HD Harmony®P2 DeltaTwist® 2R50 4R39 DeltaTwist® 4R75 2R57 DeltaTwist®
4R150 4R144 4R120 2R2 4R121=30 2R76 4R121=34
Harmony®DP 2R37
4R146
2R54 2R51 2R54 2R54

2R31=M8 2R10 2R8=M8 2R8=M8
2R33 22-25 cm 26-30 cm 2R31=M8 22-25 cm 26-28 cm 2R31=M8
2R8=M10 2R8=M10
2R31=M10 2R31=M10
Cosmetik Light Foot Pedilan® Single Axis Single Axis Foot SACH Foot Dynamik Foot Dynamik Foot
1G6 Foot, light 1G9 1H... 1S... 1D11 1D10
≤ 136 kg Gr. 25 Gr. 26-28 Gr. 26-28 ≤ 136 kg 24-25 cm 26-30 cm

Firmness 1 Firmness 2 Firmness 3
Chopart ProSymes Lo Rider Axtion® C-Walk®

1E80/81/82 1C20 1E57 1E56 1C40
Additional Information on the MOBIS® System Overview

To facilitate a quick and easy selection of prosthetic compo- The MOBIS® seal shows the classification of the functional
nents, they are set out according to amputation levels and components according to the Mobility Grade and Patient
then subdivided into the sections for prosthetic feet, knee Weight. For structural components such as tube and
joints or hip joints and also tube, clamp or socket adaptors. socket adaptors, the coloured frame around the article
The article numbers are located below the prosthetic number represents the permitted patient weight:
components. The font of the article number helps determine = up to 75 kg (165 lbs), = up to 100 kg (220 lbs),
the material used: Aluminium – Regular Font (4R68), Steel
= up to 125 kg (275 lbs), = above 125 kg (275 lbs)
– Bold (4R63), Titanium – Bold Italics (3R36).

MOBIS®
Transfemoral / TF Hip disarticulation / HD
5R1 5R1=6-H 5R2 5R6 4R43 4R111=N

6A20=10 6A20=20 6A20=30
4R101 4R118 4R95 4R37 4R41 4R111

4R22 4R51
4R55 7E10
Helix3D
4R40
4R76 4R78
4R74 4R77 4R73 4R42 4R89 4R116
7E5 7E4 7E7
4R23
4R50
4R54
4R104
34 34
4R56
4R98 4R91 4R82=P 34
4R69 4R56=1
4R82 4R69 4R85
4R103 4R21 4R56=2
4R72 4R84 4R84=D 4R57 4R57=ST 2R50 2R57 4R21
≤ 85 kg 4R52
4R44=L 2R2 2R76 4R52
2R37
≤ 150 kg
≤ 150 kg
3R15
3R40 3R17
3R49 3R20 3R95=1
3R33
MOBIS®
3R36 3R55 3R95
3R41 34
3R60-PRO
34
3R60 3R60-PRO=ST 34
3R60=ST 3R60-PRO=HD
34
3R90 3R92 3R106 3R60=HD 34
3R72
3R106=ST
® C-Leg® 3R80 C-Leg®
3R106=HD
compact
3C96-1 3C98-1
3C86-1 3C88-1
34
34
4R69 34
4R21 4R91
4R85 4R82 4R86
4R52 ≤ 110 kg
34
2R49
2R58
2R3 4R39 2R77
2R38 4R121=30 4R121=34
21-22 cm ≤ 80 kg 25-26 cm ≤ 110 kg
23-24 cm ≤ 95 kg 27-30 cm
≤ 150 kg 24-25 cm 26-29 cm 22-25 cm 26-30 cm
Dynamik Foot Greissinger plus Dynamic Motion Trias

1D10 1A30 1D35 1C30
The ankle moments which occur with the carbon spring feet Lo Rider and
Axtion® place significant strain on the adjoining prosthesis components.
These feet thus require structural parts below the knee joint that correspond
≤ 150 kg unlimitiert to the next higher weight category. For example, if a patient weighing 90 kg
wears an Axtion®, the adapters should correspond to a patient weight of up
to 125 kg (e.g. 2R58 and 4R82).
Axtion® DP Advantage DP2 Springlite® II Our customer service can provide you with further information about the
1E58 1E50/51 1E61 combination of the illustrated adapters with pylon feet.
The prosthetic component of the lowest weight category The combination of the functional components is simplified
determines the maximum patient weight. When choosing with the MOBIS® seal: e.g. knee joint 3R92 and
components for patients weighing more than 125 kg we re- prosthetic foot 1D35 .
commend that you contact Otto Bock Customer Services Recommendations for the optimum combination of Otto
Representatives. Bock components can be found on the Knee–Foot
Combinations Overview 646F71 or on pages 48 and 49.

Component Combinations: Knee – Foot
This overview is intended as a recom-

mendation for the functional cohesion of
Cosmetic Light Foot
Pedilan® Single Axis

for Children
Advantage DP 2
Greissinger plus
Foot, light 1G9
Dynamic Motion
Single Axis Foot
the knee joint and the prosthetic foot. It
Dynamic Foot
Springlite® II
SACH Foot
Axtion® DP
1D10/D11
is based on technical tests, biomedical
1E50/51
C-Walk®
Lo Rider
Axtion®
1D35
1C30
1C40
knowledge and practical fitting experience.
1A30
1E56
1E58
1E61
1E57
1H...
Trias
1S...
1G6
The significant influence of the residual limb
and its effect on the entire system must be
considered individually. It is assumed that
the patient has the appropriate prosthetic
socket and the correct alignment.
Limb Prostheses
3R23
3R32
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
3R21
3R30
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
3R106=KD
KD
3R60=KD
3R60-PRO=KD
MOBIS®
3R46
3R40 3R17
3R33
3R41
3R15
3R49
3R20 3R90
3R36
3R92
3R106
3R106=ST
TF
3R60 3R72 3R95

3R60=ST 3R95=1
3R60-PRO *
3R60-
PRO=ST
3R55 3R80
C-Leg® C-Leg®
compact 34
compact
3C86-1 3C96-1 34
C-Leg® C-Leg®
3C88-1 34 3C98-1
34
* without 3R72

Component Combinations: Hip – Knee – Foot
This overview is intended as a recommendation for the functional

cohesion of the knee joint and the prosthetic foot. It is based
Greissinger plus
Dynamic Motion
on technical tests, biomedical knowledge and practical fitting
Dynamic Foot
SACH Foot
Axtion® DP
1D10/D11
experience. The significant influence of the residual limb and its
C-Walk®
Lo Rider
Axtion®
1D35
1C30
1C40
effect on the entire system must be considered individually. It is
1A30
1E56
1E58
1E57
Trias
1S...
assumed that the patient has the appropriate prosthetic socket
and the correct alignment.
7E5
3R20
3R36
MOBIS®
3R20
3R36
7E4
HD
3R60=HD
3R60-PRO=HD
3R36
3R106=HD
7E7
3R60=HD
3R60-PRO=HD
34 34
C-Leg®compact C-Leg® 3C98-1

3C96-1
34 34
7E10
C-Leg® 3C98-1

Modular Prosthetic Feet
50
The prosthetic foot has a great influence on the biomechanical characteristics of

a prosthesis and should be selected with great care.
Otto Bock prosthetic feet are developed with simulation techniques that mimic
natural human motion and are optimized for the appropriate Mobility Grade. Our
research into high-performance materials from titanium to carbon provide defined
characteristics and high durability. This allows us to create prosthetic feet that ex-
ceed the current strength test standards.
Usability for patients in their everyday activities is a necessity, as is easy fitting in
the clinic for technicians.
Crucial parameters for the functional characteristics of modular prosthetic feet are
Prosthetic
Feet
mobility and compliance in the sagittal, frontal and horizontal plane. Function, ap-
pearance, weight, and durability, among others, are key criteria for the quality of
the fitting. Function and biomechanical characteristics such as dorsal extension
resistance when standing as well as the behavior at heel strike, rollover and toe-
off depend on the structure of the foot part and the construction of the joint.
Most Otto Bock prosthetic feet are delivered as fully assembled foot units with
modular connection. For Single Axis, Dynamic, SACH* and Pylon feet, the re-
spective adapters made of titanium, steel or aluminum are normally sold as sep-
arate components.
* SACH = Solid Ankle Cushion Heel

Selection Aid
for Children
Mobility Grade 1 Mobility Grade 2

Limb Prostheses
1G9 Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light 1S... SACH* Foot

Light geriatric foot with monoaxial joint Jointless foot with heel wedge
for transfemoral amputees (see page 57) (see pages 62f)
1G6 Cosmetic Light Foot 1D10 / 1D11 Dynamic Foot

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Light jointless geriatric foot with Jointless foot with optimized rollover characteristics
heel wedge (see page 56) (see pages 68f)
1H... Single Axis Foot 1A30 Greissinger plus

Foot with monoaxial joint for transfemoral amputees Foot with multiaxial joint (see page 70)
Leg Prostheses
(see pages 58f)

Alignment
1D35 Dynamic Motion

1S... SACH* Foot Foot for every occasion (see page 72)
Jointless foot with heel wedge (see pages 62f)
1C30 Trias
1D10 / 1D11 Dynamic Foot Light carbon foot with comfortable
Jointless foot with optimized rollover characteristics rollover characteristics (see pages 74f)
MOBIS®
(see pages 68f)

Prosthetic
Feet
1A30 Greissinger plus 1C40 C-Walk®

Foot with multiaxial joint (see page 70) Comfortable, biomechanically optimized
carbon foot (see pages 78f)
1D35 Dynamic Motion
Foot for every occasion (see pages 72f) 1E56 Axtion®
Dynamic foot with low clearance (see pages 80f)
1C30 Trias
Light carbon foot with comfortable 1E58 Axtion® DP
rollover characteristics (see pages 74f) Comfortable dynamic pylon foot (see pages 84f)
1C40 C-Walk® 1E50 / 1E51 Advantage DP2

Comfortable, biomechanically optimized carbon foot Dynamic pylon foot with light weight (see pages 86f)
(see pages 78f)
1E56 Axtion®
Dynamic foot with low clearance (see pages 80f)
1E58 Axtion® DP
Comfortable dynamic pylon foot (see pages 84f)
1E50 / 1E51 Advantage DP2

Dynamic pylon foot with light weight (see pages 86f)

Selection Aid
Feet for special demands

Feet for limited clearances
Carbon Footplate / Morton‘s extension

(see page 94)
1E80-1E82 Chopart
Footplate for partial foot amputations as well as Chopart, Pirogoff and Syme amputations (see page 95)
1C20 ProSymes
Foot for Syme amputations and conditionally for Pirogoff amputations; with integrated, adjustable socket
adapter (see pages 96f.)
1E57 Lo Rider
Foot with modular connection for Syme amputations and limited clearance (see page 98)
Feet for special foot sizes and patient weights
1E61 Springlite® II
For unlimited foot sizes and patient weight (see page 88)
Feet for performance sports
1E90 Sprinter
Prosthetic
Sports foot for transfemoral and transtibial amputees (see page 103)
Feet
1C2 C-Sprint®
Sports foot for transtibial amputees (see page 102)
Number system for Otto Bock feet

Otto Bock continually works to develop new products and to better adapt existing products to your needs. In order to
maintain an overview of the prosthetic feet and their different models, we have expanded our article number system.
This system will apply to all new feet. Additional codes will also serve to identify prosthetic feet that are offered in
different colors or versions.
Side
Article no. as letter code
as number code left (L), right (R), neutral (N) Size
e.g. 1C30 as number code
e.g. 26

Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - P / Color
1C30 = L 26 - 1 -P / 4
Connection Color
as letter code as number code
Stiffness (P) contains adapter with pyramid adapter – beige (4),
as number code version for modular prostheses light brown (15),
e.g. 1
(W) without adapter – version for exoskeletal pros- brown (16),
If the foot only has theses or for modular prostheses foot without footshell (0)
one stiffness, this field with own adapter selection (ankle block or
has a 0. foot adapter have to be ordered separately)
(A) contains lamination anchor
(X) without adapter, connection to exoskeletal
construction is not possible

Prosthetic Alignment Initial/Interim Modular Lower Leg Prostheses
MOBIS®
Feet Leg Prostheses Prostheses Limb Prostheses for Children
54
Feet for Mobility Grades 1 + 2

Feet for Mobility Grade 1
Secure standing and mobility are the main priorities for users in Mobility Grade 1.
Their gait is marked by a short step length and a compromised, constant walking
speed. These users generally utilize mobility aids and their walking duration and
distance are significantly restricted.
For this group of prosthesis users stability – both while standing as well as when
walking – is the most important demand criteria in a prosthetic foot. The ideal
prosthetic foot should quickly provide a secure stance area upon heel contact.
This provides stability and allows the user to safely shift his/her weight onto
the foot. A lightweight prosthesis is also an important factor for patients in this
Mobility Grade.
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapter
Increased activity on the part of Mobility Grade 2 users requires, in addition to Kniegelenke
Hüftgelenke
stance and walking safety, an easy and comfortable gait that protects the joints
and tissues. Their step length resembles normal gait and seldom varies. Their
walking duration and distance are limited. Mobility aids are typically used out-
Technologies
side of the house for additional safety, but rarely at home.

Socket
This kind of user expects foot stability from his/her prosthesis, especially when
standing. Due to their more advanced gait characteristics, a light rollover dur-
Kosmetiken
ing walking is also of particular importance. Shock absorption at heel strike for
the protection of joints and sensitive residual limb tissue in addition to a dynam-
ic transition from stance into swing phase complement the ideal prosthetic foot
for this category. A moderate multiaxial functionality which compensates for tor-
bauweise
Schalen-
sion moments can be beneficial when walking on uneven ground.

Index

Geriatric Feet / Mobility Grade 1
Pedilan® Light Foot with Toes

for Children
The 1G6 Pedlian® Light Foot with Toes was developed especially for indivi-
duals with low activity. Special characteristics of the foot are its feather-light
weight, secure heel strike, pleasing appearance, smooth surface and
distinct, split toe perfect for sandles.
Limb Prostheses
647H448
646S1=7.02D

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
1G6 = L 26
Article no. 1G6

Leg Prostheses
Mobility Grade 1
Alignment

Sizes 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm
System height with 2R54/2R31 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm
MOBIS®
Weight* ~ 250 g ~ 265 g ~ 285 g ~ 330 g ~ 350 g

Color beige
Prosthetic
Feet
2R54 / 2R31 Foot Adapter

647G69 (2R54)
647G5 (2R31)
Order no. 2R54=M8 2R31=M8

Material Aluminum Titanium
Weight 70 g 65 g
Screw 2D7=M8 2D7=M8
System height is already considered with the foot.
2R14 Foam Cover Connection Plate

for 2R54=M8 and 2R31=M8
Glue to the foam cover and snap onto the foot adapter.
Screw Accessories
Order number 2D7=M8 2D6=M8
For 2R54=M8/2R31=M8 2R8=M8
1 cap screw (titanium) 1 cap screw (steel)
Included in delivery: 1 washer 1 washer
1 serrated lock washer 1 serrated lock washer
* without adapter

Geriatric Feet / Mobility Grade 1
Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light
The 1G9 Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light is an alternative to the 1G6
Cosmetic Light Foot. It is recommended when dampened plantar flexion is
desired, e.g. in combination with the 3R40 Modular Light Knee Joint. The
foot is particularly suitable for transfemoral fittings for geriatric patients.
The 2R63 Foam Connection Cap is included for the cosmetic foam cover.
647H45

1G9 = L 26
Article no. 1G9

Mobility Grade 1
System height with 2R51 63 mm 64 mm 65 mm 67 mm 69 mm
Weight* ~ 270 g ~ 280 g ~ 295 g ~ 315 g ~ 325 g
Color beige
Prosthetic
Feet
2R51 Single Axis Foot Adapter

With rubber bumper and lower joint bushing
647H12
Order no. 2R51=22 – 25

Material Aluminum
Size 22 – 27 cm
Weight 230 g
Screw accessories for single axis feet

Order number 2D5
1 lower joint bushing, 1 rubber bumper (firm), 1 rubber bumper (medium)
Included in delivery:
1 rubber bumper (soft), 1 shell, 1 flat washer
2R63 Foam Connection Cap
* without adapter

Single Axis Feet / Mobility Grade 1
Single Axis Foot with Toes

for Children
The single axis feet 1H38 and 1H40 differ in heel height.
They resemble the natural foot form and have a smooth surface and
well-shaped toes.
Single axis feet provide enhanced stability and security due to their excel-
Limb Prostheses
lent plantarflexion capability. They are especially suitable for transfemoral

fittings.

Initial/Interim
1H40 = L 26
Prostheses
Article no. 1H38

Leg Prostheses
Mobility Grade 1
Alignment

Sizes 21 cm** 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm
System height with 2R33/2R10 42 mm 44 mm 45 mm 45 mm 46 mm 47 mm 48 mm 49 mm
MOBIS®
System height with 2R51 46 mm 48 mm 49 mm 49 mm 50 mm 51 mm 52 mm 53 mm

Weight* ~ 255 g ~ 275 g ~ 305 g ~ 335 g ~ 360 g ~ 365 g ~ 420 g ~ 435 g
Color beige
Prosthetic
Feet
** Please use for the 1H38 in size 21 cm the available accessories for size 22 cm
Article no. 1H40

Mobility Grade 1
Weight* ~ 295 g ~ 305 g ~ 320 g ~ 370 g ~ 400 g ~ 440 g ~ 470 g ~ 530 g
Color beige
* without adapter

Single Axis Foot Adapter with Screw Accessories

647H12
Order no. 2R33=22 – 25 2R33=26 – 30 2R51=22 – 25 2R51=26 – 27 2R10=22 – 25 2R10=26 – 30

Material Titanium Aluminum Steel
Size range 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm
Weight 200 g 210 g 230 g 235 g 325 g 340 g
Dorsal Stop Set required
(see below)
Prosthetic
2S88 Dorsal Stop Set
Feet
Used with Single Axis Foot Adapter
Order no. 2S88=22 – 23 2S88=24 – 25 2S88=26 – 27

Material Pedilan® Pedilan® Pedilan®
Size range 22 – 23 cm 24 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm
two-part, 1 soft and 1 firm stop,
each for both sides
2R22 Connection Cap

Is glued to the foam cover and integrated in the foot
Article no. = Size

2R22 = 23
Article no. 2R22

22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm,
Sizes
27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
Single component pack for single axis feet

Order no. 2D5
1 lower joint bushing
1 rubber bumper (firm)
1 rubber bumper (medium)
1 rubber bumper (soft)
1 shell
1 flat washer

Single Axis Foot without Toes, Two-part

for Children
The single axis feet 1H32 and 1H34 have a two-part construction and
differ in regard to heel height and foot form. The 1H32 has the standard
foot form while the 1H34 is narrower.
Single axis feet provide a stable and a secure stance area. They are
Limb Prostheses
particularly suitable for transfemoral fittings.

1H34 = L 26
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 1H32

Mobility Grade 1
MOBIS®

Prosthetic
Weight* ~ 255 g ~ 255 g ~ 325 g ~ 360 g ~ 400 g ~ 410 g ~ 440 g ~ 470 g

Feet

Color beige / white
Article no. 1H34

Mobility Grade 1
Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm
System height with 2R33/2R10 44 mm 45 mm 45 mm 46 mm 47 mm 48 mm
System height with 2R51 48 mm 49 mm 49 mm 50 mm 51 mm 52 mm
Weight* ~ 300 g ~ 315 g ~ 335 g ~ 355 g ~ 380 g ~ 420 g
Color beige / white
2Z67 Pedilan® Sole 2Z64 Pedilan® Sole

for 1H32 Single Axis Foot for 1H34 Single Axis Foot
Sole contour flat convex Sole contour flat convex
Order no. (order example): Order no. (order example):
Article no. = Side Size Article no. = Side Size
2Z67 = L 23 2Z64 = L 23
Article no. 2Z67 Article no. 2Z64

Sides left (L), right (R) Sides left (L), right (R)
23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm,
Sizes Sizes
27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
* without adapter

Single Axis Foot Adapter with Screw Accessories

647H12
Order no. 2R33=22 – 25 2R33=26 – 30 2R51=22 – 25 2R51=26 – 27 2R10=22 – 25 2R10=26 – 30

Material Titanium Aluminum Steel
Size range 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm
Weight 200 g 210 g 230 g 235 g 325 g 340 g
Dorsal Stop Set required
(see below)
Prosthetic
2S88 Dorsal Stop Set
Feet
Used with Single Axis Foot Adapter
Order no. 2S88=22 – 23 2S88=24 – 25 2S88=26 – 27

Material Pedilan® Pedilan® Pedilan®
Size range 22 – 23 cm 24 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm
two-part, 1 soft and 1 firm stop,
each for both sides
2R22 Connection Cap

Is glued to the foam cover and integrated in the foot
Article no. = Size

2R22 = 23
Article no. 2R22

22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm,
Sizes
27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
Single component pack for single axis feet

Order no. 2D5
1 lower joint bushing
1 rubber bumper (firm)
1 rubber bumper (medium)
1 rubber bumper (soft)
1 shell
1 flat washer

SACH* Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2
SACH* Foot with Toes and Sandal Toe

for Children
The 1S90 SACH* Foot resembles the natural foot form and has a smooth
surface, well-shaped toes and a distinct, sandal toe.
The functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of a
contoured core and functional foam. The foot is designed for use in modular
Limb Prostheses
and exoskeletal prostheses.

647G355
Article no. = Side Size -0-W / Color

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
1S90 = L 26 -0-W / 4
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 1S90

Mobility Grade 1+2
22 – 25 cm
MOBIS®

Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm
26 – 28 cm
System height
55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Prosthetic
Weight without adapter ~ 300 g ~ 330 g ~ 380 g ~ 420 g ~ 460 g ~ 545 g ~ 635 g
Feet

Colors beige (4), brown (16)

SACH* Foot Adapter with Bolt Accessories

647G69 (2R54)
647G5 (2R31/2R8)
For 1S67, sizes 22 – 25
Order no. 2R54=M8 2R31=M8 2R8=M8

Material Aluminum Titanium Steel
Weight 70 g 65 g 115 g
Bolt accessories 2D7=M8 2D7=M8 2D6=M8
For 1S49, 1S66, 1S90 (all sizes) and 1S67, size 26
Order no. 2R54=M10 2R31=M10 2R8=M10

2R54=M10
2R31=M10
2R8=M10
2R14 Connection Plate for 2R54, 2R31, 2R8
Prosthetic
Feet
Glue to the foam cover and adhere to the adapter.
Bolt Accessories for SACH* Feet

Order no. 2D7=M8 2D7=M10 2D6=M8 2D6=M10
2R54=M8, 2R54=M10,
For 2R8=M8 2R8=M10
2R31=M8 2R31=M10

SACH* Foot with Toes

for Children
The SACH* feet 1S49, 1S66 and 1S67 differ in heel height and foot form.
1S49 and 1S66 have the standard foot form, while 1S67 is narrower.
They resemble the natural foot form and have a smooth surface and
well-shaped toes.
Limb Prostheses
Their functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of

a contoured core and functional foam. SACH* feet are designed for use in
modular and exoskeletal prostheses.
647G355
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

1S67 = L 26
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 1S49

Mobility Grade 1+2
21 – 25 cm
MOBIS®
26 – 28 cm
System height
52 mm 55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 265 g ~ 290 g ~ 330 g ~ 365 g ~ 390 g ~ 475 g ~ 535 g ~ 575 g
Prosthetic

Feet
Color beige
Article no. 1S66

Mobility Grade 1+2
22 – 25 cm
26 – 30 cm
System height
55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 74 mm 76 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 325 g ~ 325 g ~ 360 g ~ 395 g ~ 485 g ~ 555 g ~ 565 g ~ 625 g ~ 625 g
Color beige
Article no. 1S67

Mobility Grade 1+2
22 – 25 cm
26 cm
System height
55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 330 g ~ 365 g ~ 400 g ~ 440 g ~ 530 g
Color beige

** without adapter

SACH* Foot Adapter with Bolt Accessories

647G69 (2R54)
647G5 (2R31/2R8)
For 1S67, sizes 22 – 25

For 1S49, 1S66, 1S90 (all sizes) and 1S67, size 26
Order no. 2R54=M10 2R31=M10 2R8=M10

2R54=M10
2R31=M10
2R8=M10
Prosthetic
Feet
Bolt Accessories for SACH* feet

2R54=M8 2R54=M10
For 2R8=M8 2R8=M10
2R31=M8 2R31=M10

SACH* Foot without Toes, three part construction

for Children
The SACH* feet 1S57, 1S70 and 1S73 have a three part construction
and differ in heel height and the material of the heel wedge and sole.
The 1S57 is extra light weight compared with the other SACH* feet and is
designed especially for geriatric fittings.
Limb Prostheses
The functional characteristics are achieved with the proven combination

of contoured core and function foam. SACH* feet are designed for use in
modular and exoskeletal prostheses.
Initial/Interim

Prostheses
1S73 = L 26
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 1S57

Mobility Grade 1+2
≤ 85 kg
MOBIS®
System height
60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 69 mm 72 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 265 g ~ 305 g ~ 340 g ~ 375 g ~ 410 g
Prosthetic

Feet
Color beige / white
Article no. 1S70

Mobility Grade 1+2
22 – 25 cm
Heel height 18 +/-5 mm
26 – 29 cm
System height
58 mm 60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 69 mm 72 mm 72 mm 74 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 300 g ~ 315 g ~ 360 g ~ 385 g ~ 465 g ~ 540 g ~ 580 g ~ 645 g
Color beige / white
Article no. 1S73

Mobility Grade 1+2
23 – 25 cm
26 – 29 cm
System height
51 mm 54 mm 57 mm 60 mm 63 mm 65 mm 67 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 315 g ~ 345 g ~ 385 g ~ 450 g ~ 530 g ~ 570 g ~ 615 g
Color beige / white

** without adapter

Foot Adapter with Bolt

647G69 (2R54)
647G5 (2R31/2R8)
Order no. 2R54=M10 2R31=M10 2R8=M10

2R54=M10
2R31=M10
System height is already considered with the foot. 2R8=M10

Prosthetic
Feet
Bolt Accessories for SACH* feet
Order no. 2D7=M10 2D6=M10
For 2R54=M10 / 2R31=M10 2R8=M10
1 washer,1 serrated lock washer 1 washer, 1 serrated lock washer
Pedilan® Heel Wedge for SACH* feet


2F29 = L 23 – 27
Article . no 2F29 2F22 2F19

Sides left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R)
Sizes 23 – 27 cm 22 – 29 cm 23 – 29 cm
For 1S57 SACH* Foot 1S70 SACH* Foot 1S73 SACH* Foot
Firmness soft medium medium
2Z106 Pedilan® Sole 2Z14 Pedilan® Sole

For 1S57 SACH* Foot, sole contour flat convex For 1S70 / 1S73 SACH* Foot, sole contour flat
Order no. (order example): Order no. (order example):
Article no. = Side Size Article no. = Side Size

2Z106 = L 23 2Z14 = L 23
Article no. 2Z106 Article no. 2Z14

Sides left (L), right (R) Sides left (L), right (R)
Sizes 23 – 27 cm Sizes 23 – 29 cm

Dynamic Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2
Dynamic Foot with Adapter

for Children
The 1D10 Dynamic Foot resembles the natural foot form and has a
smooth surface, well-shaped toes and a distinct, split toe.
The functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of
the contoured core and the functional foam. The foot offers a comfortable
Limb Prostheses
heel strike and a lighter rollover than the SACH* Foot. The forefoot
dynamic is also improved thanks to sophisticated molding technology. The
1D10 is delivered with a mounted modular adapter made of titanium.
647G354
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. = Side Size -0-P / Color

1D10 = L 26 -0-P / 15
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 1D10

Mobility Grade 1+2
≤ 150 kg
MOBIS®
Weight** ~385 g ~415 g ~445 g ~485 g ~565 g ~600 g ~660 g ~700 g ~780 g
Prosthetic
Colors beige (4), light brown (15)

Feet
Dynamic Foot
The 1D10 Dynamic Foot without adapter is functional and visually

identical to the adapter version. It differs only in the maximum allowable
patient weight. It was designed for use with modular prostheses and
exoskeletal prostheses.
647G356
Article no. = Side Size -0-W / Color

1D10 = L 26 -0-W / 15
Article no. 1D10

Mobility Grade 1+2
System height
55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 74 mm 76 mm
with 2R54/2R31/2R8
Weight** ~ 290 g ~ 320 g ~ 350 g ~ 390 g ~ 470 g ~ 505 g ~ 565 g ~ 605 g ~ 685 g

** without adapter

Dynamic Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2
Dynamic Foot
The 1D11 Dynamic Foot has a narrow foot form and is especially suitable
for women‘s shoes and narrow men‘s shoes.
The foot is designed for use in modular and exoskeletal prostheses.

1D11 = L 26
Article no. 1D11

Mobility Grade 1+2
22 – 25 cm
26 – 28 cm
System height
55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm
with 2R31/2R54/2R8
Weight* ~ 285 g ~ 290 g ~ 345 g ~ 375 g ~ 435 g ~ 495 g ~ 540 g
Color beige
Prosthetic
Foot Adapter with Bolts
Feet
647G69 (2R54) 647G5 (2R31/2R8)
For 1D11, sizes 22 – 25
Bolts 2D7=M8 2D7=M8 2D6=M8
For 1D10 (all sizes) and 1D11, sizes 26 – 28

Order no. 2R54=M10 2R31=M10 2R8=M10
2R54=M10
Bolts 2D7=M10 2D7=M10 2D6=M10
2R31=M10
System height is already considered with the foot. 2R8=M10

Is glued to the foam cover and adhered to the adapter.
Bolts for 2R54, 2R31 and 2R8

2R54=M8 2R54=M10
For 2R8=M8 2R8=M10
2R31=M8 2R31=M10
1 washer, 1 serrated lock washer 1 washer, 1 serrated lock washer
* without adapter

Greissinger plus / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
Greissinger plus
for Children
The Greissinger plus easily compensates for uneven ground through its
excellent multiaxial functionality.
This function is provided by the motion of the titanium adapter against the
ring-shaped elastomer and through an elastic connection of the adapter to
Limb Prostheses
the foot structure.

The elastomer is offered in three different densities (soft, med, stiff) to
allow adjustment of the foot to meet the specific needs of the amputee.
Plantar flexion at heel strike is achieved through compression of the pos-
terior portion of the ring. The anterior section controls dorsiflexion during
rollover and at terminal stance.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
The design also allows for pronation and supination as well as torsion in
the horizontal plane. A foam connection cap is included with the foot.
647H166
646S1=12.03GB
Leg Prostheses
Alignment

1A30 = L 26
MOBIS®
Article no. 1A30

Mobility Grade 2+3
24 – 25 cm
Prosthetic
Feet
26 – 29 cm
System height 67 mm 68 mm 69 mm 70 mm 71 mm 72 mm
Weight ~ 620 g ~ 670 g ~ 705 g ~ 760 g ~ 810 g ~ 820 g
Color beige

Greissinger plus / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
1A31 Greissinger plus Foot Form Part without Adapter


1A31 = L 26
Article no. 1A31

24 – 25 cm
26 – 29 cm
2R86 Foam Connection Cap
Glue to the foam cover. Can be used for the left and right side.
Article no. = Size

2R86 = 25
Article no. 2R86

Sizes 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
Single component pack
Prosthetic
Feet
Order no. 2D3 2D4
Size range 24 – 25 cm 26 – 29 cm
3 rollover form parts 3 rollover form parts
(1 soft, 1 medium, 1 firm) (1 soft, 1 medium, 1 firm)
1 elastic upper joint section 1 elastic upper joint section
Included in delivery 1 pressure plate 1 pressure plate
2 attachment bolts 2 attachment bolts
1 washer 1 washer
1 lock nut 1 lock nut

Dynamic Motion / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
Dynamic Motion
for Children
The 1D35 Dyanmic Motion Foot delivers everything from comfortable heel
strike plantar flexion to progressive ankle moments and optimized a/p and
m/l motion.
Limb Prostheses
The special characteristic of the plastic spring in combination with the

functional foam and integrated 3-D spacer fabric provide the Dynamic
Motion with a high degree of energy return and allow for a dynamic
transition from stance to swing phase. The result is a physiological
characteristic rollover.
647G127
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
646S1=5.04GB

Leg Prostheses
1D35 = L 26 -0-P / 4
Alignment
MOBIS®
Article no. 1D35

Mobility Grade 2+3
22 – 25 cm
Heel height 10 +/-5 mm
Prosthetic

Feet
26 – 30 cm
Weight ~ 340 g ~ 435 g ~ 510 g ~ 545 g ~ 630 g ~ 645 g ~ 670 g ~ 730 g ~ 755 g

Dynamic Motion / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
S-Spring
brings the foot into plantarflexion at heel strike.
In combination with the sophisticated foam
Detachable connection cap
technology and the 3-D spacer fabric, it also
adds a cosmetically appealing
optimizes the elasticity of the forefoot to provide
connection to the foam cover.
maximum energy efficientcy. The shape and
elasticity of the spring allow for lateral mobility
to compensate for uneven ground.
3-D spacer fabric

increases the support at the
forefoot and provides a dynamic
transition from the stance to the
swing phase.
Prosthetic
Feet
Elastic foam
creates compression
of the front spring arch at
heel strike and of the back
spring arch at rollover.
2C10, 2C11 Connection Cap

Glue to the foam cover.
Article no. = Side Size range / Color

2C10 = L 21 – 22 / 4
2C11 = L 26 – 28 / 15
Article no. 2C10 2C11

Sides left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R)
23 – 25 cm,
Size range 21 – 22 cm 26 – 28 cm,
29 – 30 cm
beige (4), beige (4),
Colors
light brown (15) light brown (15)

Trias / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Trias
The 1C30 Trias is an extraordinary solution for Secure, controlled response provides the
a prosthetic foot – a combination of creative user with additional confidence. The foot con-
design and innovative, lightweight construc- forms to different walking speeds and uneven
tion. Connected double spring elements ab- ground without compromising comfort, all whi-
sorb shock at heel strike and allow for smooth le reducing the load on the sound side.
rollover and excellent energy return.
Attractive, functional footshell in 2 colors

with detachable connection cap for an
appealing, user-friendly connection
Carbon composite double heel springs to the foam cover.
absorb heel shock for increased comfort
while simultaneously supporting the
plantar flexion of the foot trough their
connection to the base spring.
Carbon base spring

Carbon composite double forefoot springs
connects the forefoot and
control the forefoot flexibility for a harmonious roll-
heel springs and ensures
over and ensure a good forefoot stability and energy
that the foot functions as one.
return at the end of the stance phase.

Trias / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
Trias
647G279 646C123
646D234=GB 646DV22
The Trias includes the footshell with cosmesis connection cap and a tool
for removing the footshell.

Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - P / Color
1C30 = L 26 - 1 -P / 4
Order information and measurement forms

can be found in the annex (see pages 269ff)
Article no. 1C30

Mobility Grade 2+3
≤ 80 kg
Heel height 10 +/- 5 mm 21 – 22 cm

System height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 92 mm 101 mm 102 mm 108 mm 109 mm ≤ 95 kg
23 – 24 cm
Weight* ~210 g ~220 g ~230 g ~235 g ~295 g ~300 g ~315 g ~320 g ~380 g ~385 g
Prosthetic
Feet
Max. body weight 80 kg 95 kg 110 kg 125 kg
Firmness (1), (2), (3), (4) see selection table below
≤ 110 kg
Colors beige (4), light brown (15) 25 – 26 cm
Firmness Table
Sizes 27 – 30 cm
Body weight 21 – 22 cm 23 – 24 cm 25 – 26 cm 27 – 28 cm 29 – 30 cm
45 – 60 kg 1 1 – – –
61 – 80 kg 2 2 1 1 –
81 – 95 kg – 3 2 2 1
96 – 110 kg – – 3 3 2
111 – 125 kg – – – 4 3

2C3 Footshell
With connection cap Article no. = Side Size / Color
647G333 2C3 = L 21 / 4
Article no. 2C3

Weight ~ 130 g ~ 145 g ~ 155 g ~ 175 g ~ 185 g ~ 205 g ~ 210 g ~ 240 g ~ 245 g ~260 g
2C10 Connection Cap

For 2C3 Footshell (see page 82)
* without footshell

MOBIS®
76

Users in Mobility Grade 3 place diverse demands on a prosthetic foot. They gen-
erally move with a walking speed of 1.3 to 1.5 m/s. Their walking duration and
distance as well as step length differ only minimally from those of non-amputees.
Mobility Grade 3 users may have an increased demand for safety depending on
specific life circumstances or additional disabilities.
This group of prosthesis users undertake normal everyday activities, including ca-
reer and recreational activities, which subject the prosthesis to medium to high
stress but low impact loads. Due to their gait characteristic and nearly unrestrict-
ed mobility, these users require a prosthetic foot that provides an easy rollover,
good energy efficiency and the ability to adapt to uneven ground.
Prosthetic
Feet
Users in Mobility Grade 4 place special demands on their prosthetic fitting. They
typically move at walking speeds of over 1.5 m/s and vary the speed often. Walk-
ing duration and distance are not restricted. Their step length corresponds to
those of non-amputees.
This group of prosthesis users pursues recreational, professional or sporting that
subject the prosthesis to high impact, including jolts and shocks. This may include
professions that involve increased physical exertion or sports such as soccer, ten-
nis or basketball. Due to their unrestricted mobility, this user group requires a pros-
thetic foot that offers them an easy rollover, good forefoot support, excellent en-
ergy efficiency and the ability to adapt to uneven ground.

C-Walk® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
C-Walk®
Feet
The functional characteristics of the C-Walk® Thanks to the springs progressive response,
come from the combination of the carbon the C-Walk® can easily adapt to a wide va-
C-Spring and control ring. The synchronized riety of activities without compromising func-
interplay of the individual components cre- tion. The C-Walk® will accommodate any-
ate harmonious and energy-optimized move- thing from a casual stroll for shopping to
ment. Prosthesis users benefit from cushioned more active recreational sports, making the
heel strike to the dynamic transition into swing foot selection process much simpler for the
phase, as well as the all-around elasticity and clinician.
conformity to uneven terrain.
The carbon C-Spring,

Control ring
in interaction with the control ring
ensures the effective interplay of
and the base spring, provides for a
the two springs.
comfortable heel strike and a controlled
plantar flexion when compressed. At
decompression, it releases the stored
energy for smooth rollover.
The carbon base spring

stores energy during rollover. That energy is then Attractive, functional footshell in 2 colors
released with the transition into the swing phase and designed to be a functional complement to the
ensures extended support for a harmonious transition C-Walk® with an attractive appearance and
of the stance phase into the swing phase. detachable connection cap.

C-Walk® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
C-Walk®
The footshell and cosmesis connection cap are included with the
C-Walk®.
647H201
646V66=D
646A154=GB/Dud

1C40 = L 26 -0-P / 4
Article no. 1C40

Mobility Grade 3+4
Prosthetic
24 – 25 cm
Feet
26 – 30 cm
System height 71 mm 71 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 87 mm 87 mm
Weight* ~ 405 g ~ 420 g ~ 480 g ~ 490 g ~ 505 g ~ 605 g ~ 630 g

2C4 Footshell
With connection cap
647G333
Article no. = Side Size / Color

2C4 = L 26 / 4
Article no. 2C4

Weight ~ 185 g ~ 200 g ~ 215 g ~ 225 g ~ 250 g ~ 265 g ~ 290 g
2C11 Connection Cap

For 2C4 Footshell Article no. 2C11
Order no. (order example): Sides left (L), right (R)
Article no. = Side Size range / Color Size range 23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 30 cm
2C11 = L 23 – 25 / 4 Colors beige (4), light brown (15)
* without footshell

Axtion® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Axtion®
Prosthetic
The 1E56 Axtion® offers extraordinary functio- The dynamic heel element provides shock ab-
Feet
nality and performance in a lightweight, low sorption at heel strike and ensure a smooth
clearance package, making it the ideal pros- transition into the next phases of gait.
thetic foot for active amputees who have limi- The foot is also suitable for recreational sports
ted clearance. Because of its unique combi- with higher shock impact such as basketball
nation of low clearance and exceptional per- or tennis.
formance, the Axtion® is an ideal companion
for other functional prosthetic systems such
as the C-Leg® or the Harmony® System.
Singular adapter design with

integrated elastomer wedge
supports forward movement
Optional heel wedges and allows for a consistent
for individual adaptation of and natural gait.
the heel characteristics.
Dynamic heel
for shock absorption
at heel strike.
Carbon polyurethane sandwich structure

for a dynamic gait.

Axtion® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Axtion®
The Axtion® footshell is available in two colors: beige (4) and light
brown (15). The Axtion® delivery includes a Spectra-Sock.
The Axtion® purchase does not include the footshell, which is listed
separately as an accessory.
SL=42P311
646S1=1.05GB
Please order directly from Customer Service: Order information and
measurement forms can be found in the annex (see pages 277ff).
Article no. 1E56

Mobility Grade 3+4
System height 34 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 36 mm 36 mm 36 mm 36 mm 37 mm
The ankle moments that occur with the Axtion® add considerable strain for the other prosthesis components. Please
use adapters for the next highest weight category below the knee joint. For example, a patient weighing 90 kg must
be fitted with an adapter from the 125 kg weight category. The foot is designed for use with a footshell. Without the
footshell, the individual foot is shorter than indicated in the order table.
Prosthetic
Feet
2C5 Footshell
With connection cap
647G333

2C5 = L 25 / 4
Article no. 2C5

Weight ~ 150 g ~ 155 g ~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g
* without footshell

Mobility Grades 3 + 4

for Children
SL=Spectra-Sock Protective Sock 2C10 Connection Cap

For 2C5 Footshell
Limb Prostheses

2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4
Article no. 2C10

Initial/Interim

Prostheses
21 – 22 cm, 23 – 25 cm,
Size range
26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet

Pylon Feet
Pylon Feet
Pylon feet store and release energy both in while not compromising the function during
the lower foot complex as well as through everyday activities.
deformation of the vertical shank portion The very low distal weight of these products
of the system. This creates higher levels of and their narrow, easily finished construction
elasticity in the system and provides bene- provide additional advantages.
fits when engaging in recreational sports
Prosthetic
Feet

Axtion® DP / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Axtion® DP
The 1E58 Axtion® DP stands out for its great

A wide range of
shock absorption, dynamic function, high energy
adapter options return and moderate multiaxial function.
are available as It is ideal for a variety of active users who enjoy
accessories.
demanding activities that involve running and
(See page 91)
jumping such as basketball, tennis and other
athletic pursuits.
Carbon-Polyurethane-
Sandwich-Structure,
powered by the dynamic heel
Carbon composite element for shock absorption
toe plate gives solid and a smooth transition from
support and energy heel strike to foot flat.
return at toe off.
Carbon-Polyurethane-Sandwich-Structure,
powered by the dynamic heel element for
shock absorption and a smooth transition
from heel strike to foot flat.

Axtion® DP / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Axtion® DP
The Axtion® DP delivery includes a Spectra-Sock.
647G478
646A254=GB
The Axtion® DP footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light
brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed separa-
tely as an accessory (page 89).
Please order directly from Customer Service:
Order information and measurement forms can be found in the
annex (see pages 277ff).
Article no. 1E58

Mobility Grade 3+4
Heel height 13 mm +/- 5 mm
Min. system height A Pylon 184 mm
Min. system height B Pylon 200 mm
Weight* 360 g 380 g 385 g 390 g 425 g 435 g 445 g 455 g 465 g 475 g
Prosthetic
Feet
Selection aid for foot adapter (see page 91)
The pylon widths differ depending on body weight, to meet the demands of this parameter. Two pylon widths are
offered – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for standard width and goes up to 100 kg patient weight. “B“ stands for a
wider model and goes up from 101 kg to 125 kg patient weight. The adapters (A-adapter and B-adapter) correspond to
these pylon widths.
Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and cosmetic cover.
For accessories for pylon feet, see page 89.
* without footshell

Advantage DP2 / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Advantage DP2
Prosthetic
The 1E50/1E51 Advantage DP2 stands

Feet
out for its great shock absorption, dynamic

function, high energy return and moderate
multiaxial function.
It is particularly appropriate for active walkers
who want to pursue highly demanding activi-
ties such as skiing or basketball.
Wide range of adapter options

are available as accessories.
(See page 91)
Lightweight yet robust construction

for amputees weighing up to 150 kg.
Deep heel bridge
offers shock
absorption at heel
strike – more comfort
without additional Carbon design
components. for excellent energy
return and a demanding
performance level.

Advantage DP2 / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Advantage DP2
The Advantage DP2 is available in “standard“ (38 cm) and “long“

(51 cm) pylon lengths (PU sheathing 30 cm). The Advantage DP2 delivery
includes a Spectra-Sock.
SL=42P310
646S1=6.03GB
The Advantage DP2 footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and
light brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed
separately as an accessory (page 89).
Article no. 1E50

Mobility Grade 3+4
≤ 150 kg
Heel height 9 mm
Min. system height A Pylon 150 mm (Standard Pylon), 277 mm (Long Pylon)
Min. system height B Pylon 166 mm (Standard Pylon), 293 mm (Long Pylon)
Max. system height 370 mm (Standard Pylon), 498 mm (Long Pylon)
Prosthetic
Feet
Article no. 1E51
Mobility Grade 3+4
≤ 150 kg
Heel height 19 mm
Min. system height A Pylon 141 mm (Standard Pylon), 268 mm (Long Pylon)
Min. system height B Pylon 157 mm (Standard Pylon), 284 mm (Long Pylon)
Max. system height 362 mm (Standard Pylon), 489 mm (Long Pylon)
Selection aid for foot adapter (see page 91)

The pylon widths differ depending on body weight, foot size and activity level, to meet the demands and of varying para-
meters. Two pylon widths are offered – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for standard width and “B“ for a wider model.
The following table shows the different pylon widths for each Mobility Grade and varying shock impact.
Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and cosmetic cover.

Pylon
Sizes Moderate activity/ Moderate activity/ Moderate activity/ High activity/ width
low shock impact moderate shock impact high shock impact high shock impact
up to up to 150 kg up to 150 kg up to 150 kg up to 150 kg A

25 cm – – – – B
up to 122 kg up to 122 kg up to 114 kg up to 102 kg A
26 – 27 cm
123 – 150 kg 123 – 150 kg 115 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg B
up to 122 kg up to 108 kg up to 102 kg up to 102 kg A
28 – 31 cm
123 – 150 kg 109 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg B
For accessories for pylon feet, see page 89.
* without footshell and adapter

Springlite® II / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Springlite® II
for Children
The Springlite® II prosthetic foot is custom manufactured.

It has no weight or foot size limits and can be fitted for amputees who
have above-average body weight or irregular foot sizes.
Limb Prostheses
A modular adapter can be used for a body weight of up to 150 kg.

For a body weight of over 150 kg, the foot must be directly laminated and
will be without PU sheathing.
Available in “extremely short” (36 cm), “standard” (38 cm) and “long”
(51 cm) pylon lengths. (PU sheathing 30 cm). The delivery of Springlite II
includes the Spectra-Sock.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
SL=42P310
The Springlite® II footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light
brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed separately
as an accessory (page 89).
Leg Prostheses
Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and

Alignment
cosmetic cover.
Please order the foot directly from Customer Service:
MOBIS®
Article no. 1E61

Mobility Grade 3+4
Heel height 13 mm
Prosthetic
Max. body weight unlimited

Feet
Accessories for Springlite® II (for direct lamination) Have to be ordered separately.
4R420 Posterior Connection Plate (Set)

For direct lamination for transtibial fittings
Max. body weight: unlimited
2R176=T T-Adapter
For direct lamination, Max. body weight: unlimited

Accessories for Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Accessories for all Pylon Feet Have to be ordered separately.
2C5 Footshell
With connection cap
647G333

2C5 = L 25 / 4
Article no. 2C5

Prosthetic
Feet
2C100 Tool for Removing the Footshell
SL=Spectra-Sock Protective Sock
2C10 Connection Cap

For 2C5 Footshell

2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4
Article no. 2C10

Size range 21 – 22 cm, 23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm

Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Pylons and connection options for the modular system

for Children
The higher the body weight, activity level and foot size, the higher the strain on the prosthetic foot.
For the Axtion® DP and Advantage DP2, the pylon is available in two widths – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for the
standard width and “B“ for a wider model that can sustain increased strain.
Limb Prostheses
Axtion®DP, Advantage DP2, Springlite® II

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
"A" Pylon
30 mm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
"B" Pylon
MOBIS®
43 mm
Prosthetic
Feet
Different adapters are available for the proximal connection to the modular system:
• A tube clamp adaptor or a pyramid adaptor is used to connect components with a pyramid adapter or pyramid receiver.
Both sets include the spacer sleeve and glue to connect the pylon to the sleeve. If a pylon is cut too short, the spacer
sleeve can be exchanged for a longer sleeve.
• The adapter for the transtibial fitting (Ø 30 mm) or the 34 mm spacer sleeve is used to connect components to the tube
clamp.
• A socket adapter is used to connect the socket adapter, socket attachment block or lamination disk. The adapters
can be selected with or without thread. Both include the spacer plate.

Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
A-Pylon
Connection
Anschluss to
an Connection to
Connection
Anschluss anto Modularteile
modular partsmit Anschluss an
modular
Modularteile
parts with
mit socket adapter/
with pyramid
Justierkern/-aufnahme
adapter/receiver Schaftadapter/-ansatz
Rohrklemmung
tube clamp attachment block
⌀ 30 mm ⌀ 34 mm 4-Hole-Euro M6 4-Hole-Euro M6
without thread
Zubehör
⌀ 34 mm ⌀ 34 mm
4R82=P 4R82
Tube Clamp Tube Clamp 2R182=30 2R183
Adapter Adapter 4R431=1 4R431=2
Transfemoral Spacer Sleeve,
Accessories
SH* 12mm SH* 33mm Fitting 50 mm Socket Adapter Socket Adapter

SH* 89 mm SH* 6 mm SH* 5 mm SH* 5 mm
⌀ 34 mm Single components
Einzelteile
4R415
Spacer Plate,
4-Hole, height 3 mm
Prosthetic
SH* 3 mm
Feet
2R183 2R183=L
Spacer Sleeve, Length Compensation,
50 mm 120 mm
SH* 6 mm SH* 79 mm
B-Pylon
Connection to modular parts Connection to
with tube clamp socket adapter/attachment block
⌀ 30 mm ⌀ 34 mm 4-Hole-Euro M6 4-Hole-Euro M6
without thread
Accessories
2R185=30 2R185=34 4R432=1 4R432=2

Transfemoral Fitting Transfemoral Fitting Socket Adapter Socket Adapter
SH* 89 mm SH* 89 mm SH* 3 mm SH* 3 mm
Single components
4R415
Spacer Plate,
4-Hole, height 3 mm
SH* 3 mm
* SH = system height

MOBIS®
92

Feet for Limited Clearance
Feet for Limited Clearance

The limited space available for Lisfranc, Cho- Otto Bock´s line of low clearance offerings
part, Pirogoff and Symes amputations cre- provide solutions to many of the common
ates challenges for orthopedic technicians challenges faced when fitting patients with
and foot designers alike. very low clearance.
Prosthetic
Feet

Carbon Fiber Footplates / Morton‘s Extensions
Carbon Fiber Footplate

for Children
Carbon fiber footplates are available in several models for different

indications and can be used as a platform for foot orthoses, as a footplate
for partial foot amputations. They can:
• replace steel spring inserts for illnesses that require a restricted mobility
Limb Prostheses
of the foot.
• improve gait efficiency and comfort through control of excessive mobility
or flexion limitation
• redistribute pressure forces to less sensitive areas for diabetic patients
Carbon fiber footplates cannot be thermoformed.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

annex (see pages 277ff)

Article no. Size Firmness
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
SL=F 19 M
Article no. SL=F SL=AL SL=AR SL=HAL SL=HAR SL=CFP

left right 13 mm heel, 13 mm heel,
Description flat contoured
arched arched left arched right arched
MOBIS®
16 cm, 16 cm, 16 cm, 16 cm, 16 cm, 22 cm,

19 cm, 19 cm, 19 cm, 19 cm, 19 cm, 25 cm,
22 cm, 22 cm, 22 cm, 22 cm, 22 cm, 28 cm,
Size
25 cm, 25 cm, 25 cm, 25 cm, 25 cm, 31 cm
28 cm, 28 cm, 28 cm, 28 cm, 28 cm,
Prosthetic
31 cm 31 cm 31 cm 31 cm 31 cm
Feet
Firmness soft (S), medium (M), firm (F), very firm (XF) and extra firm (XXF)
Morton‘s Extension
For Morton’s neuroma, hallux rigidus, stress fractures and hallux malleus
(Turf toe™) – 13 mm heel.
Order no. (order example for SL=ME-F and SL=MEL-F):
Article no. - Firmness
SL=ME-F - M
Order no. (order example for SL=ME-C and SL=MEL-C):
Article no. - Side - Firmness
SL=ME-C - L - M
Article no. SL=ME-F SL=MEL-F SL=ME-C SL=MEL-C

standard (20 cm) long (25,5 cm) standard (20 cm) long (25,5 cm)
Description
+ flat + flat + contoured + contoured
Side – – left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R)
Firmness medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F)
Selection table
extra firm Rigid-Little Motion

very firm Limited Range of Motion
firm
Average Range of Motion
medium
soft More Range of Motion
36 45 54 64 73 82 91 100 109 118 Full Motion

Weight in kg

Chopart / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Chopart Footplate
The Chopart Footplate has very minimal clearance and is suitable for
partial foot amputations as well as Chopart, Pirogoff or Syme amputa-
tions. The plate can be attached to the socket with the bonding kit (see
accessories).
SL=42P303
The complete size range of the Chopart Footplate is available in three heel
heights – 0 mm, 9 mm and 19 mm. The Chopart Footshell is available in
two colors – beige (4) and light brown (15). Delivery does not include the
footshell, which have to be ordered separately as an accessory.
Article no. 1E80 1E81 1E82

Mobility Grade 3+4
≤136 kg
Heel height 0 mm (1E80), 9 mm (1E81), 19 mm (1E82)
Clearance 17 mm 17 mm 18 mm 19 mm 20 mm 21 mm 22 mm 23 mm 24 mm 24 mm
The prosthetic foot is designed for use with a footshell. Without the footshell, the individual foot is shorter than
indicated in the order size.
Prosthetic
Feet
SL=P078 Chopart Bonding Kit

Including primer 636W80
SL=P071 Footshell Foam Kit
2C5 Footshell
With connection cap
2C5 = L 25 / 4
Article no. 2C5

* without footshell

ProSymes / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
ProSymes
Prosthetic
The 1C20 ProSymes is designed for Symes With a clearance of only 43 mm (including
Feet
amputations (and possibly for Pirogoff ampu- lamination anchor and cosmetic cover), the
tations) and features an effective alignment ProSymes is the ideal solution for individuals
and application technology. with very low clearance who can benefit from
The adjustment features allow correction of a dynamic foot with outstanding reliability and
the foot position during trial fitting and even performance. It adjusts well to varying terrain
after completion of the prosthesis and offers and recreational sports.
reproducible adjustment possibilities.
Spherical adjustment options

for foot and socket
for reproducible, continuous settings in a/p and m/l
direction (+/- 6°) and rotation (+/- 30°) during and
Clearance of only 43 mm after completion of the prosthesis.
including lamination anchor Attractive, functional
and foot shell. footshell in beige or
light brown
is included in delivery.
Spacer plate
Dynamic heel Carbon polyurethane expands fitting to patients with
for shock absorption at sandwich structure clearance of at least 52 mm –
heel strike. for dynamic gait. without limiting adjustment options.

ProSymes / Mobility Grades 2 + 3
ProSymes
647G174
646A270=GB
646V87=D
646DV7
The ProSymes includes a lamination anchor, lamination cover, spacer plate,
footshell, Spectra-Sock and an instructional video (CD-ROM).
Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - A / Color

1C20 = L 26 - 2 -A / 4
Article no. 1C20

Mobility Grade 2+3
25 cm
Foot form unisex
26 – 28 cm
Sizes 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm
Clearance without spacer plate 43 mm 43 mm 43 mm 43 mm
Prosthetic
Clearance with spacer plate 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Feet
Weight* ~ 465 g ~ 475 g ~ 490 g ~ 495 g
Firmness (1), (2), (3) see selection table below
Firmness Table
Sizes 25 cm 26 – 28 cm
Body weight
up to 100 kg 1 2
100-125 kg – 3
2G120 Lamination Anchor 2C2 Footshell

With lamination cover
647G333
2Z328 Setting Aid with Screw Order no. (order example):

2Z120 Screw Set 2C2 = L 25 / 4
Article no. 2C2

Sizes 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm
Weight 190 g 230 g 235 g 255 g
* with lamination anchor, without footshell

Lo Rider / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
Lo Rider
for Children
The 1E57 Lo Rider is a dynamic foot for Symes amputees. For even less
height, the foot can be ordered without pyramid adapter (custom order)
and used with the XO Coupler. The 1E57 includes in delivery the
Spectra-Sock.
Limb Prostheses
647G338=03
The Lo Rider footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light
brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which have to be
ordered separately as an accessory.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

Article no. 1E57

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Mobility Grade 3+4

≤ 136 kg
System height 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm
MOBIS®
Max. body weight MG 3 136 kg
Max. body weight MG 4 100 kg
The ankle moments that occur with Lo Rider adds considerable strain for other prosthetic components. Please
Prosthetic
Feet
use adaptors in the next highest weight category below the knee joint. For example, a patient weighing 90 kg must
be fitted with an adapter from the 125 kg weight category. The prosthetic foot is designed for use with a footshell.
Without the footshell, the individual foot is shorter than indicated in the order size.
* without footshell

Lo Rider / Mobility Grades 3 + 4
2C5 Footshell
With connection cap
647G333
2C5 = L 25 / 4
Article no. 2C5

Weight ~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g
Color beige (4), light brown (15)
For sizes 22 and 23 cm, please order the footshell SL=M/F

(see order form on page 291 for more information)
XO Coupler
The XO Coupler allows exoskeletal connection of Springlite® feet with
Prosthetic
Feet
an integrated pyramid. It allows for a low structural height.
Clearance: 36 mm including XO Coupler**
Order no. SL=LR-XOCS-M6 SL=LR-XOCL-M6 SL=LR-XOCL-5/16

Diameter 73 mm 85 mm* 85 mm*
* Adaptor selection is based on Mobility Grade and body weight and is done automatically by Customer Service.
** Please use the wrench 1/4 inch.
SL=Spectra-Sock Protective Sock
2C10 Connection Cap

For 2C5 Footshell

2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4
Article no. 2C10

Size range 23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm

MOBIS®
100
Sports Feet
Prosthetic
Feet
Sport Feet
Participation in Sports is an important aspect The competitive sports athlete needs excep-
in staying fit and healthy in today´s modern tional prothetic solutions and Otto Bock has
world and the development of advanced car- developed specialized carbon feet – Sprinter
bon feet has allowed more amputees to be and C-Sprint® – which promote outstanding
able to participate both in recreational and performances for the 100, 200, 400 m sprints
competitive sports. and in the Long and High Jump events at both
Paralympic and World Championship level.

C-Sprint®
C-Sprint®
for Children
With the 1C2 C-Sprint®, Otto Bock developed a unique transtibial sports
prothesis that now has a proven record in international competitions.
A narrow double spring provides energy storage and aerodynamics.
Contact occurs through contoured, threaded insets for spikes. The carbon
Limb Prostheses
spring can be customized through height adjustment and continuous angle

adjustment.
Initial/Interim
Order informatoin and measurement forms can be found in the

Prostheses
Article no. 1C2

Double Carbon Spring with Adapter
Leg Prostheses
Included in delivery 4R51 Socket Adapter with Rotation

Alignment
Adjustment
2R111 Adapter Plate
2Z285 Rollover Contour
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
450 ±15 mm 410 ±15 mm 370 ±15 mm 330 ±15 mm
2R111 Adapter Plate
2Z285 Rollover Contour with Spikes

Sprinter
Sprinter
The 1E90 Sprinter has distinguished itself in international and Paralympic

competitions as a foot of choice that offers outstanding performance. It
stands out for its light weight. The unique spring contour provides high
propulsion and low resistance.
Article no. 1E90

Included in delivery Carbon Spring
T-Adapter 5° L-Adapter 18° L-Adapter
348 mm 394 mm 388 mm

100 mm
Prosthetic
Feet

For direct lamination for transtibial fittings;
2R176=T T-Adapter for TT

For direct lamination;
L-Adapter
For transtibial fitting,
Order no. 2R177=18 2R177=5

Angle 18° 5°

Modular Adapters
104
Modular Adapters
Modular Adapters
The success of the modular prosthetic system is based on the adjustable link for
prosthetic limb, which was patented by Otto Bock in 1969 and is used worldwide.
The link consists of two pairs of setscrews surrounding a pyramid, allowing ad-
justment, within a limited swing angle, in two planes. Double, eccentric and slid-
ing adapters offer even more options. Tube adapters and tube clamps add the
option of varying lengths and diameters and create an easy-to-adjust connection.
The various lamination anchors, socket adapters and socket attachment blocks
provide the transition to the distal component unit.
In addition, functional adapters such as shock absorbers and rotation and torsion
adapters complement the portfolio. Based on biomechanical research,
they were designed to facilitate the performance of everyday activities
and increase wearability for the amputee.
Otto Bock Quality Adapters – Guaranteed Good Quality!
Adapters
You can rely on the good quality of our adapters! We guarantee the
good quality of our standard adapters with a warranty from the date
of purchase. Since warranty conditions differ from country to country,
please contact your Otto Bock branch for more information.
TH
WI ANTY
RR
WA
Caution when connecting to carbon spring feet! Caution with transtibial prostheses!
The ankle moments which occur with the carbon spring feet A Ø 34 mm tube adapter and a Ø 34 mm tube clamp
Lo Rider and Axtion® put a heavy strain on the adjoining adapter are recommended to provide maximum stability
prosthesis parts. These feet must thus be assembled of transtibial prostheses that are subjected to elevated
with structural parts of the next higher weight category strain due to higher activity levels, longer foot or transtibial
below the knee joint. lever arms or similar factors.
For example, an Axtion® foot for a 90 kg heavy amputee
must be equipped with an adapter for a body weight of
up to 125 kg.

m 105
Tube Adapters 30 mm

for Children
Order no. 2R37 2R38

Limb Prostheses
Diameter 30 mm 30 mm
Weight 160 g 275 g
Min. system height 97 mm 97 mm
Max. system height 232 mm 472 mm
Material Titanium Titanium
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Transtibial prostheses that are subjected to increased forces should

be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube adapter (e.g. 2R57/2R76).
Leg Prostheses
647H90=1
Alignment

MOBIS®
Order no. 2R50 2R49

Prosthetic
Feet
Weight 155 g 240 g

Material Aluminum Aluminum
Adapters
Modules made of titanium (2R37/2R38) are recommended for

prostheses that are subjected to increased forces.
647H96

Tube Adapters 30 mm
Tube Adapter Stainless steel
Order no. 2R2 2R3

Weight 195 g 315 g
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel

647H90=1
Tube Adapter, Angled 10° Titanium
Order no. 2R38=10°

Diameter 30 mm
Weight 275 g
Material Titanium
Adapters
Angle 10°
647H90=1

Order no. 2R2 2R3 2R37 2R38 2R38=10° 2R49 2R50
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
506G3=M8x14
Set Screw

Tube Adapters 34 mm

for Children
Order no. 2R57 2R58

Limb Prostheses
≤ 150 kg
Weight 220 g 330 g
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
647G180=1
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Tube Adapter Stainless steel

MOBIS®
Order no. 2R76 2R77

Prosthetic
≤ 150 kg
Feet
Weight 260 g 370 g

Adapters
647G180=1

Order no. 2R57 2R58 2R76 2R77
506G3=M8x14
Set Screw

Tube Clamp Adapters 30 mm
Tube Clamp Adapter Titanium
Order no. 4R52

Diameter 30 mm
Weight 75 g
System height 33 mm
Material Titanium

be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R82/4R91).
647H90
Tube Clamp Adapter Aluminum
Order no. 4R69

Diameter 30 mm
Weight 75 g
System height 33 mm
Material Aluminum
Adapters
Modules made of titanium (4R52) are recommended for high strain
usage.
647H96
Tube Clamp Adapter Stainless steel
Order no. 4R21

Diameter 30 mm
Weight 130 g
System height 33 mm

647H90

Tube Clamp Adapter, Movable Titanium

for Children
The adapter allows sliding adjustments of the socket and tube adapter,
even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows for a
shifting of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made
with the pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or
Limb Prostheses
laterally in the frontal plane or dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane.
Order no. 4R103

Diameter 30 mm
≤ 85 kg
Weight 185 g
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
System height 51 mm
Material Titanium
Leg Prostheses
Sliding range +/- 11 mm

Alignment

be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R88).
647H129
MOBIS®
Tube Clamp Adapter, Movable Aluminum
Prosthetic
even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows shifting
Feet
of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made with the
pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or laterally in
the frontal plane or dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane.
Order no. 4R98

Adapters
Diameter 30 mm
Weight 150 g
System height 57 mm
Material Aluminum

be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R88).
647H66

Tube Clamp Adapter, Angled at 10°/20°/30° Titanium
The adapter is available with three angles.

It establishes the connection between the pyramid adapter in the knee joint
and the tube of the 7E7 Hip Joint and is angled at 10°, 20° or 30° in order
to comply with the resulting tube course.
Order no. 4R56 4R56=1 4R56=2

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm
Material Titanium Titanium Titanium
Angle 10° 20° 30°
For larger pelvic sockets, the 4R56=1 Tube Clamp Adapter,

angled at 20°, is recommended.
647H9
Adapters
Order no. 4R21 4R52 4R56 4R56=1 4R69 4R98 4R103
506G3=M5x8
Set Screw
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
506G3=M8x14
Set Screw
506G3=M8x16
Set Screw
501Z2=M6x25
Cap Screw
501Z2=M6x35
Cap Screw
501Z16
Clamping Screw
4D4
Single component Pack


for Children
Order no. 4R82

Diameter 34 mm
≤ 150 kg
Limb Prostheses
Weight 95 g
System height 33 mm
Material Titanium
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
647G180
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Tube Clamp Adapter Stainless steel

MOBIS®
Order no. 4R91

Diameter 34 mm
≤ 150 kg
Weight 140 g
Prosthetic
Feet
System height 33 mm
Adapters
647G180

Order no. 4R82=P

Diameter 34 mm
≤ 150 kg
Weight 90 g
System height -12 mm
Material Titanium
647G180
Tube Clamp Adapter, Movable Titanium
even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows
shifting of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made
with the pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or
laterally in the frontal plane and dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane.
Order no. 4R88

Diameter 34 mm
Weight 185 g
Adapters
System height 51 mm
Material Titanium
647H48

Order no. 4R82 4R82=P 4R88 4R91
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
506G3=M8x14
Set Screw
501Z16
Clamping Screw
4D4

Double Adapters
Double Adapter, Movable Titanium

for Children
The adapter connects two prosthetic components with pyramid adapters

and allows medial or lateral adjustment in the frontal plane or a dorsal or
ventral adjustment in the sagittal plane.
Limb Prostheses
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Order no. 4R104=60 4R104=75

Weight 215 g 225 g
System height 97 mm 112 mm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment

Sliding range +/- 11mm +/- 11mm
647H137
MOBIS®
Double Adapter Titanium

Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Order no. 4R72=32 4R72=45 4R72=60 4R72=75

Weight 85 g 95 g 110 g 125 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 69 mm 82 mm 97 mm 112 mm
Material Titanium Titanium Titanium Titanium
647H34
Double Adapter Titanium
Order no. 4R84

Weight 115 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 36 mm
Material Titanium
647H41

Double Adapter and Connection Adapter
Double Adapter Stainless steel
Order no. 4R76 4R78

Weight 95 g 115 g
≤ 150 kg
System height - 32 mm - 30 mm
647G300
Connection Adapter
Adapters
Order no. 4R84=D 4R84=D-62
≤ 150 kg
Weight 65 g 145 g
System height 19 mm –
Min. system height – 20 mm
Max. system height – 48 mm
Material Titanium Stainless steel
647H436

Connection Adapters
Connection Adapter with Pyramid Receiver

for Children
To connect a pyramid and a Ø 30 or 34 mm tube clamp.

Limb Prostheses
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Order no. 4R72=D 4R72=D-62 4R75=D-70

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
≤ 150 kg
Weight 70 g 150 g 170 g
System height 66 mm – –
Min. system height – 67 mm 76 mm
Max. system height – 96 mm 106 mm
MOBIS®
Material Titanium Stainless steel Stainless steel

647H436
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters

Order no. 4R72 4R75=D-70 4R84 4R104
506G3=M5x8
Set Screw
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
506G3=M8x16
Set Screw
501Z16
Clamping Screw

Special Adapters
Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector Titanium
The 4R50 in combination with the 4R44=L Adapter Ring with Threaded
Connector allows for individual length and rotation adjustments for
transtibial and transfemoral prostheses. The 4R50 and 4R44=L allow
connection to the 4R150 Harmony HD System and other components.
Order no. 4R50

Weight 70 g
≤ 150 kg
Material Titanium
647G185
Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector Stainless steel
The 4R44=L in combination with the 4R50 allows for individual length and
rotation adjustments for transtibial and transfemoral prostheses. The ad-
apter can be shortened. The 4R44=L with the 4R43 or 4R111=N Lamination
Anchors creates a length-adjustable socket connection.
Order no. 4R44=L

Weight 210 g
≤ 150 kg
Adapters
647G185
Sliding Adapter Aluminum
The 4R101 is mounted between the socket attachment block (e.g. 5R1
or 5R6) and the socket adapter (e.g. 4R51) or functional adapter (4R40
Torsion Adapter). It allows independent shifts in the frontal and sagittal
planes and a convenient scale makes it easy to track adjustments.
Order no. 4R101

Weight 205 g
System height 25 mm
Material Aluminum
Sliding range
+/- 11 mm
m-l and a-p-direction
For transtibial prostheses, the 4R101 Sliding Adapter is suitable
only for the first or interim use. For transfemoral prostheses, the
4R101 Sliding Adapter can be used for regular, long-term usage.
647H141

Special Adapters
Adapter Plate Aluminum

for Children
The adapter plate adds additional permanent posterior placement from

the knee joint (e.g. 3R90 and 3R92) to the socket. The adapter plate can
only be used in combination with an adapter with a four-hole connection
(e.g. 5R1 and 5R2).
Limb Prostheses
Order no. 4R118

Weight 75 g
System height 10 mm
Initial/Interim
Material Aluminum
Prostheses

Sliding range 10 to 25 mm
647G319
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters

Order no. 4R44=L 4R50 4R101 4R118
506G3=M4x12
Set Screw
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
501S41=M6x12
Countersunk Screw (Allen Screw)
501S44=M6x25
Raised Countersunk Flange Screw
(Allen Screw)
501T61=M6x30
Cap Screw
501T61=M6x25
Cap Screw
501T61=M6x12
Cap Screw
4Y212
Clamping Nut
501Z2=M6x20
Cap Screw

Lamination Anchors
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid
The lamination anchors 4R100, 4R68 and 4R63 are designed for
lamination into the transtibial socket.
Order no. 4R100 4R68 4R63

System height - 8 mm - 7 mm - 7 mm
Material Titanium Aluminum Stainless steel
4R100, 4R63: The Lamination Dummies 4X3 and 4X52 are included
with the Lamination Anchor.
647H86
4R68: The 4X3 Lamination Dummy is included with the lamination

anchor.
647H10
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Stainless steel
Order no. 4R42

Weight 130 g
≤ 150 kg
The 4X3 Lamination Dummy is included with the lamination anchor.
Adapters
647H247

Lamination Anchors
Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector Stainless steel

for Children
The 4R43 Lamination Anchor can be combined with, among others, the
4R44=L Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector to create a length-
adjustable socket connection or with the 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter. In
the latter case, the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used during
Limb Prostheses
lamination. It must be ordered seperately.

Order no. 4R43
Weight 95 g
System height 8 mm
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

During the lamination process, the 4X46 Lamination Dummy should
be used, which has to be ordered separately (see Accessories,
Leg Prostheses
page 122).
Alignment
647H247
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid, rotatable Stainless steel

MOBIS®
Order no. 4R89

Weight 180 g
Prosthetic

Feet

page 122).
The 4R87 Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector is available as a
Adapters
individual component of the 4R89.
Order no. 4R87

Weight 85 g
647H247
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable Stainless steel
Order no. 4R41

Weight 170 g
System height 39 mm

page 122).
The 4R44=N Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector is available as
an individual component of 4R41.
Order no. 4R44=N

Weight 75 g
System height 31 mm
647H247

Lamination Anchors
Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector Stainless steel
The 4R111=N Lamination Anchor can be combined with, among others,

the 4R44=L Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector to create a
length-adjustable socket connection or with the 4R57=ST Rotation Ad-
apter. In the latter case, the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used
during lamination. It must be ordered seperately.
Order no. 4R111=N

Weight 80 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 13 mm

page 122).
647G123
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid, rotatable Stainless steel
Order no. 4R116

Weight 165 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 2 mm
page 122).
The 4R87 Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connectorist is available as an
Adapters
individual component of 4R89.
Order no. 4R87
Weight 85 g
647H123
Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable Stainless steel
Order no. 4R111

Weight 155 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 44 mm

page 122).
The 4R44=N Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector is available as
an individual component of 4R111.
Order no. 4R44=N
Weight 75 g
System height 31 mm
647G123

Accessories for Lamination Anchors

for Children
4X46 Lamination Dummy

For Lamination Anchors 4R41, 4R89, 4R111, 4R116, 4R43 and 4R111=N
Limb Prostheses
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters

Order no. 4R41 4R43 4R89 4R111 4R111=N 4R116
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
501Z2=M5x22
Cap Screw
501Z2=M5x30
Cap Screw
4R43
Lamination Anchor with
Threaded Connector
4R87
Pyramid Adapter with
Threaded Connector
4R44=N
Pyramid Receiver
with Threaded Connector
4R111=N
Lamination Anchor with
Threaded Connector

Socket Adapters
Socket Adapter with Pyramid

≤ 150 kg
System height - 11 mm - 7 mm - 11 mm 4R54
Stainless
Material Titanium Aluminum
steel
4R74
647H31
4R23
Socket Adapter with Pyramid, rotatable Titanium
The pyramid of the 4R77 Socket Adapter has a 9.5 mm drill hole. With the
right positioning of the adapter, the drill hole matches the 5R2 Lamination
Disk and the 6A30=10 and 6A30=20 Shuttle Locks.
Order no. 4R77

Weight 70 g
≤ 150 kg
Material Titanium
Adapters
647H31
Socket Adapter with Pyramid, eccentric Titanium
Thanks to the offset positioning, the 4R73=A and 4R73=D Adapters allow
for sliding adjustment of the prosthetic socket on different levels.
The 4R73=A enables a sliding adjustment in the sagittal and frontal plane.
Its pyramid is offset-axially.
The 4R73=D enables a 45° combination in the sagittal and frontal plane. Its
pyramid is diagonally-offset.
Order no. 4R73=A 4R73=D

Weight 60 g 60 g
≤ 150 kg
System height -11 mm - 11 mm
Axially Diagonally
Position of the
shifted shifted
pyramid
by 7 mm by 5 mm
647H31

Socket Adapters
Socket Adapter with Pyramid Receiver

for Children

≤ 150 kg
Limb Prostheses
4R55
Stainless
Material Titanium Aluminum
steel
4R95
647G382
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
4R22
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Socket Adapter with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable

MOBIS®
Order no. 4R51 4R37

Weight 80 g 140 g
≤ 150 kg
4R51 System height 36 mm 36 mm
Prosthetic

Feet

4R37
647G382
Adapters

Order no. 4R22 4R37 4R51 4R55 4R77 4R95
506G3=M8x12-V
Set Screw
506G3=M8x14
Set Screw
4Y19
Pressure Plate

Socket Attachment Blocks
Socket Attachment Block for Lamination Technique Wood
Order no. 5R1=6 5R1=6-H 5R1=2 5R1=1

Diameter wood
120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 147 mm
connection
Weight 155 g 240 g 355 g 445 g
System height 30 mm 33 mm – –
≤ 150 kg
Min. system height – – 46 mm 46 mm 5R1=6-H
Max. system height – – 64 mm 64 mm

Material Wood Wood Wood Wood
Max. body weight 125 kg 150 kg 125 kg 125 kg
The 4X6 Lamination Dummy is included with the Socket Attachment

Blocks.
647G92 647G183 (5R1=6-H)
Lamination Disk Aluminum
The 5R2 Lamination Disk can be used with various Otto Bock socket
adapters and the 6A30=20 Shuttle Lock System.
Order no. 5R2

Weight 70 g
≤ 150 kg
System height 9 mm
Material Aluminum
The 4X86 Lamination Dummy is included in delivery of the lamination

disk.
Adapters
647G179
Socket Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket Aluminum
The 5R6 Socket Attachment Block is available for three residual limb
circumferences. It is a detachable connection for a thermoplastic socket.
Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3

Weight 160 g 135 g 115 g
Circumf. distal
~ 400 mm ~ 320 mm ~ 250 mm
res. limb
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
The 5Y14 Tool helps create the proper distal shape. It have to be
ordered separately.
647H4
Accessories for 5R6 Have to be ordered separately.
This tool helps form the proper distal shape.
Order no. 5Y14=1 5Y14=2 5Y14=3

For 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3
647H4

Socket Attachment Blocks
Socket Attachment Block with Tube Connection / Pyramid Adapter Aluminum

for Children
The 4R108/4R109 Socket Attachment Blocks function as the adjustable connection between a transtibial socket
and distal component. The adjustment is done during the trial fitting and secured through the anti-rotation lock of
the adapter. After loosening the central countersunk screw, the lower part of the adapter can be shifted against the
lamination/vacuum forming shell integrated in the socket by 8 mm medically and laterally in the frontal plane and by
Limb Prostheses
6 mm dorsally and ventrally in the sagittal plane.

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Order no. 4R108=3L 4R108=3T 4R109=3L 4R109=3T

Alignment
Weight 280 g 255 g 280 g 265 g

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm – –
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
MOBIS®

Sliding range
in frontal plane +/- 8 mm +/- 8 mm +/- 8 mm +/- 8 mm
in sagittal plane +/- 6 mm +/- 6 mm +/- 6 mm +/- 6 mm
Prosthetic
Used for laminated socket thermoplastic socket laminated socket thermoplastic socket
Feet
The 4X100 Lamination Dummy must be used during the lamination/vacuum procedure. It is included in the delivery
of the Socket Attachment Blocks.
When fabricating the thermoplastic socket, insert the Lamination Dummy in the vacuum forming shell. The lamina-
tion dummy is removed after the vacuum forming procedure.
Adapters
647H230

Order no. 4R108 4R109 5R1 5R2 5R6
506S1=5x16
Clamping sleeve
501S41=M6x12
501S41=M6x16
501S41=M6x25
501S41=M6x30
501S41=M10x20
501S74=3.5x9.5
Self-Tapping Screw
501Z2=M6x25
Cap Screw
501Z10
Raised countersunk screw

Modular Transtibial and Transfemoral Kits
Adapters
Modular Transtibial and
Transfemoral Kits
Otto Bock packages the important prosthetic available in different materials in standard
technologies and products within an easy-to- and heavy duty versions for a maximum body
use system. With our comprehensive modu- weight of 150 kg. Other convenient kits are
lar transfemoral and transtibial kits, you enjoy also available and include components like a
turnkey solutions at affordable prices. lamination anchor and a foot adapter.
Decades of success testify to the high quali- The transfemoral set includes the 3R40 Alu-
ty of Otto Bock modular adapters. The com- minum Knee Joint in addition to the socket at-
bination of tube and tube clamp adapter is tachment block and tube adapter.

Modular Transtibial Kits
Modular Transtibial Kits Titanium

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Order no. 2R120 2R121 2R102

Material Titanium Titanium Titanium
≤ 150 kg Consists of: 4R52 Tube Clamp Adapter 4R100 Lamination Anchor 4R82 Tube Clamp Adapter
2R102 2R37 Tube Adapter with Pyramid 2R57 Tube Adapter
4R52 Tube Clamp Adapter
2R37 Tube Adapter
Technical data and information about the individual set components are featured with the respective components.

Modular Transtibial and Transfemoral Kits
Modular Transtibial and Transfemoral Kits Aluminum
Adapters
Order no. 2R105 2R122 4R201

Aluminum/
Stainless steel
Consists of: 4R69 Tube Clamp Adapter 4R68 Lamination Anchor 4R37 Socket Adapter
2R50 Tube Adapter with Pyramid with Pyramid
4R69 Tube Clamp Adapter Receiver, rotable
2R50 Tube Adapter 3R40 Modular
Light Knee Joint,
monocentric,
with lock
2R49 Tube Adapter

Modular Transtibial Kits
Modular Transtibial Kits Stainless steel

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Order no. 2R123 2R124 2R125=M8 and 2R125=M10 2R103

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 34 mm
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
≤ 150 kg
2R103 Consists of: 4R21 Tube Clamp 4R63 Lamination 4R63 Lamination Anchor 4R91 Tube
Adapter Anchor with with Pyramid Clamp
2R2 Tube Pyramid 4R21 Tube Clamp Adapter Adapter
Adapter Adapter 2R76 Tube
2R2 Tube Adapter
4R21 Tube Clamp Adapter
Adapter In set 2R125=M8:
2R8=M8 Foot Adapter for
2R2 Tube
SACH* and
Adapter
Dynamic Foot
In set 2R125=M10:
2R8=M10 Foot Adapter for
SACH* and
Dynamic Foot

Functional Adapters
Adapters
Functional Adapters
The loss of a limb has psychological effects, That task has led us to develop prosthetic feet,
as well as the more obvious loss of physical knee and hip joints. Over the years, Otto Bock
function, of the ability to walk and stand in created structural parts with unique functions
ways that were instinctive and natural. such as the DeltaTwist® shock absorber with
Otto Bock has made it its task to help restore torsion and rotation adapters. These devices
mobility and function to help amputees resu- allow amputees to master everyday activities
me their everyday routines. while offering increased wearability.

Rotation Adapters
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Rotation Adapters
A rotation adapter installed above the knee in a more relaxed leg position while driving,
Adapters
joint adds a new angle to a prosthesis, al- which in turn allows him/her to focus more
lowing the prosthesis to rotate for a wide va- on the traffic.
riety of activities. A rotation adapter means more comfort for
For the wearer this translates primarily into the wearer. It makes everyday tasks like put-
increased security. When driving a car, the ting on shoes and socks much easier. In ad-
prosthesis can be moved to the side, mini- dition it creates more seating options, inclu-
mizing the risk of the prosthetic foot getting ding sitting cross-legged.
stuck in the pedals. The driver can then ope- The rotation mechanism is easily activated
rate the pedals without any obstruction. The with the release button, and deactivation oc-
adapter also allows the wearer to mainta- curs automatically.

Rotation Adapters
Models
Two models with different proximal connections are available.
Rotation Adapter with Pyramid and Pyramid Rotation Adapter with Threaded Connector and
Receiver: Pyramid Receiver:
The 4R57 Rotation Adapter includes a pyramid at The 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter features a thread
its proximal end. at its proximal end. This allows for space-saving
integration of the adapter into the prosthesis. The
adapter can be screwed into the 4R111=N as well
as into the 4R43 Lamination Anchor.
Rotation Adapter Stainless steel
Order no. 4R57 4R57=ST

Weight 170 g 185 g
≤ 150 kg
max. 360° (without max. 360° (without
Rotation 4R57=ST
foam cover) foam cover)
Proximal connection pyramid thread
Distal connection pyramid receiver pyramid receiver
Adapters
In order to screw the 4R57=ST properly into the lamination anchor,

the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used for lamination. It
have to be ordered separately.
Note: The 4R57 is not compatible with 2R49, 2R50 and 4R95
647G258
4X46=ST Lamination Dummy

for 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter

Order no. 4R57 4R57=ST
506G3=M8x12
Set Screw
4X69=7
Closing Knob, black
4X69=1
Closing Knob, gray

Torsion Adapters
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Torsion Adapters
Adapters
Torsion adapters have significant advantages rity. The torsion adapters also provide more
for the wearer, regardless of their amputation mobility and comfort for recreational activies
level. Because the socket needs to securely like playing golf or tennis. In addition they mi-
fit the residual limb, the Otto Bock torsion ad- nimize the shear forces on the residual limb –
apter compensates for this necessary lack of forces which can lead to a painful tissue
movement. This is particularly useful for acti- breakdown. By helping to reduce compen-
vities in restricted spaces at work or at home, satory movements, the torsion adapter incre-
where added mobility also implies more secu- ases comfort and smooths the gait pattern.
The intensity of the torsion movement can be individually adjusted for all adapters:
Rotation angle limitation through stops +/- 20°
Firmness of stop ~ 100 Nm
Torsion moment of the spring elasticity 7 Nm to Max. 19 Nm

Torsion Adapters
Models
Four models with different connections are available.
Torsion Adapter with Clamp (Ø 30 mm) Torsion adapter with Tube and Pyramid Receiver:
and Pyramid Receiver: The 4R39 Torsion Adapter contains a Ø 30 mm tube.
The 4R85 Torsion Adapter connects the knee joint It replaces the tube adapter and bridges the distance
with the Ø 30 mm tube adapter. It replaces the tube between prosthetic foot and knee joint.
clamp adapter.
Torsion Adapter with Clamp (Ø 34 mm) Torsion Adapter with Screw Plate and Pyramid
and Pyramid Receiver: Receiver:
The 4R86 Torsion Adapter connects the knee joint The 4R40 Torsion Adapter has a screw plate at
with the Ø 34 mm tube adapter. It replaces the tube its proximal end. It replaces the socket attachment
clamp adapter. block.
Torsion Adapter Stainless steel
Torsion Adapter with Pyramid Receiver and Ø 30 mm Tube Connection.
Order no. 4R85

Diameter 30 mm
Weight 350 g
System height 68 mm
Mobility Grade 1-4
Adapters
When using the 4R85 with the knee joints with friction brake 3R15
and 3R49, the longer extension assist pull (included with torsion
adapter) must be mounted.
647G23
Torsion Adapter Titanium
Torsion Adapter with Pyramid Receiver and Ø 34 mm Tube Connection.
Order no. 4R86

Diameter 34 mm
≤ 110 kg
Weight 340 g
System height 68 mm
Material Titanium
Mobility Grade 1-4
647G23

Torsion Adapters

for Children
Torsion Adapter with Proximal Screw Plate and Distal Pyramid Receiver.
Order no. 4R40

Limb Prostheses
Weight 340 g
System height 58 mm
Mobility Grade 1-4
Initial/Interim

Prostheses
647G23
Leg Prostheses
Alignment

MOBIS®
Torsion Adapter with Ø 30 mm Tube and Pyramid Receiver.
Order no. 4R39

Diameter 30 mm
Prosthetic
Feet
Weight 500 g
Adapters
Mobility Grade 1-4

647G23

Order no. 4R39 4R40 4R85 4R86
506G3=M8x12
Set Screw
4D4
Single-component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered individually

DeltaTwist®
DeltaTwist®
The loss of a limb includes important pro- rods and plates with varying firmness. Based
Adapters
prioceptor and muscle groups that provide on state-of-the-art biomechanical research
many types of torsional and shock-absor- findings, the DeltaTwist® accommodates the
bing functions. The DeltaTwist® shock ab- specific gait pattern of each wearer.
sorber with torsion function can help com- If need be, the torsion can be suppressed la-
pensate for this loss. The shock absorbing terally or medially, by means of the rotation
and torsion functions contribute to securi- lock (see accessories).
ty, mobility and comfort. Integrated into the
The DeltaTwist® can be used in transfemoral
prosthesis, the DeltaTwist® also allows for
or in transtibial prostheses.
a more symmetrical gait. Instabilities can
be corrected and compensation movements Detailed technical information can be found
significantly reduced. in this brochure:
The shock absorption and torsion function 646A196=GB
can be individually and independentally ad-
justed through the use of different elastomer
Indications
• Unnatural asymmetrical gait pattern in terms • Unusual sensitivity to impact loads such as
of the transversal rotation (around the body’s formation of neuroma on residual limb
longitudinal axis) • Pronounced dynamic gait patterns
• Overloading of the residual limb and locomotor • Frequent torsional (rotational movements)
system due to impact load and shear forces loading at work and during leisure activities

DeltaTwist®
DeltaTwist® Aluminum
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34

Proximal connection Tube clamp Ø 30 mm Tube Ø 30 mm Tube Ø 34 mm
4R120
4R121=30 Distal connection Pyramid receiver Pyramid receiver Pyramid receiver
Leg Prostheses
Outer diameter 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm
Alignment
Weight ~ 340 g ~ 530 g * ~ 585 g *

4R121=34 System height 117 mm – –
Min. system height – 177 mm 174 mm
Max. system height – 553 mm 578 mm
MOBIS®
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum

Max. torsion inward/outward ± 20° ± 20° ± 20°
Max. compression ~ 8 mm ~ 8 mm ~ 8 mm
Prosthetic
Mobility Grade 2-4

Feet
* At its shortest, the weight of the 4R121=30 is 325 g and of the 4R121=34 355 g.
647H441
Adapters
The DeltaTwist® models are delivered as sets and include:
1 1 DeltaTwist® shock absorber equipped with:

• 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer medium (yellow)
6 • 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer medium (yellow)
2 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer soft (red)
3 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer hard (green)

1
4 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer soft (red)
5 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer hard (green)
4
7
5 6 1 Combination Wrench (mounting aid)
2 3
7 1 Tube Special Grease
Example of standard delivery 4R120
Instructions for Use
Accessories
Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34
709H5=4 Rotation Locking Plate, extra hard
Socket wrench, consisting of:
709H7 Socket Nut 1/2“, hexagon, SW11
709H8 Socket Nut Extension, 1/2“,
length 575 mm
709H9 T-Handle 1/2“

DeltaTwist®
Indicator ring to control

maximum axial compression.
Threaded bushing with
inner friction bearing
(with type designation)
to open casing and
Rotation segments exchange
(uni-laterally locked) for elastomer plates.
isolation of the spring effect
from the inner and outer
rotation.
Pair of elastomer plates

(exchangeable)
for the torsion function.
Polymer friction bearing
with high wear resistance.
Tensioning screw
for elastomer rod.
Locking screw
to replace the
elastomer bar.
Adapters
Elastomer rod (exchangeable)
for shock absorption.
Retaining screw
and elastomer ring for re- Elastomer element
sistance adjustment to adapt for soft, progressive
to to the amputee‘s body terminal axial damping.
weight.

Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34
709H6=1 Elastomer Rod, durometer soft
709H6=2 Elastomer Rod, durometer medium
709H6=3 Elastomer Rod, durometer firm
709H5=1 Elastomer Plate, durometer soft
709H5=2 Elastomer Plate, durometer medium
709H5=3 Elastomer Plate, durometer firm
633F30 Special Grease (tube)
709H4 Combination Wrench

Modular Knee Joints
140
Modular Knee Joints
Modular Knee Joints
The performances of modular knee joints are vital to the overall performance of
prosthesis.
During stance phase knee stability is a key, and the knee should not flex at heel
strike. During swing phase, the movement of the shank has to be controlled.
With mechanical knee joints, stance phase stability can be achieved by a lock (a
common solution for geriatric fittings), weight-dependent friction controls or poly-
centric constructions – and even with variable stance phase flexion in knees like
the 3R60. A hydraulic stance phase control is offered in knees such as the 3R80.
With the electronic knee joints from the C-Leg® Product Line, the hydraulic unit
is microprocessor-controlled for stance phase stability.
The control of swing phase can for example be achieved with flexible extension
assist springs that work independently to walking speed of the prosthesis wearer.
Pneumatic and hydraulic units operate depending on different speed range and
adjust to the patient’s gait pattern.
Based on real-time data, the C-Leg® Knee Joint System immediately adapts to
the patient’s current gait pattern.
Knee Joints
The selection of the appropriate mechanically or electronically controlled knee joint
is based on the the patient’s amputation level, the condition of the residual limb,
their activity level and health, their weight as well as his/her surrounding environ-
ment and living conditions. Older prosthesis users with lower mobility require a
higher degree of knee stability. Easy handling and wearing comfort are more im-
portant than dynamic function.
The knee joint and prosthetic foot are viewed as one functional unit; these compo-
nents must therefore work in harmony with each other and are tested to ensure the
best function possible (see “Component Combination: Knee-Foot” on page 48).

Selection Aid Modular Knee Joints
for Children
CR ICR
Maximum Cons- Stance phase stability
Limb Prostheses
Mobility Grade body weight truction provided by alignment and: Swing phase control
polycentric
polycentric
Mechanics
Pneumatic
single axis
Hydraulic
≤ 100 kg
≤ 125 kg
≤ 150 kg
features
≤ 75 kg
Special
Brake
Lock
1 2 3 4
Page
Initial/Interim
Joint
Prostheses
3R40 146
3R41 144
3R33/17 147
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
3R49/15 148
3R36/20 149
3R90 150
3R92 150
MOBIS®
3R106/=ST 152
TF
3R60/=ST EBS 155

3R60- progressive
159
Prosthetic
PRO/=ST EBS
Feet
3C96-1/ Hydraulics +
3C86-1 Electronics 177
3R72 162
Rotary Rotary
3R80 163
Adapters
hydraulic hydraulik
3R55 168
3C98-1/ Hydraulics + Electronically
3C88-1 Electronics controlled 175
3R95/=1 166
Knee Joints
3R32/23 169
3R30/21 170
3R106=KD 152
3R60=KD EBS 155
KD
3R60- progressive
PRO=KD EBS
159
Hydraulics +
3R46 171
Hydraulics + Electronically
3R36/20 149
3R106=HD 152
3R60=HD EBS 155
HD
3R60- progressive
PRO=HD EBS
159
Hydraulics +
Hydraulics + Electronically

Modular Knee Joints
Mechanical Knee Joints

The targeted improvement of our knee aim to deliver the best possible mobili-
joints creates new options for match- ty solutions available today.
ing the knee to the wearer to create This chapter features mechanical
the best outcomes possible. knee joints starting with solutions for
With the development of new mechan- Mobility Grade 1 (indoor walker) and
ical knee joints, we offer innovative continuing through to Mobility Grade
real-life solutions for nearly every chal- 4 (non-restricted outdoor walker with
lenge. By improving existing products especially rigorous demands).
and adding new features (e.g. by in-
creasing the maximum weight limit) we
Knee Joints

Mobility Grade 1
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
3R41 – Next Generation of Locking Knees

Adapters
Modern plastics technology used in leg pros-

thetics creates the basis for the new 3R41
knee joint. The next generation of traditional
Knee Joints
locking knee joints offers additional advan-

tages: it is splash water-resistant, lightweight
and especially wear-resistant.
Above knee amputees with very low activity
level requiring a particularly high degree of
stability benefit from simple handling of the in-
novative release mechanism that can be initia-
ted also under partial load condition.

Mobility Grade 1
Function and advantages

• In full extension the innovative locking mechanism secures
the joint automatically whereas engaging of the lock latch
can be heard and felt. The joint is released either by pulling
the cable or by pushing the lock latch (patella). Designing
this knee joint special importance was attached to a balan-
ced relation between release power and prosthesis load to
offer even more safety during operation.
• Plastic materials make the joint particularly lightweight,
wear-resistant and easy to maintain. In addition it is resis-
tant against moisture and splash water offering the user
increased flexibility.
• Modern design offers functional advantages. The anterior
plastic cap avoids finger injuries as getting caught in the
joint gap and protects the cosmetic foam cover.
• The proximal adjustment pyramid can be moved in A/P
direction to allow adaptation of prosthetic alignment or
compensation of hip flexion contracture.
3R41
Otto Bock Modular Single Axis Knee Joint with Lock
Knee Joints
In full extension the innovative locking mechanism secures the joint
automatically whereas engaging of the lock latch can be heard and felt.
The joint is released either by pulling the cable or by pushing the lock latch
(patella). The innovative release mechanism can be initiated also under
partial load condition.
Order no. 3R41

Proximal Connection Pyramid adapter (moveable)
Distal Connection Tube clamp ⌀ 30 mm
Weight 385 g
System height 24 mm
Proximal system
height up to alignment 12 mm ≤ 220 kg
reference point
Distale system height
up to alignment 12 mm
reference point
Material Plastics
Mobility Grade 1
Max. body weight 100 kg/220 lbs
Accessories see page 147

Mobility Grade1
3R40 Aluminum
for Children
Modular Lightweight Single Axis Knee Joint, with Lock

The upper joint section with pyramid adapter and lower joint section with
tube clamp are connected through the knee axis. The knee has a pyramid
Limb Prostheses
adapter on the upper portion and has a tube clamp on the lower portion.
The adjustable manual lock in the lower joint section secures the joint in
the extended position and the lock is released using the lock cable.
647G82
Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R40.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Fabrication of a customized foam cosmesis is possible

(see page 245).
Order no. 3R40

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Distal connection Tube clamp ⌀ 30 mm

Weight 290 g
System height 23 mm
MOBIS®
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system height up
to alignment reference 22 mm
Prosthetic
point
Feet
Material Aluminum
Mobility Grade 1
Adapters
Accessories see page 147
Single components for 3R40 replacement parts

Knee Joints

Consists of:
1 plastic knee cap 1 cable clamp
2 set screws 1 lock control handle
1 lock bale with cable guide 1 plastic ring
1 perlon cord 2 knee stops
1 threaded fitting, short

Mobility Grade 1
3R33 / 3R17
Modular Single Axis Knee Joint

with Lock and Extension Assist
Upper and lower joint sections are connected through the knee axis bus-
hing. The adjustable lock secures the knee joint in extension and is released
using the lock cable. Locking occurs automatically at full extension with the
assistance of the extension assist springs.
647G34
Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R33 or 3R17. Fabrication of a
customized foam cosmesis is possible (see page 245).
Order no. 3R33 3R17

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 3R33
Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter

Knee flexion angle 120° 120°
≤150 kg
Weight 530 g 695 g 3R17
Proximal system
height up to alignment 6 mm 6 mm
reference point
to alignment reference 37 mm 37 mm
point
Mobility Grade 1
Single components for 3R33 and 3R17 replacement parts
4D10 Single component Pack for 3R33 and 3R17

Consists of: 2 ball thrust bearings
Knee Joints
1 plastic knee cap 2 compression springs
1 knee axis bushing 2 spring guide pins
1 compression spring 2 lock screws
1 set screw 1 spring guide housing
1 safety plate 2 spring bushings
1 oval head countersunk screw 1 guide pin
1 rubber bumper
Accessories for 3R41, 3R40, 3R33 and 3R17 Have to be ordered separately.
4F34 Lock Control Unit for 3R41, 3R40, 3R33 and 3R17
Can be used both left and right; adjustable for push and pull.
May be used in place of the 4F18 Lock Control Handle that is part of the
standard version.
Lock Control Unit 4F17 + accessories replacement parts
4D11 Single component Pack for 4F17 Lock Control Unit

Consists of:
1 lock control handle (4F17)
1 threaded fitting, short
1 cable clamp
1 perlon cord

3R49 / 3R15
for Children

with Extension Assist and Protective Sleeve
The swing block is connected to the upper joint section through the
Limb Prostheses
swing axis and with the lower section through the knee axis. The knee
is designed to utilize the swing axis and brake axis as a load-dependent
brake. This, together with the posterior placement, ensures a secure
stance phase. The axis friction and the extension assist are adjustable for
improved control of swing phase.
Initial/Interim
647H84
Prostheses
Use Foam Cover 3R6 or 3S106 for 3R49 and 3R15.

(see page 245).
Leg Prostheses
Order no. 3R49 3R15

Alignment
Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter

Weight 360 g 490 g
MOBIS®
Proximal system
reference point
Prosthetic
Distal system
Feet
reference point
Mobility Grade 1+2
Adapters

Knee Joints
21Y70=N Protective Sleeve for 3R49 and 3R15

The soft plastic sleeve is designed to protect the knee joint, extension
assist unit and foam cosmesis or clothing.

Consists of:
1 brake bushing
1 extension stop
1 bumper
2 brass washers, large
2 brass washers, small
2 lock rings
2 knee stops
1 safety device for bushing
1 knee axis screw

3R36 / 3R20
Otto Bock Habermann Modular Knee Joint,

Polycentric, with Integrated Extension Assist
Upper and lower joint sections are connected by linkage bars.
The „Four Bar“ knee offers stance phase control through polycentric
kinematics. The extension stop allows adjustment of the instantaneous
center of rotation.
Swing phase settings can be continuously adjusted through the axis
friction and extension assist.
647G72
Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R36 and 3R20.
(see page 245).
Order no. 3R36 3R20

Weight 445 g 820 g
Proximal system
height up to alignment - 3 mm - 3 mm
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Mobility Grade 1+2
Knee Joints

Consists of:
1 plastic knee cap
1 cap screw
1 knee stop, complete
1 extension bumper
1 pin for extension assist
1 extension assist spring
1 adjustment screw
1 ball
2 lock nuts
2 axis pins
4 brass washers
4 washers

Mobility Grades 1 + 2 / 2 + 3
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
With Both Feet Firmly Planted on the Ground

... by the new 3R90 and 3R92 Modular Knee phase stability - whether for a single step or
Adapters
Joints with Friction Brakes, offering users phy- for a day full of motion.
siological advantages in their everyday acti- The flexible covers offer protection for the
vities. joints as well as the foam covers. These knee
Unlike conventional knee joints with friction joints are also extremely easy to align and ad-
Knee Joints
brakes, the break mechanism of the 3R90 just.

and 3R92 is activated through transferred Integrated synchronized swing phase con-
body weight and shuts off automatically when trols (mechanical or pneumatic) ensure fittings
the forefoot is loaded. Thus, the awkward hip that are fast and meet the patients needs ba-
lift used to initiate swing phase is eliminated. sed in their indications, especially for Mobility
This enables the knees to simulate a more Grades 1 and 2.
natural movement with a high level of stance
Two spring elements form the integrated me-

chanical extension assist for the 3R90. The
knee can be easily preset to five different le-
vels.
The extension and flexion resistance of the in-
tegrated dual-chamber pneumatic system for
the 3R92 can be adjusted with a screwdri-
ver, as usual.

Mobility Grades 1 + 2 / 2 + 3
3R90 / 3R92 Aluminum
Modular Single Axis Knee Joints

3R90 with Mechanical Extension Assist
The novel load-dependent brake mechanism offers patients valuable
security.When the heel is loaded, the brake is activated and provides
high stability in stance phase. The swing phase is controlled by means
of a mechanical extension assist which has a progressively acting spring
combination.
3R92 with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control

Has the same brake mechanism as the 3R90. The progressively respon-
ding knee is designed with flexion and extension damping that can be set
individually.
647G113
Order no. 3R90 3R92

Distal connection Tube clamp Tube clamp
Weight 700 g 840 g 3R90

Proximal system
height up to alignment 8 mm 8 mm 3R92
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Mobility Grade 1+2 2+3
Use the 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R90 and 3R92.
Knee Joints
(see page 246).
For users with Mobility Grade 1: These knee joints with friction brake
are contraindicated for patients who are unable to use the brake
mechanism during the gait cycle, i.e. to lock the knee joint at heel
contact and to unlock it when the forefoot is loaded.
Accessories für 3R90 / 3R92 Have to be ordered separately.
2R77 Tube Adapter, Stainless steel

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
3R106 – More Swing for More Mobility

Adapters
You can see the changes we made to the new

generation of 3R106 Modular Knee Joints.
However, they are more than skin deep. A
Knee Joints
new pneumatic unit – specially adapted to

Mobility Grade 2 and 3 prosthesis users –
controls the swing phase even more precise-
ly and reliably. Durable and easy to use, the
weight limit was also increased. And you can
count on the proven benefits of the polycentric
design and the wide flexion angle. Four con-
nection options make it easy to fit all levels of
amputations.

The strengths of the 3R106

In extended position, the instantaneous center of rotation lies
clearly above the joint and behind the load line. In this way,
the polycentric structure reliably stabilizes the knee joint du-
ring stance phase and provides increased floor clearance
during swing phase. This in turn enhances the user’s confi-
dence in the prosthesis as a whole.
The wide 170° flexion angle and the light weight offer high
wearer comfort for riding bikes, getting into cars, kneeling
down or sitting.
And now, even amputees with a body weight up to 100 kg
can use the 3R106.
The required tube adapter is included in the delivery of the
3R106.
Advantages of the new double-chamber pneumatic unit

• An expanded range of walking speeds is serviced by the
improved pneumatic damping – all without increasing the
componenet‘s height.
• New swing phase damping properties make it particularly
easy to initiate swing phase, while a smooth extension stop
ensures a natural gait with less energy expenditure.
Knee Joints
• Flexion and extension damping are independently adjus-
table. To reduce the resistence of the extension assist, the
spring can be simply replaced by a weaker one that is also
included in the delivery.

3R106 Aluminum
for Children
Modular Polycentric Knee Joint

with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control
The improved 3R106 incorporates the new double-chamber pneumatic
Limb Prostheses
unit, new connection systems, more durability and a higher weight limit.
Four modular connection options make it easy to fit many levels of ampu-
tations: Pyramid adapter with lamination anchor for knee disarticulation
(=KD), threaded top for long residual limbs (= ST) and an angled pyramid
adapter for hip disarticulation (=HD).
Initial/Interim
647H208 646S1=6.05
Prostheses
Use 3S107 Foam Cover for 3R106. Fabrication of a customized

foam cosmesis is possible (see page 246).
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Order no. 3R106 3R106=KD 3R106=ST 3R106=HD*

Pyramid
Pyramid Lamination Threaded
Proximal connection adapter
adapter anchor connector
(10° inclined)
Prosthetic
Feet
Distal connection Tube clamp Tube clamp Tube clamp Tube clamp
Knee flexion angle 170° 170° 170° 170°
Weight 760 g 755 g 765 g 790 g
Adapters
Proximal system height up

- 6 mm 16 mm 12 mm - 4 mm
168 mm 168 mm 168 mm 168 mm
Knee Joints

Mobility Grade 2+3
* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R106=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations
Scope of delivery for 3R106

All versions of the 3R106 Modular Knee Joint are delivered with the Tube
Adapter Ø 30 mm and an additional weaker extension assist spring.

Consists of:
1 extension stop
4 truss head screws
4 two-hole nuts

3R60 – EBS* – Test the Best!

The main goal of prosthetic fittings is to res-
tore as much function as possible. We at Otto
Bock strive to support this goal through in-
Knee Joints
tensive research and development of modern
knee joints.
In the area of knee components, we have ac-
complished a great step in that direction with
the 3R60 EBS*.
Get to know the new generation of patented
3R60 knee which are proving themselves truly
distinctive. They feature improved EBS* func-
tion for controlled knee flexion at heel strike
and a new, efficient, hydraulic swing phase
control.
* EBS = “Ergonomically Balanced Stride“

What is the effect of the EBS unit?

for Children
When observing gait, the natural knee flexes at heel strike.

Knee angle This basic process forms the basis for the functioning of the
3R60 EBS Knee Joint.
Limb Prostheses
Thanks to the unique polycentric joint construction, the 3R60

delivers controlled, cushioned flexion at heel strike of up to 15°
before normal knee flexion is initiated (phase B, see graph).
Stance phase Swing phase
traditional prosthetic
This individually adjustable stance phase flexion provides ad-
Initial/Interim
normal limb
ditional knee stability for the user and considerably reduces
Prostheses
knee
the load on the residual limb, hip and spine. Walking with the
prosthesis will be more comfortable and a closer physiologi-
cal approximation of healthy, natural gait.
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
How does the EBS unit work?

MOBIS®
ICR With polycentric knee joints, the instantaneous center of ro-

FF
tation (ICR) is located at the intersection of the extended
straight knee axis with the posterior and anterior knee axes
(Fig. 2). The location of the instantaneous center of rotation
at heel strike is the key to knee stability.
Prosthetic
Feet
Two axial forks connect the upper and lower joint section to
one another and create a kinematic chain. A pivoting mount
A
(Fig. 1, A) joins the lower joint section to the rear axial fork,
B
which is also connected to the shock absorbing elements of
Adapters
D
C
the EBS unit (Fig. 1, B and C).
E The multiaxial action of the joint is composed of rotary and
gliding movements. At heel strike, the proximal joint sections
swing posteriorly around the lower axes (Fig. 2, D). The in-
Knee Joints
1 2 stantaneous center of rotation (ICR) varies with the flexion po-

sition. With increasing stance phase flexion, additional stability
of the prosthesis is achieved by shifting the center of rotation
posteriorly and proximally behind the load line (Fig. 2, F).
In comparison to ordinary prosthetic knee joints, the knee
stability of the prosthesis is significantly increased with knee
flexion.
The blue elastomer bumper (Fig. 1, B) of the EBS unit is com-
pressed during the flexion process, and the pivoting mount
moves upward (Fig. 2, E). The resistance of the EBS unit is
continuously adjustable and can be set for the weight and ac-
3 tivity level of the patient. The movement of the pivoting mount
serves as a visual control for measuring the efficiency of the
EBS function (Fig. 3).
An integrated hydraulic system accentuates the EBS effect
and provides a very important cushioning during stance pha-
se extension.

Other advantages
• The hydraulic resistance for swing phase control can be set
independently (Fig. 4). Optimized damping values are based
on gait analysis data. They support a smooth transition into
the swing phase and provide the user with a greater range
of walking speeds.
• Improved EBS function, individually adaptable to the weight
and activity level of the patient (Fig. 5), ensures significantly
4 5 more comfort and stability in everyday life. The 5-axis design
of the 3R60, in combination with the EBS function, makes
it easy – unlike conventional multiaxis joints – to walk on
uneven terrain and slightly inclined surfaces. The polycen-
tric structure ensures increased floor clearance during the
swing phase.
• The large flexion angle of up to 175° (Fig. 6), damped by
the EBS unit starting of approx. 155°, helps to master the
obstacles of everyday life. The weight and system height
6
were reduced, while increasing the maximum user weight
to 125 kg.
3R60 Aluminum
Modular Polycentric EBS Knee Joint

with Hydraulic Swing Phase Control
Comfort and stability are ensured by the unique characteristic of the EBS
(Ergonomically Balanced Stride) unit which simulates the biomechanics of
natural gait. Available with four different connections.
647G167 646S1=24.04
Use 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R60. Fabrication of a customized
Knee Joints
Order no. 3R60 3R60=KD 3R60=ST 3R60=HD*

Pyramid Lamination Threaded Pyramid adapter
Proximal connection
adapter anchor connector (10° inclined)
Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter
Weight 845 g 940 g 845 g 880 g
- 2 mm 20 mm 16 mm 1 mm
173 mm 173 mm 173 mm 173 mm
Mobility Grade 2+3
* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R60=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations

Adapters Prosthetic Alignment Initial/Interim Modular Lower Leg Prostheses
Knee Joints MOBIS®
158
Mobility Grade 3 + 4

EBSpro Knee Joint

The Ergonomically Balanced Stride feature – known from the 3R60 – has been advanced and
shows new qualities with the EBSpro.
Knee Joints

How does the EBSpro work?

for Children
The mechanical principle of the EBSpro is based on the proven

3R60 Knee Joint.
The polycentric joint has five axes that are arranged to form
Limb Prostheses
a ring. The anterior axis chain is designed like a conventional

four-axis joint, but the posterior linkage bar is interrupted by
an additional pivot point (Fig. 1). In this way, the patented
design allows for two different modes of operation: the
swing phase mode and the stance phase flexion mode. Two
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
specially configured miniature hydraulic units (Fig. 2, a+b)

control the two modes. Outstanding performance during the
stance phase is the key feature of the 3R60. The EBSpro Knee
Joint uses this proven technology as a basis.
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
The spring and hydraulics combination in the stance phase

flexion mode is individually adjustable and can be precisely
adapted to suit the requirements of the prosthesis wearer.
Thanks to the progressivity of the EBS resistance – realised
with an autoadaptive EBS unit – for the first time, the
MOBIS®
effectiveness can adapt itself over a large range of walking

1 speeds.
Flexion is progressively limited with increasing walking speed.
As the walking speed decreases, less damping resistance takes
Prosthetic
effect ensuring more stance phase flexion (Fig. 3). In this way,
Feet
this important function adapts to different everyday situations.

For the prosthesis wearer, this means increased safety and
comfort, as well as a highly natural gait pattern.
a
Adapters
The advantages of stance phase flexion at a glance

• The patented design allows controlled stance phase flexion
of up to 15° and thus comfortable walking with high safety
even on uneven ground and on inclines of up to 10°.
Knee Joints
• The progressive damping of stance phase flexion as well

b
as stance phase extension provides for harmonious, natural
movements while bearing weight.
2 • Possible for the first time: adaptation of stance phase
flexion to different everyday situations.
• The EBS pro function provides stress reduction for both
extremities. In addition, it provides reduction of the forces
acting upon the residual limb, pelvis, and spine, as well as
EBSpro
close approximation to a sound, natural gait pattern.
EBSpro Damping resistance
3R60 • The 5-axis design provides greater protection in high-risk

situations: the wearer can always flex the joint in controlled
manner without delay or prior full extension, so there is less
risk of falling than with geometrically locking knee joints.
Walking speed
3

Other features
• Easy initiation of the swing phase and progressive damping
to control the pendulum motion of the lower leg
• Low weight and very large flexion angle of 175° for greater
freedom of movement
• Adjustment of prosthetic alignment using movable pyramid
adapter, to adapt to flexion contractures, for example
• All amputation levels can be fitted thanks to individual con-
nectors
• Attractive and natural cosmetic appearance
EBSpro Aluminum
EBSpro Modular Polycentric Knee Joint with Hydraulic

Swing Phase Control
Comfort and safety are ensured by the unique characteristic of the
advanced Ergonomically Balanced Stride unit EBSpro which simulates the
biomechanis of natural gait. Available with four different connections.
647G381 646D303
Use 3R107 Foam Cover for the EBSpro. Fabrication of a customized
Knee Joints
Order no. 3R60-Pro 3R60-Pro=KD 3R60-Pro=ST 3R60-Pro=HD*

Pyramid adapter Lamination Threaded Pyramid adapter
Proximal connection
(movable) anchor connector (10° inclined)
Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter
Weight 770 g 840 g 750 g 770 g
2 mm 21 mm 17 mm 2 mm
Distale Systemhöhe
148 mm 148 mm 148 mm 148 mm
bis Aufbaubezugspunkt
Mobility Grade 2+3
* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R60-Pro=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations

Mobility Grades 3
3R72 Aluminum
for Children

with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control
The 3R72 offers the advantages of a polycentric knee with pneumatic
Limb Prostheses
swing phase control. A balance between stability and dynamics increases

wearing comfort and produces a more natural gait. Linkage bars create
a kinematic chain so that at full extension, the instantaneous center of
rotation is located proximally and dorsally and creates stability during the
stance phase.
The extension and flexion damping resistance can be set to control swing
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
phase. Reversing action of the extension assist occurs at 115°.

647H200
Use 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R72. Fabrication of a
customized foam cosmesis is possible (see page 246).
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Order no. 3R72

Distal connection Tube clamp
MOBIS®
Weight 790 g
System height 191 mm
Proximal system
reference point
Prosthetic
Feet
Distal system
reference point
Material Aluminum
Adapters
Mobility Grade 3
Scope of Delivery for 3R72

Knee Joints
The 3R72 is delivered with the Ø 30 mm 2R38 Tube Adapter.

Consists of:
1 extension stop
1 protective cap
2 safety plate
2 oval head countersunk screws
1 cap screw
1 clamping bolt
1 clamping bolt with inner thread

3R80 – New Generation, New Features

10 years of experience lead to another step
ahead. This step can be slow and gentle, but
Knee Joints
also dynamic and powerful, since the unique
principle of the 3R80 rotary hydraulics has
been developed further and offers amazing
improvements in terms of serviceability, area
of application, safety, and wearer comfort.
You decide – the new 3R80 makes it happen!

3R80 – Technology
for Children
New Pizzazz
A fundamental revision of the hydraulic swing phase control
creates a whole new feeling for the wearer. The significant
Limb Prostheses
reduction in the amount of force required to initiate the swing

phase and new, progressive damping result in greater
freedom of movement. The level of resistance can be easily
adapted to the requirements of the user, and enables variable
knee flexion under load up to 4° while bouncing, and more
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
than 4° while yielding.

Whether it is a relaxed stroll through the city or a brisk
walk to the next appointment: The new 3R80 controls low,
medium, and even brisk walking speeds in a significantly
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
more harmonic manner. The 3R80 easily adapts to changes

in walking speed while making extremely natural movement
patterns possible.
A Confident Step
MOBIS®
Amputees must be able to rely on their prosthesis, especially

in the stance phase. The rotary hydraulics of the 3R80
responds to the ground reaction forces in the stance phase
at every step. It builds up hydraulic resistance which prevents
Prosthetic
involuntary flexion of the joint.

Feet
The 3R80 principle is particularly advantageous on uneven

surfaces, on slopes, and when walking down stairs, and thus
boosts the confidence of the prosthesis wearer.
Adapters
Optimized Adjustments
The 3R80 offers you 4 optimized adjustment options for
stance phase and swing phase control. As usual, the flex-
Knee Joints
ion and extension resistance can be adjusted easily and in-

dependently. Optimal adjustment values for stance phase
damping and response behaviour are achieved by gradually
turning the adjustment rings.
An additional spring can be integrated very easily in order
to increase the extension assist force if required. The spring,
adjustment aid, and required tube adapter are already
included in the scope of delivery.
Design study

3R80 Aluminum
Modular Single Axis Knee Joint with Rotary Hydraulic

With patent-protected, hydraulic control principle for stance and swing
phase.
647G403 (Instructions for Use)
647H515 (Quickstart)
646S1=8.07
Use 3R107 Foam Cover for the 3R80.

(see page 246).
Order no. 3R80

Distal connection Tube clamp
Weight 1225 g
Proximal system height
up to alignment refer- 28 mm
ence point
to alignment reference 135 mm
point
Material Aluminum
Mobility Grade 3+4
Scope of delivery for 3R80

The 3R80 is delivered with the ⌀ 34 mm 2R58 Tube Adapter.
Knee Joints
2R77 Tube Adapter -stainless steel-

2R58 Tube Adapter -titanium-

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
3R95 – Reduced to the Maximum

Adapters
The modular lightweight 3R95 Knee Joint

is very small, light and dynamic. It distingu-
Knee Joints
ishes itself through its light weight as well as

a compact design that also enhances its vi-
sual appearance. A newly developed, power-
ful miniature hydraulic unit produces dynamic
resistances to movement and promotes the
mobility of active users. The flexion angle is
automatically reduced by the system at high
walking speeds.
Especially in combination with dynamic pros-
thetic feet, the small 3R95 “power package“
gives users a boost to live their lives actively!

The flexion and extension resistances for swing phase con-

trol can be adjusted separately and precisely with the sca-
le on the joint.
The linkage design allows powerful resistance even with a
high degree of knee flexion. The extension resistance can
be set to a low value, for hydraulic damping that ensures a
smooth transition.
Stance phase stability is achieved through posterior place-
ment of the joint and the individual‘s musculature.
3R95 / 3R95=1 Aluminum

Smaller and lighter, the 3R95 has an upgraded dynamic hydraulic unit for
swing phase control. In addition, the 3R95=1 is specially adapted for pros-
thesis users with a body weight below 75 kg. The hydraulic unit is preset
to lower pendulum weights and lengths in comparison to the 3R95 and the
joint has a dorsal recess to allow for a larger flexion angle.
647G257 646S1=7.04
Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R95/3R95=1.
(see page 245).
Knee Joints
Order no. 3R95 3R95=1
≤ 150 kg
Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 3R95
Weight 360 g 340 g
3R95=1
6 mm 6 mm
56 mm 56 mm
Mobility Grade 3+4
Single components for 3R95 and 3R95=1 replacement parts
4D17 Single component Pack for 3R95 and 3R95=1

Consists of:
1 oval head countersunk screw

3R55 Titanium
for Children

Upper and lower joint sections are connected to one another by linkage
Limb Prostheses
bar. Stance phase stability is achieved through polycentric kinematics.

Swing phase is controlled by the built-in hydraulic cylinder. Flexion and
extension resistance are independently adjustable.
647H30
Use Foam Cover 3R6 or 3S106 for 3R55.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

(see page 244).
Order no. 3R55

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Distal connection Pyramid adapter

Weight 720 g
System height 90 mm
MOBIS®
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
Prosthetic
reference point
Feet
Material Titanium
Mobility Grade 3+4
Adapters
Knee Joints

Consists of:
2 knee stops
1 damper protection
2 attachment nipples, short
1 attachment nipple, long
4 slotted bushings
4 Belleville spring washers
2 lock rings
2 lock nuts

Mobility Grade 1
Modular Knee Joints for Disarticulations

This section features modular knee joints that fered with pyramid adapters (3R60, 3R106,
were designed solely for knee disarticulations. C-Leg® product line) by using our quick selec-
You will find KD joint versions that are also of- tion aid on page 142.
3R32 / 3R23

for Knee Disarticulation with Lock
Designed with a pyramid adapter, the detachable lamination anchor
connects the knee to the socket. The adjustable lock secures the knee in
extension. The lock is released using the lock cable.
647H20
Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Covers for 3R32 and 3R23.
(see page 243f).
Order no. 3R32 3R23

Proximal connection Lamination anchor Lamination anchor
Weight 655 g 880 g
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Mobility Grade 1
Knee Joints
Accessories for 3R32 and 3R23 Have to be ordered separately.
4F34 Lock Unit Control

Can be used both left and right; adjustable for push and pull.
Can be used in place of the 4F18 Lock Handle.

Consists of:
4 slotted bushings
2 lock rings
1 set screw
2 lock nuts
2 knee stops
4 truss head screws
4 two-hole nuts

3R30 / 3R21
for Children
Modular Polycentric Knee Joint for Knee Disarticulation

with Mechanical Extension Assist
The upper joint section with lamination anchor and lower joint section are
Limb Prostheses
connected by anterior and posterior linkage bars. Stance phase stability

is achieved through polycentric kinematics. The detachable lamination
anchor connects the knee to the socket. The spring extension assist and
axial friction are both continuously adjustable.
647G44
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Covers for 3R30 and 3R21.

(see page 243f).
Order no. 3R30 3R21

Leg Prostheses
Proximal connection Lamination anchor Lamination anchor

Alignment

Weight 655 g 1010 g
MOBIS®
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
Prosthetic
Feet
reference point
Mobility Grade 1+2
Adapters
Knee Joints

Consists of:
4 slotted bushings
1 set screw
2 lock rings
2 lock nuts
2 knee stops
1 extension assist spring
1 bearing for extension assist
1 guide for extension assist
1 plastic guide
1 knob for extension assist
4 truss head screws
4 two-hole nuts

3R46 Titanium
Modular Polycentric Knee Joint for Knee Disarticulation

The upper joint section with lamination anchor and lower joint section are
connected to one another by anterior and posterior linkage bars. Designed
with a pyramid adapter, the detachable lamination anchor connects the
knee to the socket. Stance phase stability is achieved through polycentric
kinematics. Swing phase is controlled by the built-in hydraulic unit. Flexion
and extension resistance are independently adjustable.
647G94
Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Cover for 3R46.
(see page 243f).
Order no. 3R46

Proximal connection Lamination anchor
Weight 740 g
System height 99 mm
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Titanium
Mobility Grade 3+4
Knee Joints

Consists of:
2 knee stops
4 truss head screws
4 two-hole nuts
1 damper protection
2 attachment nipples, short
1 attachment nipple, long
4 slotted bushings
1 set screw
2 lock rings
2 lock nuts

C-Leg® Product Line
172
The C-Leg® Product Line is the embodiment of innovation in lower limb prosthetics.
Since 1997, the first completely microprocessor-controlled C-Leg® prosthesis
system has ensured a level of dynamics and safety previously unattained. It
automatically adjusts to the needs of the prosthesis wearer in real time and actively
relieves him.
The C-Leg® compact enlarges the range of application of the C-Leg® Technology.
Now amputees with Mobility Grade 2 and higher (restricted outdoor walkers) can
also benefit from the proven advantages of electronic control. The C-Leg®compact
is particularly suitable for people with a pronounced need for safety.
The latest generation of the C-Leg®compact features additional functions that
are tailored to the special requirements of people with low mobility: A standing
and locking function can be activated easily with a remote control. Moreover, the
swing phase control has been optimised.
More than 30,000 people all over the world are benefiting from the many
advantages the joints of the C-Leg® Product Line offer to them.
C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact. Redefining mobility.
Knee Joints

C-Leg®
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
C-Leg®
Prosthetic
Feet
The C-Leg® is the first leg prosthesis system A qualified fitting is required in order to enab-
worldwide with a fully microprocessor-control- le the C-Leg® wearer to make best possib-
led stance and swing phase. It measures the le use of the knee joint‘s advantages. To be
anterior and posterior moment of flexion in the able (and authorised) to carry out such a qua-
Adapters
ankle area as well as the flexion angle and lified fitting, successful participation in a cer-
angular velocity of the knee joint. Strain gau- tification course carried out by Otto Bock is
ges in the tube adapter and a knee angle sen- required. For further information, please con-
sor provide measurement data, which enab- tact your customer service.
Knee Joints
les microprocessors to calculate the required

resistances to movement. Servomotors cor-
respondingly open and close hydraulic valves
to provide the required flexion and extension
damping. This innovative technology allows
the C-Leg® to adapt in real time to the indivi-
dual safety requirements and the activities of
the prosthesis wearer.
The latest C-Leg® generation gives its wea- Information:
rers the possibility of adjusting the knee joint 646A221=GB C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact
themselves using a remote control and there- Brochure
by adapting it to their special needs. Further- 646B33=GB C-Leg® Studies
more, the additional function modes can also 647H215=D/GB/F/E Instructions for Use
be activated and deactivated with the remo-
646D61=D/GB/F/E Information for Prosthesis
te control. Users
646A231=GB Information for Orthopedic
Technicians
For order information please see the annex,
(pages 277ff).

C-Leg®
C-Leg® Knee Joint with Wireless Remote Control Carbon
Order no. 3C98-1 3C88-1

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Threaded connector
Weight 1143 g 1147 g
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Carbon Carbon
Mobility Grade 3+4
Fabrication of a customized foam cosmesis is possible.
C-Leg® Tube Adapter Aluminum

Article no. = Length Please use the “Easy Choice” Tube Selection Wheel (4X77=GB) for the
selection of the suitable length.
2R80 = 120
Knee Joints
Article no. 2R80 (Standard) 2R81 (Torsion unit)

Length 110 mm 120 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm
Length 110
Weight 178 g 188 g 212 g 234 g 256 g 438 g 460 g 482 g
Min. system height 147 mm 157 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm
Max. system height 197 mm 207 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm
Lengths
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 120 – 240
Special Editions
646B33=GB Studies for C-Leg®. A compact literature overview

646D71=GB C-Leg® – A new system for fitting transfemoral amputees
646D274=GB Evaluation of Function, Performance, and Preference as Transfemoral Amputees
Transition From Mechanical to Microprocessor Control of the Prosthetic Knee

C-Leg®compact
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
C-Leg®compact. Our standard for safe walking.

Prosthetic
Feet
The leg prosthesis system C-Leg®compact The latest generation of the C-Leg®compact
was especially developed for the require- offers even more benefits: The prosthesis
ments of transfemoral amputees with limited wearer can activate and deactivate a spe-
mobility, for example older persons with a low cial standing and locking function using a re-
Adapters
walking speed or prosthesis wearers with a mote control. Furthermore, he or she benefits
pronounced need for safety. Now amputees from an optimised swing phase control, ma-
with Mobility Grade 2 and higher – restricted king, for example, initiation of the swing pha-
outdoor walkers – can also benefit from the se much easier.
Knee Joints
proven advantages of electronic control. A qualified fitting is required in order to enab-

A high level of safety, not the highest possible the wearer of the C-Leg®compact to make
le dynamics, was the priority during the deve- best possible use of the knee joint‘s advan-
lopment of the C-Leg®compact. When sitting tages. To be able (and authorised) to carry
down in a chair or walking on an uneven sur- out such a qualified fitting, successful partici-
face, a slope or stairs – the electronically con- pation in a certification course carried out by
trolled hydraulic stance phase stability is al- Otto Bock is required. For further information,
ways active. It stabilises the joint during heel please contact your customer service.
strike up to the point of precisely switching to
the mechatronically controlled swing phase.
Information:
646A221=GB C-Leg® and
C-Leg®compact
Brochure
647G170=GB Instructions for Use
646D179=GB Information for Prosthesis Users
646A231=GB Information for Orthopedic
Technicians
For order information please see the appendix,
(pages 277ff).

C-Leg®compact
C-Leg®compact Knee Joint Carbon
Order no. 3C96-1 3C86-1

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Threaded connector
Weight 1215 g 1219 g
Proximal system
reference point
Distal system
reference point
Material Carbon Carbon
Mobility Grade 2+3
C-Leg® Tube Adapter Aluminum

Article no. = Length Please use the Easy Choice Tube Adapter Selection Wheel (4X77=GB) to
select the suitable length.
2R80 = 120
Knee Joints
Article no. 2R80 (Standard) 2R81 (Torsion unit)

Length 110 mm 120 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm
Length 110
Weight 178 g 188 g 212 g 234 g 256 g 438 g 460 g 482 g
Min. system height 147 mm 157 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm
Max. system height 197 mm 207 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm
Lengths
Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 120 – 240

C-Leg® Protector
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
C-Leg® Protector: Combining Aesthetics with Function

The C-Leg® Protector is the perfect accessory C-Leg®compact. The C-Leg® Protector’s
Prosthetic
for users of the C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact transparent, elegant design shows off the
Feet
who participate fully in life and like to take on unique design of the knee joint and is availble
challenges. The C-Leg® Protector has a spe- in two color options. The C-Leg® Protector
cial coating that helps protect the knee joint shapes the calf area without compromising
from scratches and jolts – and even makes the function of the knee joint.
Adapters
kneeling easier and more comfortable. The accessory can be fitted quickly and easi-
At the same time, the C-Leg® Protector is a ly by a prosthetic technician and fits either the
must for fashion-conscious and self-confident left or right side. Prosthesis users can then
prosthesis wearers who don‘t want a foam don, doff and clean the C-Leg® Protector by
Knee Joints
cover or other cosmesis for their C-Leg® or themselves.
C-Leg® Protector Plastic
647H506
Order no. 4X160=1.2 4X160=5.6

Weight ≤ 330 g ≤ 330 g
Color dolphin blue
Material Plastic Plastic
Service and Spare Parts Sets for the C-Leg® Protector replacement parts
4X177 Protector Connection Set

Consists of: 2 calf connectors, 1 charging plug cover, 1 ankle connector
4X178 Protector Tube Set
Consists of: 1 tube protector, 1 holding ring (long), 1 holding ring (short), 1× sock band
4X202 Silicone strap for C-Leg Protector

C-Soft and BionicLink
C-Soft
4X180 C-Soft – Autoadaptive Software

for setting C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact
All adjustments of the knee joint – from zero setting to 2nd mode – are
easily done by following a menu-guided process. Clear instructions outline
and illustrate the individual adjustment steps.
During fine-tuning of the maximum load, C-Soft suggests adjustment
values that are based on the software‘s data analysis. The clinician can
either accept these values or adjust them individually. Afterwards, all
adjustment data can be saved, printed for documentation purposes or
reloaded into a knee joint. The data will always be available for reference.
The additional expert mode gives experienced users of the Sliders soft-
ware an easy way to make a quick adjustment on one screen.
Adjustments can be made with either the new, wireless Bluetooth™
technology of BionicLink (60X3) and the BionicLink PC(60X4) or with a
conventional cable connection (4X83).
647G268
BionicLink
60X3 BionicLink
for connection to C-Leg® or C-Leg®compact
60X4 BionicLink PC
for connection to the computer (USB-Bluetooth™ adapter)
With the BionicLink Otto Bock introduces the convenience of Bluetooth™

technology to C-Leg® or C-Leg®compact users. Now prosthesis users
can move more freely while adjustments are made, since the need for a
cable is eliminated. Thanks to Bluetooth™ technology, Prosthetists can
concentrate fully on the setting process and on checking the gait pattern.
The BionicLink is used together with autoadaptive C-Soft software. The
60X4 USB-Bluetooth™ Adapter is absolutely necessary for using the
60X3 BionicLink because the performance of a conventional Bluetooth™
receiver is not sufficient.
Knee Joints
647H192

Customized Fitting Packages
Customized Fitting Packages

for Children
You can now custom-assemble the entire

system, from the socket connector to the
foot, by selecting from the adjacent system
Limb Prostheses
overview. The items from the C-Leg® Pro-

duct Line will be configured to create a cus-
tomized fitting package. The former numbe-
ring system for the C-Leg® fitting package
no longer applies. However, the C-Leg® and
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
C-Leg®compact continue to be available se-

parately as prosthetic leg systems.
In each case you must select
Leg Prostheses
• at least one adapter,

Alignment
• the desired knee joint,

• the corresponding tube adapter in the
required length, with or without a torsion
unit,
MOBIS®
• a suitable foot,
• the preferred cosmesis
• and battery charger and AC adapter.
Adapter
All components are provided in a case - with
Prosthetic
the exception of the foot and the cosmesis.

Feet
Additional components such as hardware and

software, other accessories, or an extended
warranty (only for C-Leg®) are available op-
Adapters
tions that can be ordered separately.

Please use the fax order form at the back of
C-Leg® knee joint
this catalog (see pages 269ff.) to order your

customized fitting package.
Knee Joints
Tube adapter
Prosthetic foot

System Overview of the C-Leg® Product Line
Battery charger / AC adapter

Adapter
757L16-2
4R104=60 4R57 4R41 4R111=N 4R40 4R118

4R104=75 4R57=ST 4R43 4R111
4R89 4R116 4E50-2
with pyramid adapter with threaded connector

C-Leg® knee joint
4X160=1.2
Cosmesis / Protector
3C98-1 3C96-1 3C88-1 3C86-1
C-Leg® C-Leg®compact C-Leg® C-Leg®compact
Tube adapter Tube adapter

with torsion unit
4X160=5.6
Tube adapter
...=100 ( ≤ 100 kg)
Knee Joints
3S26
Cosmesis
(no illustr.)
...=120
...=160
...=200
...=240
...=160
...=200
...=240
3R59
Customized
cosmesis
2R80= ... 2R81= ... ((no illustr.)
C-Soft / BionicLink
1C40 1E56 1E57

Prosthetic foot
4X180
C-Soft
1C30 1D35 1A30
60X3 BionicLink
1D10 60X4 BionicLink PC

C-Leg® Product Line: Accessories
AC Adapter / Battery Charger Have to be ordered separately.

for Children
1 757L16-2 AC Adapter (1)

4E50-2 Battery Charger (2)
For C-Leg® and C-Leg® compact
Limb Prostheses
2
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Car Charger Cable
4X74 12 V Car Charger Cable for 4E50-2

Leg Prostheses
Together with the 4E50 Battery Charger, the 4X74 cable charges the
Alignment
Li-lo battery while on the road with a conventional 12V connector

(e.g. a car cigarette lighter).
Charger Extension Cable

MOBIS®
4X78 Charger Extension Cable

4X79 Plug Holder for Charger Extension Cable
If the foam cover prevents the charger cable from being plugged in,
Prosthetic
the charger extension cable and plug holder ensure an easier charging
Feet
process when added to the distal end of the tube adapter.
647H370
Adapters
PC interface with USB Connection Cable
4X83=430-USB PC Interface with

USB Connection Cable
Knee Joints
Instead of using the BionicLink for a wireless connection of the computer

and the knee joint, you can also use a USB cable.
647H481
Tube Adapter Selection Plate
4X77=GB EasyChoice Tube Adapter Selection Wheel for

C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact
The selection chart makes it possible for you to quickly determine the tube
adapter length for the C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact based on foot size
and knee-floor distance.
Single component replacement parts
4X73 Plug Protector for C-Leg®

C-Leg® Product Line: Warranty and Service Concept
1st service 2nd service

(24 months) (48 months)
36 month warranty
C-Leg®
60 month warranty
C-Leg®
36 month warranty
C-Leg®compact
1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year
Free service Service with charge
Warranty and Service

The Otto Bock warranty for products from the Otto Bock will provide an interim joint sys-
C-Leg® Product Line is valid only if the pro- tem for each service. Orthopedic technicians
duct has been serviced according to the re- merely have to order the appropriate interim
commended service intervals. Each service in- joint system with the corresponding tube ad-
cludes inspection, replacement of worn parts apter. After replacing the patient’s joint sys-
and, if need be, repair of the hydraulic, elect- tem with the interim joint system, the ortho-
ronic and mechanical units. pedic technician sends the to-be-repaired
The systems are delivered with a “Service system to Otto Bock HealthCare for service.
Card“ that offers a quick overview of service Prosthesis users thus remain mobile for the
check-up dates in table form. entire time and enjoy all the advantages of
their customary regular knee joint system at
all times.
Knee Joints
C-Leg®
Otto Bock Healthcare GmbH offers a 3-year guarantee, provided that the service check-up after 24 months
(free of charge) is observed. As an alternative, one can also decide to choose a guarantee period of 5 years when
buying the C-Leg® prosthesis system. In this case, service check-ups (free of charge) after 24 and 48 months must
be observed.
C-Leg®compact
Otto Bock Healthcare GmbH offers a 3-year guarantee, provided that the service check-up after 24 months
(free of charge) is observed.
Information:
C-Leg® – Service Card 646D241=GB
C-Leg®compact – Service Card 646D201=GB
For more information about the service procedure, please consult the 646K71=GB Service Catalog.

Modular Hip Joints
184
Modular Hip Joints
Modular Hip Joints
Fittings of various types of hip amputations, such as intertrochanteric amputation,

hip disarticulation and hemipelvectomy amputations, were significantly improved
with our modular systems. Nevertheless, the fabrication and fitting of a prosthe-
sis for these amputation levels still remains one of the great challenges in ortho-
pedics.
Prosthetic hip components are offered for Mobility Grades 1 to 3.
Please see pages 48 and 49 for an overview of combinations with appropriate
knee and foot components.
Hip Joints

Modular Hip Joints
7E5 Aluminum
for Children
Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Lock

The hip joint is screwed to the socket lamination plate with the double
hinged plate. The built-in lock automatically secures the joint in extended
Limb Prostheses
position. For sitting, it can be disengaged using a lever.

Flexion and extension are adjusted by sliding the extension stop bumper
on the tube. Hip rotation is adjustable.
647H466
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. = Side

7E5 = L
Article no. 7E5

Leg Prostheses

Alignment
Distal connection Tube Ø 30 mm

Flexion angle 120°
Weight 890 g
MOBIS®

Material Aluminum
Mobility Grade 1
Prosthetic
Feet
7E4 Aluminum
Adapters
Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Extension Assist

Largely identical to the 7E5 Modular Hip Joint. Instead of the lock, the joint
has an extension assist with lateral latex bands for stride control and a
built-in adjustable extension stop bumper. The extension assist limits the
Knee Joints
range of motion of the joint while walking.

647H466
Order no. 7E4

Hip Joints
Flexion angle 120°

Weight 940 g
Material Aluminum
Mobility Grade 2
Single components for 7E5 and 7E4 replacement parts
7D5 Single component pack for 7E5 7D4 Single component Pack for 7E4
Consists of: Consists of:
4 lock rings, 1 wire bow with roller, 4 lock rings, 1 lower suspension,
1 stop, 4 countersunk head screws, 1 wire bow with roller, 1 upper suspension,
2 spring guide pins, 1 complete support plate 1 stop, 2 hip extension devices,
4 countersunk head screws, 1 complete support plate

Modular Hip Joints
7E7 Aluminum
Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Internal Extension

Assist
The upper section of the hip joint is screwed to the lamination plate in the
socket and connected to the lower joint section through the hip‘s axis. The
continuously adjustable extension assist is located in the lower section of
the joint and limits the range of motion while walking. The joint features a
low structural height (= laminate thickness), which minimizes the pelvic tilt
in the seated position. Abduction/adduction, flexion/extension and rotation
can be continuously adjusted.
The joint is delivered with a 7Z58 Lamination Dummy.
647G130
Order no. 7E7

Flexion angle 130°
Weight 875 g
Material Titan
Mobility Grade 2+3
Accessories for 7E5 / 7E4 and 7E7 Have to be ordered separately.
Tube Clamp Adapter, Titanium, Ø 30 mm,

Angled at 10°/20°/30°
The adapter is available with three angles.
It establishes the connection between the pyramid adapter in the knee joint
and the tube of the anteriorly located hip joint.
Order no. 4R56 4R56=1 4R56=2

Weight 85 g 85 g 100g
Angle 10° 20° 30°
For larger pelvic sockets, the 4R56=1/=2 Tube Clamp Adapter, Hip Joints
angled at 20°/30°, is recommended. Please note the 10° angle of
the pyramid adapter when using “=HD” knee joints.
647H9
4R32 Finishing Kit for Modular Hip Disarticulation Prostheses
The finishing kit attaches the foam connection plate to the pelvic socket. It is
a functional part of Otto Bock modular hip joints.
Consists of:
2 connection straps with rings, 2 distal anchor rings, 2 wedges, 1 Thermo-
Lyn® polyethylene strip (as lamination template), 1 (pair) Perlon stockinettes,
beige, size 3
Single components for 7E7 replacement parts
7D2 Single component Pack for 7E7

Consists of:
1 tappet, 1 guide bushing, 1 extension assist spring, 1 safety plate, 1 oval countersunk head screw, 1 stop,
2 cap screws (M8 thread), 1 cap screw (M5 thread), 1 lock ring, 1 protective sleeve (plastic)

Helix3D Hip Joint System
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet

Adapters
The Otto Bock brand stands for trend-setting innovations in

prosthetics.
Knee Joints
The new Helix3D Hip Joint System also is a trend-setter. It sets

new standards in terms of safety, dynamics, and comfort, and
redefines the mobility of hip amputees.
Hip Joints

Thanks to its unique functionality, the Helix3D

offers significant advantages for the users:
Time
The patented multi-axis joint structure
• produces a three-dimensional hip movement
to compensate for pelvic rotation and promo-
tes a symmetrical and natural gait pattern
(Fig. 1). Natural
pelvic
• allows for leg length reduction during the rotation
swing phase with the aim to reduce the risk
of falling and thereby to increase functional
safety.
Sound hip
• ensures optimal sitting characteristics and joint
reduces pelvic obliquity to a minimum.
• makes a large flexion angle possible, to facili-
tate everyday situations like putting on shoes
or getting into a car.
Helix3D
The new kind of spring-hydraulics
combination
• supports initiation of the swing phase of the
prosthesis wearer with integrated expansion
springs. Energy stored during the stance pha-
se is used to compensate during the swing
phase initiation for the lacking hip muscles
and to reduce the amount of energy needed Minimal Maximal
rotation rotation
for walking (Fig. 2).
• controls the three-dimensional movement Fig.1 Compensation of pelvic rotation with Helix3D
during the entire step cycle.
• allows for dampened, controlled heel strike in
the stance phase with significantly reduced Hip Joints
hyperlordosis as well as harmonious hip joint

extension. Controlled and smooth roll-over
on the prosthesis under full load becomes
possible.
• allows for individual stride length setting and
to control the pendulum motion in the swing
phase.
Fig.2

Indication and Field

for Children
of Application
The Helix3D Hip Joint System is suitable for hip
disarticulation and hemipelvectomy amputees.
Limb Prostheses
It offers amputees of all age groups maximum

safety and comfort for a wide range of every-
day activities.
Recommended according to the Otto Bock
Initial/Interim
MOBIS® Mobility System for amputees with

Prostheses
Mobility Grades 2 and 3 (restricted outdoor

walkers, unrestricted outdoor walkers).
Maximum body weight: 100 kg/220 lbs
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Helix3D – Systematic Fitting
Helix3D
The Helix3D Hip Joint's functions are specially
adapted to the characteristics of selected
Otto Bock components. The advantages
of the individual components can be made
MOBIS®
optimal use of in this way.

Are you already a C-Leg® certified prosthetist?
Are you, in addition, interested in carrying
Adapter
out professional patient fittings with the new
Prosthetic
Helix 3D Hip Joint? Then simply participate

Feet
in one of our certification workshop. This

workshop is a prerequisite for carrying out
independent fittings with the Helix3D Hip Joint
Adapters
System.
If you have any other questions, please do
not hesitate to contact your local Otto Bock
C-Leg® Knee Joint
branch.
Knee Joints
Hip Joints
Tube Adapter
Prosthetic Foot

7E10 Aluminium

The Helix3D Hip Joint has been tested and approved exclusively for combina-
tion with the C-Leg® Knee Joint and the corresponding system components.
Order no. 7E10=L-1.2 7E10=R-1.2

Proximal connection Lamination plate
Flexion angle 130°
Weight 990 g
Material Aluminium
Mobility Grade 2+3
Accessories for 7E10 Have to be ordered separatly.
Adapter
4R52 4R56 4R56=1 4R56=2 4R57
2R30
C-Leg® Knee Joint

757L16-2 4E50-2
Hip Joints
4X160=1.2 4X160=5.6 3C98-1
Tube Adapter
=200
=240
=160
=110
=120
=160
=200
=240
2R81=* 2R80=*
Prosthetic Foot
1C40 1E56 1E57 1C30
1D35 1A30 1D10

Socket Technologies
192
Socket Technologies
Socket Technologies
We understand that your patients are different.

But all of them rely on your prosthesis every step of the way. It‘s not just a desire –
it is a necessity.
Satisfying this need is our goal in Socket Technologies – the science of defining
the correct material and suspension method to provide maximum protection and
performance.
We understand the unique benefits of different liner materials. That is why Otto
Bock offers you a material choice in prosthetic liners to fit your patient’s individu-
al needs. Our liner portfolio includes products made from silicone, copolymer and
polyurethane with off-the-shelf convenience and Custom manufacturing. These lin-
ers work in unison with our suspension methods.
And, we understand the power of various suspension methods and how the in-
crease or decrease in movement affects the prosthetic fit. That is why Otto Bock
offers you a choice in suspension methods. Whether your patient requires the in-
novative Otto Bock Harmony® System which creates an elevated vacuum be-
tween the prosthetic socket and liner for maximum suspension and prosthetic
control or a locking liner and shuttle lock for quick donning and doffing – Socket
Technologies has it.
Otto Bock invests in technology that promotes your amputees Quality for Life.
Let us help you match your patient’s activity level and residual limb conditions with
materials and suspension methods that provide the best solution to attain you and
your patient’s desired outcomes.
Technologies
Socket

Silicone Liners
Silicone Liners (SIL)

for Children
General Information Indications Measurement example
• Perform best with a • Residual limbs with Distal circumference,

shuttle lock good soft tissue reduced by 1-2 cm
Limb Prostheses
• Offer high durability coverage

• Easy to clean • Low to moderate Measurement
activity levels example
• Use Specific Weight
Bearing socket design 4 cm
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
SkinGuard® Technology SIL Liner

Leg Prostheses
The SkinGuard® Technology SIL Liner 6Y75 includes the new and effective
Alignment
additive Sanitized®. The high-tech functionality of antibacterial additive

Sanitized® protects your liner against antibacterial involvement and thus
also against bad odors. It preserves the material, improves hygiene and
increases the wearing comfort over a long period of time.
SkinGuard® Technology SIL Liner upgrades include:
• antibacterial additive Sanitized®
MOBIS®
• soft silicone, with a silky, skin-friendly internal surface

• distal elongation reduction system that does not interfere with circumfe-
rential stretch
• ultra-smooth and durable silver outer textile
• soft distal cap
Prosthetic
Feet
The SkinGuard® Technology SIL Liner 6Y75 and the SiliconGel SIL Liner
6Y70 are suitable for amputees that require a durable but soft silicone in the
low to moderate activity levels and perform best in a specific weight bearing
socket design.
They perform best in combination with a shuttle-lock-system (6A30 or 6A20).
Adapters

W!
N E Guard® Article no. = Size - Wall thickness
Skin y 6Y70 = 280 - 6
With chnolog
Te
Knee Joints
Article no. 6Y75 6Y70

with distal with distal
Connector connector, with connector, without
Sanitized® Sanitized®
3 mm (-), 6 mm (6)
Hip Joints
3 mm (-)
from approx. 5 mm
from approx. 5 mm
Wall thickness distal tapered to 3
distal tapered to 3
mm proximal / 6 mm
mm proximal
uniform
Technologies
160 mm, 180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm,

Socket
Sizes 220 mm, 235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm,

(see distal circumference) 280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm,
360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm
Also available as custom liner (see page 202).

Silicone Liners
Basic SIL Liner
The 6Y40 Basic SIL Liner is a basic and durable silicone prosthetic liner with
distal connector. Its thin walls are easy to deflect for application and can
be used with a donning spray (6Y40F18). The locking liner is reinforced to
reduce distal elongation and piston movement. The 6Y40 Basic SIL Liner is
suitable for amputees with good soft tissue coverage in the low to medium
activity levels.
Article no. = Size

6Y40 = 280
Article no. 6Y40

Connector with distal connector
from approx. 4.5 mm distal tapered to
Wall thickness
2.5 mm proximal
120 mm, 140 mm, 160 mm, 180 mm,
200 mm, 210 mm, 220 mm, 235 mm,
Sizes
250 mm, 265 mm, 280 mm, 300 mm,
(see distal circumference)
320 mm, 340 mm, 360 mm, 380 mm,
400 mm, 420 mm, 450 mm
Standard Pro SIL Liner
The 6Y42 Standard Pro SIL Liner is a basic and durable silicone locking
liner with the added feature of a textile covering for ease of application
without a donning spray. Its thin walls are easy to deflect. The locking liner
is reinforced to reduce distal elongation and piston movement. The 6Y42
Standard Pro SIL Liner is suitable for amputees with good soft tissue
coverage in the low to medium activity levels.
Article no. = Size

6Y42 = 280
Article no. 6Y42

Wall thickness
2.5 mm proximal
180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm, 220 mm,
Sizes 235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm, 280 mm,
380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm, 450 mm
Technologies
Socket

Silicone Liners
TF Adapt SIL Liner

for Children
The 6Y80 TF Adapt SIL Liner is a special silicone locking liner used
exclusively for transfemoral amputees. The unique internal matrix textile
eliminates elongation or piston movement for added security and control
while allowing for circumferential stretch. Because of the new silky and
Limb Prostheses
skin-friendly interior surface friction and shear forces between liner and
skin can be redused especially around the perineum. The TF Adapt SIL
Liner is suitable for transfemoral amputees in low to moderate activity
levels.
Initial/Interim
Article no. = Size

Prostheses
6Y80 = 300
Article no. 6Y80

Leg Prostheses

Alignment

Wall thickness
2.5 mm proximal
W!
N E in-friendly 280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm,
, sk ce! Sizes
Silky ior surfa (see distal circumference)
360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm,
inte r
450 mm, 500 mm, 550 mm
MOBIS®

To choose the right size please use our TF Adapt Selection Tool
646D282.
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Knee Joints
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket

Polyurethane Liners
Polyurethane Liners (PUR)

General Information Indications Measurement example
• Perform best with a • Residual limbs of Distal circumference,

one-way valve and sealing all types; especially reduced by 1-2 cm
sleeve or Harmony® System sensitive, bony and / or
• Offer excellent protection scarred Measurement
against socket forces • Low to high activity example
• Ability to flow maintains levels
intimate and comfortable fit • Use Total Surface 4 cm
Weight Bearing socket
design
TechnoGel® PUR Liner
The 6Y60 TechnoGel® PUR Liner is a locking liner made from special
skin-friendly polyurethane with quick flow characteristics providing good
pressure distribution and high shock absorption. In addition, the outer
textile is abrasion resistant and its ability to slip on itself aids in application
and removal. The 6Y60 TechnoGel® PUR Liner is suitable for amputees
with sensitive residual limbs or limbs with bony protuberances in low to
moderate activity levels.
Article no. = Size

6Y60 = 280
Article no. 6Y60

Wall thickness
2.5 mm proximal
160 mm, 180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm,
Sizes 220 mm, 235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm,
360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm
Simplicity® PUR Liner
The 6Y520 Simplicity® PUR Liner is a basic and effective option made from
skin-friendly polyurethane. The distal 5cm is thicker for added protection of
the distal residual limb. It is available with and without a textile cover in 5
simple sizes. The 6Y520 Simplicity® PUR Liner is suitable for amputees in
Technologies
the low to moderate activity level and is often used with a sealing sleeve and
Socket
valve.
Article no. = Size - Outer fabric cover
6Y520 = 190 - 5
Article no. 6Y520
Connector without distal connector
Wall thickness 6 mm uniform
Sizes (see distal 190 mm, 230 mm, 290 mm,
circumference) 330 mm, 400 mm
Outer fabric cover light blue (5), without outer fabric cover (–)

Polyurethane Liners
Simplicity® Tapered PUR Liner

for Children
The 6Y522 Simplicity® Tapered PUR liner is an off-the-shelf alternative for

vacuum system sockets and works well in combination with the 4R144 Har-
mony® pump and 454A7 Harmony® sleeve. The 6Y523 Simplicity® Tapered
PUR liner is ideal for valve system sockets in combination with a one-way
Limb Prostheses
valve and sealing sleeve.

Article no. = Size
6Y522 = 190
Initial/Interim
Prostheses

Connector without distal connector without distal connector
distal end 13 mm; distal circumference 6 mm;
Wall thickness
proximal 3 mm
Leg Prostheses
Sizes (see distal 190 mm, 210 mm, 230 mm, 250 mm,
Alignment
circumference) 290 mm, 310 mm

Outer fabric cover without light blue
Profile® PUR Liner

MOBIS®
The 6Y510 Profile® PUR Liner is an anatomically shaped skin-friendly poly-

urethane liner with flow characteristics providing good pressure distribution
and high shock absorption. It is designed specifically for transtibial amputees
and available in three lengths (knee center to distal end 75 mm, 125 mm,
Prosthetic
and 175 mm). The 6Y510 Profile® PUR Liner features a thicker wall in the
Feet
weight-bearing area and a thinner wall outside the socket along with slight
flexion for ease of knee flexion. The 6Y510 Profile® PUR Liner is available
with and without a textile cover and is suitable for transtibial amputees in low
to high activity levels and is often used with a sealing sleeve and valve or the
Harmony® System.
Adapters
Article no. = Size x Residual limb length - Outer fabric cover

6Y510 = 300 x 125 - 5
Knee Joints
Article no. 6Y510

approx. 6 mm up to knee center, tapered
Wall thickness
from knee center to 3 mm
Hip Joints
Sizes
see selection table
(see distal circumference)
Residual limb length see selection table
Outer fabric cover light blue (5), without outer fabric cover (–)
Technologies
Residual limb length from knee center

Socket
Circumference
4 cm from distal 75 mm 125 mm 175 mm
200 mm
210 mm
225 mm
235 mm
250 mm
260 mm
275 mm
285 mm
300 mm
310 mm
325 mm

Polyurethane Liners
AKquire PUR Liner

Developed specifically for TF amputees. The AKquire PUR Liner features
a very thin proximal wall to allow for comfortable liner termination within
socket.
Article no. = Size
6Y540 = 305
Article no. 6Y540

Connector without distal connection
Wall thickness distal end 5 mm; proximal 3 mm
Sizes 203 mm, 254 mm, 305 mm, 355 mm,
(see distal circumference) 405 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm
Technologies
Socket

Copolymer Liners
Copolymer Liner (TPE)

for Children
General Information Indications Wall thickness overview
• Perform best with a one-way valve • Residual limbs of many types;

and sealing sleeve especially dry skin 30 cm
• User-friendly and prosthetist-friendly • Low to moderate activity levels
Limb Prostheses
• Offer good protection against socket • Use Total Contact socket design
forces
Measurement
example
Initial/Interim
4 cm
Prostheses
Basic TPE Liner

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
The 6Y90 and 6Y92 Basic TPE Liner liners are basic,cylindrical shaped,
textile-covered liners made from a thermo-formable copolymer. The
userfriendly copolymer has a medical grade mineral oil which helps
moisturize dry skin and contains an antioxidant which traps free radicals
and hydroxylgroups.
The liner protects the patient’s residual limb with a 10 mm distal cushion
MOBIS®
pad and a tapered wall thickness of 5.5 mm to 3.5 mm proximal. The

Copolymer liners are suitable for amputees in the low to moderate activity
levels and perform best in a total contact socket design.
The 6Y90 Basic TPE Liner works in combination with the 6A30 shuttle
locks.
Prosthetic
The 6Y92 Basic TPE Liner is ideal for valve system sockets in combination
Feet
with the 4R140 One-way valve and the 453A3 Derma ProFlex.
Article no. = Size
6Y90 = 200
Adapters

with distal connector
and 10 cm distal matrix
Knee Joints
without
Distal cap with distal cap
distal cap
10 mm distal cushion pad;
Wall thickness
wall thickness 5.5 mm to 3.5 mm proximal
Sizes (see distal
Hip Joints
200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 320 mm, 360 mm

circumference)
Technologies
Socket

Copolymer Liners
Balance TPE Liner
The Balance TPE Liner 6Y93 is an ultra skin-friendly and easy to use liner
option for low to medium activity transtibial amputees. The soft, flexible
thermo formable copolymer material reduces shear and pressure while
the encapsulated medical-grade mineral oil automatically moistures dry
skin. The differing wall thicknesses provide protection and flexibility where
needed keeping the residual limb in balance.
Features & Benefits:
TPE/Copolymer material: User-friendly and prosthetist-friendly ma-
terial which offers good protection against
socket forces.
Proximal wall thickness: Thinner Posterior Wall (3 mm) to reduce
‘bunching’ behind the knee and aid in
knee flexion.
Medical-grade mineral oil: Medical-grade mineral oil moisturises and
replenishes the skin and keeps it supple
and in balance.
Two different fabric colors: Two different fabric colours help to apply
the Balance TPE-Liner correctly
Thermoformable: Heat & Mold the Balance TPE-Liner 6Y93
to obtain a better fit. In case of untypical
residual limb shapes the Balance TPE-liner
W ! can be reshaped at 60 °C in an oven an in
NE this way be individually adapted.

Order no. = Design – Size
6Y93 = C6 M
3 mm Order no. 6Y93=L6 6Y93=C6

posterior
With connection Without connection
Design
6 mm & 6 mm (L6) & 6 mm (C6)
anterior Distal connector with without
6 mm Textile cover with with

distal Liner length 35 cm 38 cm
cushion
S, M, L and XL are standard sizes. MP and LP are special sizes for a
more conical residual limb shape.
• Measure the circumference at the distal end (4 cm) and the proximal
end (30 cm from the distal end).
• Select your size according to the following table.
4 cm from distal end 30 cm from distal end

Size Min. Max. Min. Max.
S 150 260 200 330
Technologies
M 180 310 230 410

Socket
MP 200 310 330 500

L 230 350 360 560
LP 280 430 400 630
XL 330 500 430 690

Custom Liners
Custom Liners
for Children
Otto Bock understands that your patients are unique with different challenges. Our Custom Liners are an excellent
solution when a personalized fit is needed.
Limb Prostheses
Custom 4U PUR Liners
Our Custom 4U PUR Liners offer quick flow characteristics providing

good pressure distribution and high shock absorption which are suitable
for amputees with sensitive residual limbs or limbs with bony protube-
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
rances and/or scarring in low to high activity levels. Custom 4U PUR

Liners are mostly used in combination with a sealing sleeve and valve or
Harmony® System.
6Y400 Custom PUR Liner from Cast and Measurement Sheet

Leg Prostheses
6Y400=M Custom PUR Liner from Measurements Only

Alignment
6Y414 Harmony® Custom Liner (PUR) – providing the liner features

which work best with the Harmony System
6Y416 6Y416 ShapePlus Custom PUR Liner – for challenging
shapes and sizes, such as scarring; undercuts; knee flexion
15-35º; large circumferences (≥ 80cm or 31”) or long lengths
(MPT to distal end ≥ 30cm or 12”) i.e. Symes, Knee Disarticu-
MOBIS®
lations, etc.
Prosthetic
Feet
Locking and Non-Locking Silicone Custom SIL Liners
Our Silicone Custom SIL Liners provide solutions when the situation
requires locking liner suspension or added durability. The Silicone Custom
SIL Liners range is from Custom versions of our 6Y70 and 6Y80 liners
Adapters
from your measurements to highly versatile and durable Custom Silicone

House fabrication for unique shapes including extreme conical; scarring;
multiple durometers; undercuts; varied lengths and thicknesses; and
possible custom coloring for a truly personalized touch.
Knee Joints
6Y70=M Silicone Custom SIL Liners from Measurements

6Y80=M Silicone Custom SIL Liners from Measurements
88L Custom Silicone House after cast
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket

Derma Function Accessories
Derma Skin Care Series
This special skin care and protection system for irritated and sensitive skin.
Derma Prevent 453H12 (6 bottles)

• Prevents chafing
• Inhibits contact with external allergens
• Covers the skin with a protective coating
• Leaves the skin soft and supple
• Reduces perspiration and eliminates odor by releasing active
substance when needed
Contents: 100 ml
453H12=1 (1 bottle)
Derma Clean 453H10 (6 bottles)

• Cleans gently and safely
• Ph-neutral, free of alkali and phosphates
• Anti-bacterial formula
Contents: 500 ml
453H10=1 (1 bottle)
Derma Repair 453H14 (6 bottles)

• Moisturizes and promotes regeneration of dry, irritated skin
• Reduces the effects of excessive strain and soothes irritated skin
• Antibacterial: helps the skin resist harmful bacteria
• Regulates moisture and makes the skin noticeably more supple and
elastic
Contents: 200 ml
453H14=1 (1 bottle)
Technologies
Socket
Derma Travel Set 453H30=GB

Bag with Derma Clean, Derma Prevent and Derma Repair
Derma Trial Set 646M453
Information:
646D67 (Derma Patientinformation)

Accessories for Liners
719S20 Special Scissors for Cutting Synthetic Fabrics

for Children
For cutting fabric-covered liners. The special coating reduces wear to

create an especially durable surface for cutting. The friction generated by
the cutting constantly replenishes the ceramic oxide layer. The scissors
are easy to use, especially for modern, high-performance fabrics, because
Limb Prostheses
the coating reduces the sliding coefficient.

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
756L10 Liner Trimmer
To trim and slant the proximal end of gel liners in one step. The liner trimmer
creates a clean edge.
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
640F18 Donning Spray

Knee Joints
For Silicone Liners only.

640F18 45 ml Spray Bottle
640F18=900 900 ml Refill
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket
Liner Information Material
646D250=GB Liner Selection Tool

642C361=GB Touch + Feel Box incl. material samples

Accessories for Liners
Technologies
Socket

Socket Adapters Prosthetic Alignment Initial/Interim Modular Lower Leg Prostheses
Hip Joints Knee Joints MOBIS®
Technologies Feet Leg Prostheses Prostheses Limb Prostheses for Children
206
Harmony® System

Harmony® System
Harmony® System
The Harmony® System uses a pump and a Information:
one-way valve to effectively create vacuum 646A194=GB (Folder Liner-Program)
between the socket and liner. With every step 646S1=4.04GB (Harmony® Info Sheet)
of the mechanical pumps or by the control of 646A211=GB (Harmony® Patient Folder)
a pressure sensor in the electronical pump, 646A216=GB (Harmony® Technician Folder)
the system is activated and maintains the re- 646D277=GB (Harmony® Study)
quired vacuum to control the volume of the re-
646A190=GB (Harmony® Study)
sidual limb while improving circulation.
646A191=GB (Harmony® Study)
Shock absorbtion and torsion control add ex- 646A217=GB (Harmony® Overview Poster)
tra function to the mechanical pumps. Better 646DV2=GB
suspension improves proprioception, allowing
646T201.8=GB (Technical Information Harmony®)
the user to feel more connected to their envi-
646T2=1.9GB (Technical Information TF Harmony®)
ronment and improving security in everyday
646A258=GB (Harmony® e-pulse Folder)
life. The Harmony® System is used with either
a standard or a custom polyurethane liner de-
pending on the residual limb conditions.
Certification is required to fit the Harmony®
System. For more information, please con-
tact your local Otto Bock facility.
Technologies
Socket

Socket Adapters Prosthetic Alignment Initial/Interim Modular Lower Leg Prostheses
Hip Joints Knee Joints MOBIS®
Technologies Feet Leg Prostheses Prostheses Limb Prostheses for Children
208
Harmony® System
Tube adapter
Prosthetic Foot
Liner

Sleeve
Harmony®
Adapter
Harmony® System
Overview for Harmony® TT (BK)

Knee Sleeves
453A2 453A3 453A4 454A7 454A8

Derma Protection Derma ProFlex Derma ProFlex, short Harmony® Harmony®, conical
Liners
6Y522
6Y414 6Y510 Simplicity®
Harmony® Custom Liner Profile® PUR Liner Tapered PUR Liner
Adapters
5R1=6 5R2
4R111
4R51 4R55 4R51 4R55
4R54
≤ 150 k g
Harmony®
4R144 4R150 4R146

Harmony® P2 Harmony® HD Harmony® DP
4R50
Tube Adapters
Technologies
Socket
4R72=D-62 2R3 4R84 4R44=L

Prosthetic Feet
1C40 1E56 1E57

C-Walk® Axtion® Lo Rider
1E50 / 1E51
1C30 1D35 Advantage DP2
Trias Dynamic Motion

Harmony® e-pulse
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Harmony® e-pulse 4R148

Knee Joints
Small – Smart – Suspension

Harmony® e-pulse is the new electronic pump
Hip Joints
for the Harmony® System. The pump creates the

required negative pressure (vacuum) between
the prosthetic socket and the liner. The elevated
vacuum system provides superior suspension
of the prosthesis and thereby improves the
Technologies
Socket
proprioception of the amputee and reduces the

forces applied to the residual limb. Additionally
the elevated vacuum system controls volume
loss of the residual limb. The Harmony® e-pulse
can be used with any body weight, limb length
or activity level. Thus the Harmony® System
can now provide the full range of vacuum
suspension benefits to a broader range of
amputees.

Harmony® e-pulse
Features & Benefits
Two Buttons
That is all the Harmony® e-pulse needs to be controlled – Plus
& Minus.
This makes it extremely easy and convenient to use.
The two buttons have a different shape for easy recognition –
Feel the Difference!
Finger Rails
The two rails on top of the device not only make the pump look
smarter. Their function is to lead the user´s fingers directly
towards the control buttons. It allows the user to operate the
Harmony® e-pulse blindly when covered with clothing.
Light & Sound

The Harmony® e-pulse communicates with the user via LED
lights and sound signals. Four LEDs between the Finger Rails
tell the user (for example) about the current vacuum level or
the charging process. Some functions are also accompanied
by sounds to allow for blind use. If the sound is not required
you can simply turn it off.
Four Levels of Vacuum

The Harmony® e-pulse can be adjusted by the amputee to
4 four different vacuum levels according to the needs and
wishes. The highest level produces approximately 18 inHg
3 (600 mbar).
2
1
Technologies
Socket
Harmony® e-pulse
Mounting: The Harmony® e-pulse can either be integrated into the socket
by using lamination dummies or it can be attached with a Velcro strap to
the socket, the cosmesis or the pylon. The lamination dummies as well as
the strap plate and the strap are part of the delivery.
Article no. 4R148

Weight 120 g
Size (L/W/H) 82 mm / 65 mm / 26 mm
Max. body weight no limitation
Mobility Grade 1-4

Harmony® System
Harmony® System P2
for Children
Order no. 4R144

Limb Prostheses
Distal connection Tube connection Ø 30 mm

Weight 520 g
System height 137 mm (incl. 4R72=D, without illustr.)
Mobility Grade 2-4
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Max. body weight 100 kg / 220 lbs

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Harmony® System HD
MOBIS®
The 4R150 Harmony® System HD is to be used with the 4R54 Socket

Adapter with Pyramid Adapter.
Order no. 4R150

Proximal connection 4-hole connection
Prosthetic
≤ 150 k g
Distal connection Pyramid receiver
Feet
≤ 330 lbs
Weight 640 g
System height 135 mm (incl. 4R54, without illustr.)
Adapters
Mobility Grade 2-4

Knee Joints
Harmony® System DP
Hip Joints
Order no. 4R146 (to be used only with 1E50 / 1E51)

Distal connection Receiver for A-pylon (included)
Technologies
Weight 525 g
Socket
System height 213 mm (incl. foot, without illustr.)

Mobility Grade 2-4

Harmony® Function Accessories
Accessories for Harmony® System
755E20=230 Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set

The Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set is used for the fabrication of the plaster
cast in vacuum technique. Requires 230 voltage.
Consists of:
683G1=10 Latex Casting Bags
Set with 1 small, medium, and large bag. For fabrication of the plaster
cast in vacuum technique.
755Z19=230 Vacuum Pump

Completely equipped with a fine regulating valve, a vacuum gauge and a
silencer. Requires 230 voltage.
Technical Data
Final vacuum 240 mbar abs.
Delivery rate 11.5 l/min
Dimensions L×H×W 187/157/90 mm
Power requirements in
230/50/0.065
V/Hz/kW
Weight 2.5 kg
Color (RAL) 9002 gray-white
Always use the vacuum pump together with 755Z20=2 Filter!
625P1=1.0 Fuse Link, delay action

As replacement fuse
616R2=10×2 PVC Suction Tubing

Inside Ø 6 mm, outside Ø 10 mm, weight 60 g/m
755Y16=1/4”×6 Threaded Hose Nozzle
683G1=1 Water Separator
683G1=5 Suction Tubing
755Z20=2 Filter
Weight 15 g
662F2 Bag for 755E20=230

Otto Bock Shuttle Lock Systems – Harmony®
Latex Casting Bags

Technologies
For fabrication of the plaster cast using the vacuum casting technique.
Socket
Article no. = Size

683G1 = 9
Article no. 683G1

small (7), medium (8), large (9);
Sizes
set with small, medium and large (10)

Spots
for Children
TEC Spots are polyurethane cushions used to compensate for variations

in residual limb shape and volume within the socket.
One package consists of: 1 piece
Limb Prostheses
Article no. = Size

616S134 = 2
Initial/Interim
Article no. 616S134

Prostheses
Sizes 1 2 3 4 5
⌀ 6 cm 9 cm 10 cm 12 cm 14 cm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Sticky Spots
MOBIS®
Same as 616S134 Spots, with a pressure sensitive adhesive coating and

pressure sensitive adhesive textile cover.
Prosthetic

Feet
Article no. = Size

616S132 = 4
Article no. 616S132

Adapters
Sizes 1 2 3 4 5
⌀ 6 cm 9 cm 10 cm 12 cm 14 cm
Knee Joints
Liner Fit Kit
451F20
Hip Joints
Consists of:
1 × 616S134=1 TEC Spot
1 × 616S134=2 TEC Spot
Technologies
2 × 451F21=M Sheaths
Socket
1 × 646C121 Harmony® Fit Kit Video

1 × 451F18=2 Half Sock / medium
1 × 451F19=2 Half Sock / large
1 × 451F18=1 Complete Sock / medium
1 × 451F19=1 Complete Sock / large

Harmony® Complete Installation Kit
4R128-1
Contains all components for the maintenance and service of the
Harmony® System.
Consists of:
4Y310 Tube Collars, 10 Pack
4Y350 90º Filtered Barb
4Y344 Straight Filtered Barb
SL=40P074 Dacromet
SL=2300-7167 P2 Tube Clamp Screw
SL=2300-7174 Washer
4Y360=5 P2/HD Muffler, 5 Pack
4Y348 HD Elastomer Rod (90 shore)
4Y347 P2 Elastomer Rod (80 shore)
4Y309 Tygon Tubing 1/8” ID flexible, 5’
4Y319=3 Harmony® P2/HD Boot
4Y345 Export Valve
4Y346 Intake Valve
Lubricating Cream
453H1=1
Increases the flow properties of the polyurethane liners. Recommended for
use with the 6Y400 TEC Custom Liner without fabric cover.
Lubricating Powder
453H2=1
Facilitates the donning and doffing of uncoated liners.
Technologies
Socket
Socket connector
2R117
Alternative slight socket connector (connection between socket and
Harmony® pump) with low height and rounded edges
Scope of delivery:
2R117=0 Socket connector
SL=P091 PU glue

Knee and Thigh Sleeves
Derma Protection Knee Sleeve

for Children
The 453A2 Derma Protection knee sleeve is a basic and durable sealing
sleeve made from a tear resistant copolymer gel and finished with a
textile. The 453A2 Derma Protection knee sleeves are mostly used as the
primary suspension or with a valve or Harmony® System and are suitable
Limb Prostheses
for amputees in the low to medium activity levels.

Article no. = Size

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
453A2 = 2
Article no. 453A2

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Sizes 1 2 3 4
Length 30 cm 30 cm 38 cm 38 cm
Knee center circumference 24 – 32 cm 30 – 40 cm 34 – 44 cm 42 – 56 cm
MOBIS®
Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeve
The Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeves 453A3 and 453A4 are anatomical pre-
shaped sealing sleeves made from a durable Copolymer (TPE) covered
with a textile. The anatomical shape is a combination of 3 different
Prosthetic
features:
Feet
• 15° pre-flexion allows for easier bending of the knee and significantly
reduced amount of wrinkles in the knee fold
• Slight conical proximal shape for increased the wearing comfort and a
stronger conical distal shape for a tight sealing of the socket
Adapters
• Anatomical shaped patella area for reduced pressure during the whole
movement process
The combination of these 3 factors provides the patient a high degree of
functionality and wearing comfort.
Knee Joints
The Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeves are mostly used as the primary
suspension or with a valve or the Harmony® System and are suitable for
amputees in the low to high activity levels.
Article no. = Size
Hip Joints
453A3 = 2
453A3 – Derma ProFlex

Thigh length: MPT-proximal end ~ 26 cm
Technologies
Article no. 453A3

Socket
Sizes 1 2 3
Knee center circumference 24 – 32 cm 30 – 40 cm 36 – 47 cm
Circumference 20 cm above MPT 34 – 46 cm 40 – 54 cm 48 – 66 cm
453A4 – Derma ProFlex, short

Thigh length: MPT-proximal end ~ 18 cm
Article no. 453A4

Sizes 1 2 3
Knee center circumference 24 – 32 cm 30 – 40 cm 36 – 47 cm
Circumference 20 cm above MPT 34 – 46 cm 40 – 54 cm 48 – 66 cm

Harmony® Knee Sleeve
Harmony® Knee Sleeves 454A7 and 454A8 provide an excellent vacuum

seal and are covered with a durable abrasion-resistant textile. They
include the Gaiter sleeve protector to extend its longevity and retain its
sealing properties. The Harmony® Knee Sleeves are mostly used with the
Harmony® System or a valve and are suitable for amputees in medium to
high activities.
incl. Gaitor 454A11
Article no. = Size

454A7 = 2
454A8 = 2
454A7 – Harmony® Knee Sleeve, cylindrical

Article no. 454A7
Sizes 1 2 3 4 5
Knee center
28 – 35,6 cm 30 – 37,5 cm 33 – 40,5 cm 35,5 – 43 cm 38 – 50,5 cm
circumference
454A8 – Harmony® Knee Sleeve, conical

The Harmony® Knee Sleeve 454A8 is very conical to provide the best fit for
patients with a large circumferential difference from their thigh to the socket.
Article no. 454A8

S ze i s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Knee center
25,5 - 33 cm 30,5 - 37 cm 33 - 39 cm 37 - 44,5 cm 43 - 51 cm 48 - 58,5 cm 56 - 66 cm
circumference
Circumference
35 – 43 cm 41 – 50 cm 44 – 54 cm 49 – 56 cm 53 – 66 cm 60 – 70 cm 66 – 75 cm
20 cm above MPT
Technologies
Socket

Thigh Support Bandage

for Children
With neoprene adhesive strip

Order no. (ordering example):

Limb Prostheses
21B37 = L 1
Article no. 21B37

Side Left (L), Right (R)
Initial/Interim
Sizes S (1) M (2) L (3) XL (4) XXL (5)

Prostheses
Hip circumference 60 – 74 66 – 80 76 – 90 86 – 100 96 – 110

Socket brim 36 – 40 40 – 44 44 – 48 48 – 52 52 – 56
Color beige
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Knee Joints
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket

Shuttle Lock Systems
Shuttle Locks
The Otto Bock 6A20=10, 6A20=20 and
6A30=10 can now be easily unlocked, even
under tension, thanks to the improved 6A52
ratchet unit. This device is particularly beneficial
to amputees who have less hand strength.
Please note: Users of older versions of a shuttle
lock system can easily replace their old 6A52
Technologies
ratchet unit with a new one.

Socket
Informationen:
646S1=3.02GB (Info Sheet)

Overview Shuttle Lock Systems

for Children
TT TF
Limb Prostheses
Liners
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
6Y75 6Y70 6Y42 6Y80

SkinGuard® Technology SkinGuard® Technology Standard Pro SIL Liner
Leg Prostheses
TF Adapt SIL Liner

SIL Liner SIL Liner
Alignment
Shuttle Locks
MOBIS®
6A20=20
Prosthetic
6A30=10 6A30=20 6A20=10 6A20=30

Feet
4R160=1 4R160=2
KISS®-System
Adapters
Individual attachment
Adapter
to knee joint and

5R2 further modular parts.
Knee Joints
5R1=6
4R54 4R77
Hip Joints
Tube Adapter
Technologies
Socket
2R57 4R82 4R72

Prosthetic Feet
1C30 1D10 1D35

Trias Dynamic Fuß Dynamic Motion

Important:
Sometimes the alignment line (red line) differs from the long
axis of the stump (blue line). The shuttle lock must follow the
blue line.
Shuttle Lock
This shuttle lock threads into the socket lamination anchor provided with
the kit. The infinitely variable locking mechanism, which employs 6Y13=1
Pin, offers a secure and user friendly connection between the liner and
prosthesis. Uses new easy to release 6A52 rachet unit.
Order no. 6A20=10

System height 25 mm
A lamination anchor for lamination is enclosed.
647H218
Shuttle Lock
This shuttle lock works the same as the 6A20=10. Due to the fact that it
has a pyramide receiver, it is suitable for long stumps either to put it on
top of a knee-joint or on top of a foot. The shorter 6Y13=2 pin secures the
connection between the liner and prosthesis and can also be used with
the 6A20=10 shuttle lock. Uses new easy to release 6A52 rachet unit.
Order no. 6A20=20

Distal connection Adjustment screw
System height 79 mm
A lamination anchor for lamination is enclosed.

Technologies
Socket
647H218
Long Pin
For Shuttle Lock 6A20=10, 6A30=10, 6A30=20
Order no. 6Y13=1L

Length 68.7 mm

Shuttle Lock
for Children
This shuttle lock works like the 6A20=10, unlike with an added feature of
a smooth pin. This shuttle lock is interchangeable with the 6A20=10. It
provides infinitely variable locking to maintain a secure connection to the
prosthesis.
Limb Prostheses
Order no. 6A20=30

System height 25 mm
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
647H328
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Shuttle Lock
This shuttle lock is best fitted with patients having a contracted knee-joint
or an unusual alignment line. The lock is delivered completely assembled
and ready to be integrated into the socket during the lamination or thermo-
plastic process. A dummy system assures easy lamination.
MOBIS®
The 6Y13=1 pin makes it easy to lock or to unlock the liner and offers
a secure connection between liner and prosthesis. Uses new easy to
release 6A52 rachet Unit.
Order no. 6A30=10

Prosthetic
Feet
647G415
Shuttle Lock
Adapters
This shuttle lock is a light weight plastic shuttle lock which is best fitted
with patients having a contracted knee-joint or an unusual alignment line.
The lock is delivered completely assembled and ready to be integrated
into the socket during the lamination or thermoplastic process. A dummy
Knee Joints
system assures easy that lamination can be easily done. The 6Y13=1 pin
makes it easy to lock or to unlock the liner and offers a secure connection
between liner and prosthesis. The 6A30=20 is well-suited for swimming
prostheses.
Order no. 6A30=20

Hip Joints
647H483
Technologies
Socket
Lamination Disk Aluminum
The 5R2 Lamination Disk is used for endoskeletal prostheses with the
6A30=20 Shuttle Lock.
Order no. 5R2

Weight 70 g
≤ 150 kg /
330 lbs System height 9 mm
Material Aluminum
The 4X86 Lamination Dummy is to be used for the lamination process.
It is provided with the lamination disk.
647G179

Vacuum Assisted Socket System

Order no. Description 6A20=10 6A20=20 6A20=30 6A30=10 6A30=20
4R111=N Lamination Anchor

506G21=M4x10 Set Screw
5X108 Dummy Set
5X120 Shuttle Housing with Bushing
5X440 Lamination Protection for Pin
5X55 Dummy Set with Screw
5X67 Plastic Tab
5X125 Dummy Set
6A51=10 Shuttle Lock Housing with Pyramid Adapter
6A51=20 Shuttle Lock Housing with Adjustment Screws
6A51=30 Shuttle Lock Housing with Pyramid Adapter
6A52 Ratchet Unit
6A52=30 Release Button
6A52=K Ratchet Unit, Complete
6A61 Plastic Tab for 6A52
6Y13=1 Pin
6Y13=L1 Pin
6Y13=2 Pin
6Y13=3 Pin, smooth
KISS® Shuttle-Lanyard systems
The KISS® Kits are Shuttle-Lanyard systems for transfemoral patients.

The KISS® System reduces the rotational and pistoning movements of
common lanyard systems. Due to the possibility of donning while sitting
it is especially suited for geriatric amputees and patients with reduced
mobility.
4R160=1
The Delrin KISS® Kit needs an additional socket adaptor to connect to the
modular system. It is suitable for contracted residual limbs. Further on it is
needed with a carbon frame with Thermolyn® soft.
4R160=2
Technologies
The 4-Hole-Endoskeletal KISS® Kit provides a direct connection to the

Socket
modular system. It is suitable for normal residual limb positions and for
laminated sockets without a softer inner socket made of Thermolyn® soft.
≤ 150 kg /
It is applicable up to a patient weight of 150 kg. 330 lbs
Accessories
Lamination Kit 4R161
The lamination kit 4R161 is used for endoskeletal fitting in combination
with the 4-Hole-Endoskeletal KISS® Kit 4R160=2.
Anti-Fray-Iron-Ons 4X225
The Anti-Fray-Iron-Ons 4X225 prevent fraying after the hole is cut into the
residual limb sock.

Overview Vacuum Assisted Socket Systems

for Children
TT TF
Limb Prostheses
Knee Sleeves
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
453A2 453A3 453A4 454A7 454A8

Derma Protection Derma ProFlex Derma ProFlex, Harmony® Harmony®,
short conical
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Liners
MOBIS®
6Y523
6Y400 6Y510 6Y93 Simplicity® 6Y540
Custom 4U PUR Liners Profile® PURLiner Balance TPE Liner Tapered PUR Liner AKquire PUR Liner
Prosthetic
Feet
21Y14 21Y15
Valves
PushValve MagValve
Adapters
4R140 4R136 + accessories 4R138=5 + accessories

V4-Valve Kit V5-Valve Kit 21Y12
Knee Joints
Adapters
Individual attachment
4R116 to knee joint an further
5R1=6 5R2
modular parts.
Hip Joints
4R54 4R77
Technologies
Socket
Tube Adapters
2R57 4R82 4R72

Prosthetic Feet
1C40 1D35 1E56 1C30

C-Walk® Dynamic Motion Axtion® Trias

Vacuum System – Transfemoral
PushValve und MagValve
The unique threadless design makes it quick and easy for patients to get
a secure fit. The valves click into place so patients know when the valve
W!
N E -base is secured. These designs eliminate the ‘twist or screw’ movement and
rts tion
2-pa fabrica thereby avoid cross-threading or over tightening!
asy
for e
21Y14 PushValve
The PushValve is opened and closed with two levers that are compressed.
It’s great for people with transfemoral amputations.
21Y15 MagValve
The MagValve provides a lower-profile design and uses magnets to retain
the valve body. It can be used for upper to lower extremity amputees.
W!
N E s-base n
rt tio
2-pa fabrica
asy
for e
Screw Valve Kit
21Y12 Screw Valve Kit

For vacuum forming technique
Consists of:
Lower screw ring (1)
Gasket (2)
Upper screw ring (3)
Upper valve piece (4)
Vacuum forming pattern (5)
Screw (6)
1 Lamination dummy (7)
5 6
Countersunk head screw (8)
O-ring (not illustrated)
2
8
3 7
4
Technologies
Socket
Accessories for 21Y14 and 21Y12 Have to be ordered separately.
21Y215 Pin Wrench

Valve Kits
for Children
Valve Kit for Interim Sockets

Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, O-ring, fixing ring, plastic screw disk
Order no. 21Y96

Limb Prostheses
Outer Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm
Valve Kit for Flexible Sockets

Initial/Interim
Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, valve seat with tube, lamination
Prostheses
ring, sealing ring, vacuum forming pattern, lamination pattern, screw,

countersunk head screw and plastic screw disk
Order no. 21Y97

Outer Ø 40 mm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
For hole Ø 24 mm
Valve Kit for Flexible Sockets

For side application. Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, lamination
ring, sealing ring, vacuum forming pattern, lamination pattern, screw,
MOBIS®
countersunk head screw and plastic screw disk
Order no. 21Y105

Outer Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm
Prosthetic
Feet
Otto Bock Screw Valve

With automatic air outlet, plastic
Order no. 21Y81

Adapters
Outer Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm
Knee Joints
Valves
Flat Silicone Valve

With thumb flap, without seat ring
Hip Joints
Order no. 21Y140

For outer seat ring Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm
Technologies
Socket
Flat Rubber Valve

For contact socket, with thumb flap, without seat ring
Order no. 21Y123=40

For outer seat ring Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm
Flat Rubber Valve

With thumb flap, without seat ring
Order no. 21Y40=40

Outer seat ring Ø 40 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm

Valves
Flat Rubber Valve

With automatic air outlet, with seat ring
Order no. 21Y95

For hole Ø 24 mm
Flat Rubber Valve

For contact socket, with 50 mm long socket attachment, with thumb flap
and seat ring
Order no. 21Y94

For hole Ø 24 mm
Flat Rubber Valve, small

Without seat ring
Order no. 21Y45

Outside Ø 32 mm
For hole Ø 20 mm
Seat ring
For rubber flat valve
Order no. 21Y41=40 21Y41=32

Outside Ø 40 mm 32 mm
For hole Ø 24 mm 20 mm
Connection Tube with Seat Ring

For valves with 40 mm outer ø
Order no. 21Y77

Inner tube Ø 24 mm
Outer Ø 28 mm
PVC-Connection Tube
Angled at 90°, for valves with outside diameters of 32 mm
Order no. 99B13=21 99B13=21-7 99B13=16 99B13=16-7

Inner tube Ø 21 mm 21 mm 16 mm 16 mm
Color tan black tan black
Technologies
Socket

Vacuum System – Transtibial

for Children
The V4 Valve Kit (for building a vacuum as- and shuttle lock technology. The Otto Bock
sisted socket system) together with a knee One-Way Valves allows air to escape, there-
sleeve is an alternative to the traditional pin by maintaining a vacuum in the socket.
Limb Prostheses
Otto Bock One-Way Valve

Initial/Interim
4R140 Otto Bock One-Way Valve

Prostheses
The 4R140 One-Way Valve combined with a sleeve ejects excess air from
the socket during stance phase and closes to prevent air from re-entering
during swing phase. This system minimizes friction and shearing forces.
The 4R140 Otto Bock One-Way Valve is only to be used with transtibial
Leg Prostheses
prosthetic fittings. It is easy to assemble.

Alignment
647G148
MOBIS®
V4 Valve Kit
Prosthetic
4R136
Feet
The plastic V4 Valve Kit builds Vacuum Assisted Socket System. It offers
many connection options that create a secure and functional one-way
valve solution.
647H511
Adapters
Knee Joints
+ accessories
V5 Valve Kit
Hip Joints
4R138=5
The plastic V4 Valve Kit builds Vacuum Assisted Socket System. It offers
many connection options that create a secure and functional one-way
Technologies
valve solution.
Socket
647H511
+ accessories

Derma Seal Residual Limb Socks

Wearing prostheses or orthoses can lead to ces chafing, pressure and strain on the skin
problems like pain from excessive pressure and offers increased comfort in the prosthe-
or friction, perspiration build-up and other si- tic socket.
milar situations. The gel layer also contains a medical-grade,
The Derma Product Line can help you suc- skin-friendly mineral oil that keeps the skin
cessfully prevent or reduce excessive strain supple.
on the skin.
Technologies
Informations:
Socket
The socks feature a special layer of poly-

646S1=1.04GB
mer gel. The viscous nature of the gel redu-
647H106
647H107

Derma Seal
for Children
This sock is made of stretchable nylon stretch fabric coated with polymer gel.
Skin Order no. (order example):
Gel Article no. = Size

Limb Prostheses
453D7 = 2
Nylon W!
N E r gel! 647H106
ofte
S
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 453D7

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Length* 30 cm 40 cm 40 cm 45 cm 45 cm 50 cm 50 cm 50 cm
Leg Prostheses
Length of gel layer 20 cm 25 cm 25 cm 33 cm 25 cm 33 cm 33 cm 33 cm

Alignment
Distal circumf. 16-22 cm 18-26 cm 20-31 cm 20-31 cm 23-35 cm 23-35 cm 27-40 cm 30-48 cm
Proximal circumf. 16-25 cm 18-30 cm 20-35 cm 20-35 cm 23-40 cm 23-40 cm 27-45 cm 30-53 cm
* Possible deviation: ± 10 %
MOBIS®
Derma Seal Forte
For more active people. The CoolMax® fabric offers increased durability
and comfort.
Skin
Prosthetic

Feet
Gel Article no. = Size

453D4 = 2
CoolMax® W! 647H106
N E r gel!
Adapters
Softe
Article no. 453D4

Knee Joints
Sizes 1 2 3 10 20
Length* 30 cm 30 cm 40 cm 65 cm 75 cm
Length of gel layer 25 cm 25 cm 30 cm 25 cm 30 cm
Distal circumf. 15 – 22 cm 20 – 26 cm 20 – 26 cm 15 – 22 cm 20 – 26 cm
Hip Joints
Proximal circumf. 20 – 32 cm 28 – 42 cm 28 – 45 cm 20 – 32 cm 28 – 42 cm
Technologies
Socket

Derma Seal Double Forte
For more active people and for those with bony residual limbs.
Skin The polymer gel is sandwiched between two layers of CoolMax® fabric.
Very durable.
Gel
Article no. = Size
453D5 = 2
CoolMax® W!
N E r gel! 647H106
ofte
S
Article no. 453D5

Sizes 1 2 3 10 20
Length* 30 cm 30 cm 40 cm 65 cm 75 cm
Length of gel layer 25 cm 25 cm 30 cm 25 cm 30 cm
Distal circumf. 15 – 20 cm 20 – 24 cm 20 – 24 cm 15 – 20 cm 20 – 24 cm
Proximal circumf. 20 – 28 cm 28 – 40 cm 28 – 43 cm 20 – 28 cm 28 – 40 cm
Derma Seal Trans Ped
This very stretchable sock is for Lisfranc/Chopart partial foot amputees.

The Trans Ped is knitted seamlessly and is made of 95 % polyester and
5% Lycra®-Spandex. The distal area inside the sock is coated with poly-
mer gel which protects this area from chafing, pressure, and load forces.
Article no. 453D2=N 453D2=XL

Size standard extra long
Length 22 cm 50 cm
647H107
W!
N E r gel!
Softe
Technologies
Socket

Residual Limb Socks
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Residual Limb Socks

Knee Joints
Improving a patient’s quality of life through in- Otto Bock residual limb socks:
creased mobility is a fine art. It requires exper- • protect the skin
Hip Joints
tise as well as commitment.

• absorb perspiration
That is why residual limb socks are made of
• help prevent friction against the skin, reddening
premium quality cotton, wool and blended fi-
and extreme variations in skin temperature
bers. This helps prevent skin friction, inflam-
Technologies
mations and pressure sores. Information:

Socket
646S1=6.04GB

Residual Limb Socks
CT Function Sock
Humidity regulating and breathable

Article no. = Size

451F30 = S
Article no. 451F30

Sizes S M L
Length 35 cm 40 cm 45 cm
Distal circumference 180 – 210 mm 220 – 260 mm 280 – 360 mm
Wool Residual Limb Sock
Plain, for transtibial short-prosthesis

Article no. = Length

451U1 = 35
Article no. 451U1

Lengths 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm
Color rim royal blue black pink
Nylon Protective Sock
For transtibial short-prosthesis


451U9 = 35
Technologies
Socket
Article no. 451U9

Lengths 25 cm, 35 cm, 45 cm, 60 cm
Seam width 20 cm
Width of coarse seam 17 cm
For a below-knee circumference up to 35 cm

Residual Limb Socks
Nylon Protective Sock

for Children
451F21 is a nylon protective sock with a proximal double-wall seam. Used

to protect knee suspension sleeves at the proximal socket brim area. Easy
to use.
Limb Prostheses
Article no. = Size

451F21 = S
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 451F21

Sizes S M L
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Length 25.5 cm 33.0 cm 40.5 cm

Proximal circumference 20 cm 22 cm 23 cm
MOBIS®
Terry Cloth Residual Limb Sock
Thin white sock for transtibial amputees.

Prosthetic

Feet
451F2 = 35
Adapters
Article no. 451F2

Lengths 25 cm 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm
Color rim navy royal-blue black red
Knee Joints
Cotton Residual Limb Sock

Hip Joints
Thin white sock for transtibial amputees.


Technologies
451F3 = 35
Socket
Article no. 451F3

Lengths 25 cm 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm
Color rim navy royal-blue black red

Residual Limb Socks
Residual Limb Sock for Liner
With distal hole for pin (locking) liners, white, 90% polyamide,
10% Lycra®
Article no. = Amputation height - Length

451F4 = 11 - 30
Article no. 451F4

Amputation height Transtibial (11) Transfemoral (20)
Lengths 30 cm, 40 cm 30 cm, 40 cm
Residual Limb Sock for Liner
With distal hole for pin (locking) liners, white, 85% cotton,
15% Lycra®
Article no. = Amputation height - Length

451F6 = 11 - 30
Article no. 451F6

Amputation height Transtibial (11) Transfemoral (20)
Lengths 30 cm, 40 cm 30 cm, 40 cm
Technologies
Socket

Compression Shrinker Socks
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters

Knee Joints
Compression Shrinker Socks offer significant • weeping skin

help in postoperative residual limb fitting. They • open wounds
apply consistent pressure to the residual limb
Hip Joints
• congestive dermatitis
which progressively decreases from the dis-
tal to proximal area to increase comfort for • arterial circulatory disturbances
pressure gradient and aid to more fluids from • acute thrombophlebitis
the limb. • congestive heart failure.
Technologies
Socket
Compression Shrinker Socks can be used by Compression Shrinker Socks should only be
transtibial and transfemoral amputees. The used when prescribed by a physician and
application is quick. only applied by trained personnel. To extend
Otto Bock Compression Shrinker Socks must the sock‘s longevity, we recommend wearing
NOT be used on or with: rubber gloves for donning and doffing to pre-
vent damage by finger nails or jewelry.

Compression Shrinker Sock
For transfemoral amputees, with waist band.

Article no. = Size - Length

451F12 = XS - 20
Article no. 451F12 451F11

Compression classes CCL1 CCL2
Lengths (L) g-e: 20 cm, 25 cm, 30 cm, 35 cm
Sizes XS S M L XL XXL
Circumference g 41 – 44 cm 44 – 48 cm 48 – 52 cm 52 – 56 cm 56 – 60 cm 60 – 64 cm
Circumference e 29 – 31 cm 31 – 34 cm 34 – 37 cm 37 – 40 cm 40 – 43 cm 43 – 46 cm
Compression Shrinker Sock
For transtibial amputees.

Article no. = Size - Length

451F13 = XS - 30
Technologies
Socket
Article no. 451F13 451F10

Compression classes CCL1 CCL2
Lengths (L) f-c: 30 cm, 38 cm, 46 cm
Sizes XS S M L XL XXL
Circumference f 39 – 41 cm 41 – 44 cm 44 – 47 cm 47 – 50 cm 50 – 53 cm 60 – 64 cm
Circumference e 29 – 31 cm 31 – 34 cm 34 – 37 cm 37 – 40 cm 40 – 43 cm 43 – 46 cm
Circumference c 27 – 29 cm 29 – 32 cm 32 – 35 cm 35 – 38 cm 38 – 41 cm 41 – 44 cm

Accessories for Socket Technology

for Children
Air Contact System by Pohlig
The Air Contact System (ACS) was designed in cooperation with Kurt
Limb Prostheses
Pohlig for flexible transfemoral sockets.

The ACS is recommended for accommodating variations in the volume
of the residual limb or an amputee‘s varying needs for increased socket
suspension. Various air chambers, positioned between the flexible residual
limb bedding and the outer socket, allow volume balance. The amputee
can inflate or deflate the chambers if need be. The load on the end of the
Initial/Interim
residual limb can be adjusted with the distal air chamber. The ACS by
Prostheses
Pohlig is recommended for all age groups.

2.3.7 (Technician)
646D33 (Patient)
Leg Prostheses
5D1 Three-Way Valve

Alignment
With mounted ball pump, complete with flexible hoses, attachment screw
with setting nut and protective cover
MOBIS®
Lateral Air Chamber

With pad dummy and O-ring
Order no. 5S1=170x60 5S1=140x60 5S1=80x60 5S1=95x80

Laterial/
For Lateral side Lateral side Medial side
Prosthetic
Medial side
Feet
5S2 Distal Air Chamber

With metal and flexible coupling, PE cap, 5F1 Terry Cloth Cover, vacuum
Adapters
forming dummy, O-ring and plug

Knee Joints

Hip Joints
634A61 Cold Welder

Bottle, net content 35 g
Technologies
Socket
616R11=3.2x500 Flexible Hose
5F1 Terry Cloth Covers

Package with 10 covers

Pedilin® Cone for Soft Socket
For years, Pedilin® has been successfully employed in the production of

soft sockets.
The material is skin-friendly, retains its shape and is hygienic. These pre-
fabricated cones have a precise, stable bonding edge. Ready for thermo-
plastic shaping, Pedilin® cones save sanding and gluing time.
Order no. 6T2=1 6T2=2 6T2=3

Upper circumference 390 mm 425 mm 485 mm
Lower circumference 200 mm 270 mm 300 mm
Height 420 mm 420 mm 420 mm
Thickness 5 mm
Sheet materials are described in the 646K1 Materials Catalog.
Procomfort Inner Socket
Some patients prefer to don their prosthesis while sitting and without
assistance. With the Procomfort Inner Socket, Otto Bock offers a helpful
solution. The individually shaped inner socket made of polyurethane replaces
the stockinette normally used for putting on a transfemoral prosthesis. The
Procomfort Inner Socket is rolled directly onto the residual limb. A specially
formulated gel assists the amputee in sliding into the prosthesis all the while
improving the adhesion between the Procomfort socket and prosthetic socket.
647H118
646D34
Order no. 5T8=1 5T8=2

Distal circumference 36 – 42 cm 28 – 36 cm
Proximal
49 – 71 cm 43 – 63 cm
circumference
633S2 Procomfort Gel

Bottle, net content 250 g
99B25 Nylon Stockinette

For processing technique (nylon)
Package with 10 stockinettes
633S2 99B25
Technologies
755X18 Bracket
Socket
755X22=260 Vacuum Pipe

With 755X93=260 Vacuum Sealing Disk (Pedilan®)

Cosmetic Covers
240
Cosmetic Covers
Cosmetic Covers
The majority of amputees want to not only recapture the function they lost, but
also want a cosmetically appealing option. To fulfill this desire, Otto Bock offers
different foam covers, stockings and cosmetic finishing options.
All foam covers have a drill hole that differ in diameter and form to accommo-
date various modular components. For transtibial prostheses, we offer drill hole
diameter of 30 mm or 34 mm to match Otto Bock tube adapters and tube clamp
adapters.
Transfemoral foam covers are pre-drilled to adapt to the contours of the Otto Bock
knee joints. Check the Foam Combination Table to quickly identify which cover is
compatible with which knee joint.
The 3S106 and 3S124 foam covers are designed to speed finishing. Conical re-
cesses in the socket area facilitate fitting the cosmesis to the socket and both
pieces are anatomically pre-shaped.
With Otto Bock SuperSkin coating technology, you can customize the color of
the definitive PUR foam cover and add splash water protection. Whether you se-
lect SuperSkin or Otto Bock SoftTouch stockings, we help you create cosmesti-
cally attractive results.
Perlon stockings in different sizes and colors with non-skid rubber bands add the
finishing touch.
Otto Bock Service Fabrication offers you a special service: fast fabrication of
foam covers to match the measurements of the amputee, and offers multiple op-
tions for the final finish.
Cosmetic
Covers

Foam Covers: Combination Overview
3R6 3S106 3R24 3S124 3S107 3S26 3S27* 6R6 6R8 6R18
3C86-1
C-Leg®compact
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
3C88-1 C-Leg®
3C96-1
C-Leg®compact
3C98-1 C-Leg®
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
3R15
3R17
3R20
3R21
MOBIS®
3R23
3R30
3R32
3R33
Prosthetic
3R36
Feet
3R40
3R46
3R49
Adapters
3R55
3R60
3R60=KD
3R60=ST
Knee Joints
3R60=HD
3R60-PRO
3R60-PRO=KD
3R60-PRO=ST
Hip Joints
3R60-PRO=HD
3R72
3R80
Technologies
3R90
Socket
3R92
3R95
3R95=1
Cosmetic
3R106
Covers
3R106=KD
3R106=ST
3R106=HD
Transtibial
The knee joints in question are joints for knee disarticulation fittings that are usually finalized with the 6R6
Transtibial Cosmesis. If required, the outer finish can also be covered with the 3R6 or 3S107 TF Foam Covers.
* Compatible with all Otto Bock hipjoints

Foam Covers
Please use also the Foam Covers Combination Overview on page 242 to select the right foam cover.
Foam Cover PE foam
The 6R8 covers for modular transtibial prostheses have 30 mm or 34 mm

drill hole diameters and are not pre-shaped. They can be applied to either
the left or right side.
Order no. 6R8=30 6R8=34

Length ~ 48 cm
For tube diameter 30 mm 34 mm
Material PE foam PE foam
Color beige beige
Foam Cover PE foam
The 6R18 covers for modular transtibial prostheses have 30 mm or 34 mm

drill hole diameters and are pre-shaped. They can be applied to either the
left or right side.
Order no. 6R18=30 6R18=34

Length ~ 48 cm
For tube diameter 30 mm 34 mm
Material PE foam PE foam
Color beige beige
Foam Cover PUR flexible foam
For knee joints: 3R21, 3R23, 3R30, 3R32, 3R46, 3R60=KD,

3R60-PRO=KD, 3R106=KD
The 6R6 cover for modular transtibial and knee disarticulation prostheses
has a drill hole diameter that is compatible with both a Ø 30 mm and a
Ø 34 mm system. It is not pre-shaped. It can be applied to either the left
or right side.
Order no. 6R6

Length ~ 55 cm
For tube diameter 30 mm and 34 mm
Material PUR flexible foam
Color beige
The material is flame retardant according to DIN 75200.

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 Standard ≤ 100 mm.
Cosmetic
Covers
Customized Foam Covers from Otto Bock Service Fabrication

If you would like to reduce your milling activities or if you need special sizes, you can have Otto Bock Service Fabri-
cation custom-fabricate foam covers according to the measurements of your customers. To do so, please fill out the
measurement form for customized foam covers in the chapter with order forms. For more information on the order
procedure, please see the 676K71=GB Service Catalog.

Foam Covers
Please use also the Foam Covers Combination Overview on page 242 to select the right foam covers.
for Children
For knee joints: 3R15, 3R49, 3R55 (also for 3R21, 3R23, 3R30, 3R32,
3R46)
Limb Prostheses
The 3R6 covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped

center hole and are pre-shaped.
Article no. = Side Calf circumference

Initial/Interim
3R6 = L 36
Prostheses
Article no. 3R6

Side left (L) right (R)
Leg Prostheses
Length ~ 94 cm
Alignment

Knee flexion 30°
Color beige
MOBIS®

Prosthetic

Feet
For knee joints: 3R15, 3R49, 3R55

The 3S106 covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped
center hole and are cosmetically pre-shaped. Moreover, the covers are
Adapters
prefabricated with a conical recess in the socket area for receiving the
prosthetic socket.

Knee Joints
3S106 = L 44
Article no. 3S106

Hip Joints
Length ~ 94 cm
Knee flexion 35°
Technologies
Color beige
Socket

Cosmetic
Covers

Foam Covers
For knee joints: 3R17, 3R20, 3R22, 3R33, 3R34, 3R36, 3R40, 3R95,
3R95=1 and for prostheses that include a knee joint combined with
the 99B17 Modular Knee Protector with Elastic Band Extension Assist.
The covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped center
hole and are pre-shaped.

3R24 = R 40
Article no. 3R24

Length ~ 94 cm
Knee flexion 30°
Color beige

For knee joints: 3R17, 3R20, 3R22, 3R33, 3R34, 3R36, 3R40, 3R95,
3R95=1 and for prostheses that include a knee joint combined with
the 99B17 Modular Knee Protector with Elastic Band Extension Assist.
The covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped center
hole and are cosmetically pre-shaped in the ankle and knee area.
Moreover, the covers are prefabricated with a conical recess in the socket
area for receiving the prosthetic socket.

3S124 = L 40
Article no. 3S124

Length ~ 94 cm
Knee flexion 35°
Color beige

Cosmetic
Covers


Foam Covers
for Children
For knee joints: 3R106, 3R106=ST, 3R106=HD, 3R60, 3R60=ST,

3R60=HD, 3R60-PRO, 3R60-PRO=ST, 3R60-PRO=HD, 3R72, 3R80,
Limb Prostheses
3R90, 3R92 (also for 3R60=KD, 3R106=KD)


Initial/Interim

Prostheses
3S107 = R 40
Article no. 3S107

Sides left (L) right (R)
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Length ~ 94 cm
Calf circumference 40 cm, 44 cm
Knee flexion 35°
MOBIS®
Color beige

Prosthetic

Feet
For knee joints: C-Leg® (3C88-1 and 3C98-1),

C-Leg®compact (3C86-1 and 3C96-1)
Adapters

3S26 = R 44
Knee Joints
Article no. 3S26

Length ~ 94 cm
Hip Joints
Calf circumference 44 cm
Knee flexion 30°
Color beige
Technologies
Socket

Cosmetic
Covers

Foam Covers
Foam cover for hip disarticulation prostheses PUR flexible foam
For: 7E5 hip joint with 3R20, 3R36 knee joints

7E4 hip joint with 3R20, 3R36, 3R60=HD knee joints
7E7 hip joint with 3R36, 3R106=HD, 3R60=HD,
3C96-1 C-Leg®compact, 3C98-1 C-Leg® knee joints
7E10 Helix3D hip joint with, 3C98-1 C-Leg® knee joint
The 3S27 covers for modular pelvic prostheses have a stepped center
hole and are pre-shaped.
Artikel-Nr. (Bestellbeispiel):

3S27 = R 44
Article no. 3S27

Length ~ 110 cm
Knee flexion 20°
Color beige

Complies with MVSS 302 < 100 mm.
Cosmetic
Covers


Aesthetic Refinement
for Children
Otto Bock offers a special coating technique chable, highly tear-resistant and splash water
for creating an attractive skin covering for resistant. Ideally it is applied with the aid of
foam covers. The surface material is stret- the 746B20 Surface Kit.
Limb Prostheses
Coating Technique for PUR Products

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Otto Bock SuperSkin
PUR material for the spray coating of PUR flexible foam covers, Otto Bock prosthetic
Leg Prostheses
feet and the Perlon connection piece (99B15).

Alignment
Article no. = Net contents - Color

635C1 = 0.5 - 14
MOBIS®
Highly flammable Irritant
Net contents
Prosthetic
0,225 kg (0.25) 0,450 kg (0.5) 0,900 kg (1) 2,300 kg (2.5) 4,700 kg (5)
Feet
tan (1) – – 1–1 2.5 – 1 5–1

brown (14) 0.25 – 14 0.5 – 14 1 – 14 2.5 – 14 –
dark brown (18) – – 1 – 18 2.5 – 18 –
Adapters
white (900) – – 1 – 9010 2.5 – 9010 –

bright yellow (1026) – – – 2.5 – 1026 –
purple red (3004) – – – 2.5 – 3004 –
Color
traffic light red (3020) – – – 2.5 – 3020 –

Knee Joints
Fiery violet (4008) – – – 2.5 – 4008 –

Gentian blue (5010) – – – 2.5 – 5010 –
pastel-turquoise (6034) – – – 2.5 – 6034 –
light gray (7035) – – – 2.5 – 7035 –
Hip Joints
black (9011) – – – 2.5 – 9011 –

gold (1050) – – 1 – 1050 – –
Recommended approximate values:

Technologies
for a transtibial foam cover 150 g

Socket
for a transfemoral foam cover 300 g
Color Swatch
Cosmetic
Covers
You can obtain the colors featured in the 646M13 Color Swatch by mixing specified
proportions of the SuperSkin colors that are listed in the color table above.
For information about the mixing proportions, please refer to the 647H177 Processing
Instructions.
647H177
646V53=GB

Surface Technique for PE/EVA Products, etc.

For PE foam covers, Pedilin®, Plastazote, Evazote, laminates, wood, metals and Pedilan® light feet, etc.
(except PUR products).
Finish concentrate Always use primer first
Thin with 635C2B Finish Thinner (mixing proportion: 2:1). Use sprayable
PUR material (with higher surface tension than SuperSkin) to coat PE
foam covers, Pedilin®, Plastazote, Evazote, etc. (except PUR products).
Order no. (order example): Highly flammable Irritant
Article no. = Net contents - Color

635C2A = 1 - 14
Net contents
1,535 kg
0,600 kg (1) (2.5) 3,135 kg (5)
tan (1) 1–1 2.5 – 1 5–1
Color
brown (14) 1 – 14 2.5 – 14 –

dark brown (18) 1 – 18 2.5 – 18 –
Recommended approximate values:

for a transtibial foam cover 150 g
(incl. finish thinner);
for a transfemoral foam cover 300 g
(incl. finish thinner)
646M13 Color Swatch / Mixing Proportions see 647H177
Finish thinner Always use primer first
To thin 635C2A Finish Concentrate, use mixing proportion: 2:1.

647H177
Article no. = Net contents

635C2B = 1
Net contents
0,300 kg (0.5) 0,770 kg (1) 1,570 kg (2.5)
0.5 1 2.5
Primer for Finish Concentrate
Before using the 635C2A/635C2B Finish, please apply a thin coat of

primer onto the product that you will be processing.
647H177
Cosmetic

Covers

635C3 = 0.5
Net contents
0,450 kg (0.5) 0,900 kg (1)
Color
White 0.5 1

PUR Foam Adhesive, Highly Elastic, Ready for Spraying

for Children
The 636W58 PUR Foam Adhesive is used for bonding PUR materials, PUR-
PE connections and other materials (e.g. connection caps for the prosthetic
foot). It is ready for spraying and is highly elastic.
Limb Prostheses
647H177
Highly flammable Irritant
Order no. 636W58

Net contents 0,650 kg
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Cleaning Agent
For high-performance spray guns and other devices used for refining foam
covers
Prosthetic
Feet
647H177

Adapters
634A80 = 1
Net contents
0,750 kg (1) 1,900 kg (2.5)
Knee Joints
1 2.5
Do not use as thinner.
Accessories Please order separately if required!

Hip Joints
746B20 Coating Kit, incl. Spray Gun
646M13 Foam Cover Color Swatch

Technologies
Socket
758Z60=1 Booth for Spray Coating without Ventilator

758Z60=2 Booth for Spray Coating with Ventilator
For more information about this accessory, please see the catalog
Cosmetic
Covers
“Planning and Equipping” (646K10=GB).
Customized Coatings from Otto Bock Customer Service

You can choose to contract the refinement of your PUR or PE/EVA products to Otto Bock Customer Service.
Please contact a service representative at:
Phone: +49 5527 848-1236 or +49 5527 848-1815 or send a fax to: +49 5527 848-1570.

SoftTouch Stockings
SoftTouch Stockings for Transtibial Prostheses (2 pcs.)
Otto Bock SoftTouch Stockings have a special surface coating. They are
pulled over the foam cover. This adds:
• splash water resistance
• dirt resistance
• visually more attractive
SoftTouch Stockings are extremely strechtable. They fit transtibial pros-
theses and come in small, medium and large in 10 colors. They are ideal
in combination with the 6R8 or 6R18 PE Foam Cover.
Article no. = Size - Color

99B116 = 2 - 12
Article no. 99B116

Sizes 2 4 6
Calf circumf. 30 – 33 cm 34 – 39 cm 40 – 45 cm
Ankle circumf. 19 – 21 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 29 cm
Foot length ≥ 21 cm ≥ 23 cm ≥ 25 cm
(2),(4),(6),(8),(10),(12),(14),(16),(18)
Colors*
Please refer also to the color pattern table
* Colors correspond to 646M22 Color Swatch

647H267
Color 0 Color 2 Color 4 Color 6 Color 8
Color 10 Color 12 Color 14 Color 16 Color 18
Please refer to the 646M22 Color Swatch to select the right color.
Cosmetic
Covers

Perlon Stockings
Perlon Knee Stockings

for Children
The Perlon Knee Stockings with rubber band are intended for the
outer cosmetic finish of modular transtibial prostheses.

Limb Prostheses
Article no. = Size Color

99B16 = 1 B
Article no. 99B16

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Sizes 1 2 3
Length ~ 38.5 cm ~ 40.5 cm ~ 44.5 cm
Ankle (1/2) ~ 9 cm ~ 9.2 cm ~ 9.25 cm
Foot length ~ 17.5 cm ~ 18.5 cm ~ 19 cm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Collar (1/2) ~ 11.5 cm ~ 11.5 cm ~ 11.5 cm

Colors tan (–) , brazil (B)
MOBIS®
tan brazil
Prosthetic
Feet
Perlon Cosmetic Stockings
The Perlon stockings with rubber band are intended for the outer cosmetic
finish of modular knee disarticulation prostheses and transfemoral
prostheses.
Adapters
Article no. = Size Color

99B14 = 1 B
Knee Joints
tan brazil
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket
Article no. 99B14

Sizes 0 1 2 3 4
Length ~ 59 cm ~ 61.5 cm ~ 66 cm ~ 72 cm ~ 83.5 cm
Cosmetic
Covers
Ankle (1/2) ~ 9 cm ~ 9 cm ~ 9 cm ~ 9.25 cm ~ 9.5 cm

Foot length ~ 18 cm ~ 19 cm ~ 20 cm ~ 20.5 cm ~ 21 cm
Collar (1/2) ~ 15 cm ~ 16 cm ~ 17 cm ~ 18 cm ~ 19 cm
Colors tan (–) , brazil (B)

Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Prostheses
Perlon Cosmetic Stockings for Pelvic Prostheses
The Perlon Cosmetic Stockings are made of 100 % polyamide and are
intended for the outer cosmetic finish of modular pelvic prostheses.
Scope of delivery: 1 pair
Kennzeichen 99B14=HE
Length ~ 100 cm
Ankle (1/2) ~ 10 cm
Foot length ~ 18,5 cm
Collar (1/2) ~ 14 cm
Color tan
Perlon Connection Piece
The Perlon Connection Piece is used to attach the foam cover to the
transfemoral socket.
Article no. = Size

99B15 = 2
Article no. 99B15

Sizes 1 2 3
Length ~ 22 cm ~ 22 cm ~ 22 cm
Collar (1/2) ~ 17 cm ~ 17.5 cm ~ 18 cm
Cosmetic
Covers

Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Prostheses
Modular Knee Protector

for Children
99B17
The Modular Knee Protector can be used for modular transfemoral
prostheses to protect the cosmetic cover from the knee.
Limb Prostheses
• with elastic band extension assist

• includes Thermolyn® dummy for laminating (616T3=400x31x2)
647G49
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Finishing Kit for Modular Hip Disarticulation Prostheses

Prosthetic
Feet
4R32
The Finishing Kit is used for fixing the foam connection cap to the hip
socket and is a function component of Otto Bock modular hip joints.
Consists of:
Adapters
2 attachment belt with ring

2 anchor ring
2 anchor wedge
1 ThermoLyn® dummy for laminating
1 pair Perlon cosmetic stocking, tan, size 3
Knee Joints
Hip Joints
Bag for Prosthesis
For transporting a prosthesis

Technologies
Socket
Order no. 642C80 642C80=1

Cosmetic
Covers
Length 120 cm 65 cm
Width 45 cm 40 cm
For TF prosthesis TT prosthesis

Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Protheses
Cosmetic
Covers

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses
256
Exoskeletal prostheses, also called conventional or crustacean type prostheses,

are commonly made of wood or plastic. The prosthesis walls provide shape and
have a weight-bearing function.
This robust prosthesis type has been successfully used for years and is the pros-
thesis of choice when patient needs or geographical conditions do not allow the
use of modular parts. All amputation levels except knee disarticulation can be fit-
ted with an exoskeletal prosthesis.
The individual components are made of a thick-walled material – wood or Pedilen® –
that allows customization. Together with the prosthetic socket, the components
are set up and connected to one another in the alignment device. Though modifi-
cations can be made during the trial fitting, the components must be disassembled
to do so. Very few static modifications can be made to a finished prosthesis.
To finalize a wooden prosthesis, the walls of the wooden components are reduced
from the inside while the exterior is given its final shape. Subsequent parchment
or lamination reinforces the prosthesis while creating an attractive surface.
To finalize a plastic prosthesis, the model is laminated after the outer form has
been shaped. The Pedilen® hard foam is then removed to create a thin resin
wall.
Exoskeletal

Alignment recommendations for knee-calf components

for Children
Knee-calf components and feet are aligned in The recommended retrusion values relate to
the same way as modular components (see the alignment line (see illustration). Allow for a
page 33). general outer rotation of 5° for the knee axes
Limb Prostheses
For the precise and correct alignment of exo- of the different components.
skeletal lower limb prostheses, we recom-
mend the Otto Bock 743A3A Alignment Ap-
paratus.
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
15 mm 5 mm 30 mm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line
Knee-calf component Jüpa knee-calf Long knee-calf

Adapters
component component
Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line

Knee Joints
Hip Joints
H H H
Technologies
Single Axis Foot SACH*-Foot Dynamic Foot Greissinger Foot

Socket
The alignment values can be found in the instruction manual for each prosthetic foot.
To ensure an effective heel height, a safety factor is added to compensate for the compression of
Cosmetic
Covers
the Pedilan® sole, the dorsal stop and the knee joint stop.
The following values are added to ensure an effective heel height:

For Single Axis Foot and SACH* Foot = H + 5 mm
Exoskeletal
For Dynamic Foot and Greissinger Foot = H + 10 mm

Foot Components
Foot Components
Otto Bock offers five different foot component Under the trade names Pedilan® and Pedi-
designs for exoskeletal prostheses: len®, these quality plastics have become re-
• Cosmetic Light Foot cognized worldwide. Pedilan® is a vulcanized
cellular plastic specially developed for ortho-
• SACH* Feet
pedic applications and was first introduced
• Dynamic Feet by Otto Bock in 1961.
• Single-Axis Feet With Otto Bock foot components, heel height,
• Greissinger Feet (multiaxial) ball shape and toe lift are all coordinated with
the placement and function of the ankle joint.
The foot components are constructed according
This, in turn, is placed in a specific relation-
to the Otto Bock alignment method. The wood,
ship to the load line of the prosthesis. To en-
metal and plastic materials have been tested
sure optimum functioning, follow our align-
for years prior to their application. The plastic
ment recommendations for each foot type.
parts are manufactured from a formula deve-
loped by Otto Bock Kunststoff GmbH & Co.
Exoskeletal

1G6, SACH* and Dynamic Feet
The following feet can be used in both modular and exoskeletal prostheses.
For more information, see the chapter “Modular Prosthetic Feet.“

for Children
Cosmetic Light Foot

Limb Prostheses
1G6 - see page 56

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
SACH* Feet
1S90 - see page 62

MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
1S49 - see page 64

1S66 - see page 64
1S67 - see page 64
Adapters
Knee Joints
1S57 - see page 66

1S70 - see page 66
1S73 - see page 66
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket
Dynamic Feet
1D10 - see page 68

Cosmetic
Covers
1D11 - see page 69

Exoskeletal

1G6, SACH* and Dynamic Feet
Shaped Ankle Part

Without bushings, for 1G6 and all SACH*and Dynamic Feet. Can be
used for left and right applications
Order no. 2K34=25 2K34=30

For foot sizes 21 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm
Bolt Connection
Order no. 2Z22=M8x90 2Z22=M10
1G6 (all sizes) 1S90 (all sizes)
1S67 (22 – 25 cm) 1S49 (all sizes)
1D11 (22 – 25 cm) 1S66 (all sizes)
1S67 (26 cm)
For 1S57 (all sizes)
1S70 (all sizes)
1S73 (all sizes)
1D10 (all sizes)
1D11 (26 – 28 cm)
1 threaded bushing 1 threaded bushing

Scope of delivery
1 washer 1 washer
Pedilan® Block
Order no. 2F8=H 2F8=M 2F8=W
Firmness firm medium soft
Dimensions 115×75×65 mm 115×75×65 mm 115×75×65 mm
Elastic Foot Cover

For SACH* Feet on water-resistant walking aids
Order no. 2U1=L 2U1=R

Side left right
Size universal
Exoskeletal

Single Axis Feet
Single Axis Foot with Toes

for Children
The 1H37 and 1H39 single axis feet differ in heel height. They include the
2K14 Shaped Ankle Part and the 2H19 Otto Bock Single Axis Joint.
Limb Prostheses

1H37 = L 26
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 1H37

Leg Prostheses
Heel height 10 mm
Alignment

Sizes 21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm
Color beige
MOBIS®
Article no. 1H39

Heel height 25 mm
Prosthetic

Feet

Color beige
Adapters
Single Axis Foot without Toes, 2-piece
With 2K14 Shaped Ankle Part, 2H19 Otto Bock Single Axis Joint and
Knee Joints
2Z67 Pedilan® Sole.


1H31 = L 26
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket
Article no. 1H31

Heel height 25 mm
Cosmetic

Covers

Color beige / white
Exoskeletal

Single Axis Feet
1H38 Single Axis Foot with Toes

Single component for 1H37 Single Axis Foot with Toes
1H40 Single Axis Foot with Toes

Single component for 1H39 Single Axis Foot with Toes
1H32 Single Axis Foot

Single component for 1H31 Single Axis Foot
Otto Bock Single Axis Joint (5)

5
Maintenance-free, complete (without rubber bumper)
Order no. 2H19=42 2H19=47

For foot sizes 21 – 24 cm 25 – 29 cm
4
Weight 200 g 206 g
2 Single component Pack for Single Axis Feet

1 Order no. 2D5
Lower joint bushing (1)
Shell (2)
3 Washer (3)
Scope of delivery
Rubber bumper, hard, 59 mm long (4)
Rubber bumper, medium, 54 mm long (4)
Rubber bumper, soft, 42 mm long (4)
Shaped Ankle Part

For single axis feet with enclosed ankle joints

2K14 = L 26
Article no. 2K14

22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm,
Sizes
26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
709S14=11 Allen Wrench

For 502S17=M7 nuts
709S3 Square Socket Wrench, long

Exoskeletal
For 502V5=M10x1 nuts

Greissinger Foot
Greissinger Foot
for Children
With 2K5 Shaped Ankle Part, joint movable in all directions, 2Z18
Pedilan® Toe, 2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge and 2Z14 Pedilan® Sole,
flat sole countour
Limb Prostheses

1A6 = L 26
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 1A6

Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Heel height 28 mm
Sizes 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
Color wood color / white
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Greissinger Shaped Foot Part

Adapters
With 2Z18 Pedilan® Toe, 2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge and 2Z14 Pedilan®
Sole, flat sole contour

Knee Joints
1A7 = L 26
Article no. 1A7

Hip Joints
Pedilan® Toe
For 1A6/1A7
Technologies

Socket

2Z18 = L 26
Article no. 2Z18

Cosmetic
Covers

Exoskeletal
2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge 1A6/1A7

For sizes 25 to 29 cm

Greissinger Foot
Pedilan® Sole
For 1A6/1A7, flat sole contour

2Z14 = L 26
Article no. 2Z14


For 1A6 and 1A29
Order no. 2D1 2D2

1 soft, medium, and
1 soft, medium, and
hard rocking bumper
hard rocking bumper
hard
1 attachment pin
1 attachment pin
1 flexible joint retainer
Scope of delivery 1 flexible joint retainer
1 two-hole washer
1 two-hole washer
2 attachment bolts
2 attachment bolts
1 washer
1 washer
1 lock nut
1 lock nut
Lower Joint Section

U-joint
Order no. 2S22=68 2S69=68

Material Steel Titanium
Shaped Ankle Part

For 1A6, with 2S4 attachment pin and 2S18 plastic insert

2K5 = L 26
Article no. 2K5

709S7 Allen Wrench

Fits lock nut
Exoskeletal

Greissinger plus
Greissinger plus
for Children
With 2K25 Shaped Ankle Part and joint movable in all directions.
647H205
Limb Prostheses

1A29 = L 26
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 1A29

Heel height 10 mm
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
24 – 25 cm
Sizes 24 cm, 25 cm 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
26 – 29 cm
Color beige
MOBIS®
Greissinger plus Shaped Foot Part

Prosthetic
Feet

1A31 = L 26
Adapters
Article no. 1A31

24 – 25 cm
Sizes 24 cm, 25 cm 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm
Knee Joints
26 – 29 cm
Shaped Ankle Part for 1A29

Hip Joints
2K25 = L 26
Article no. 2K25

Technologies

Socket

For 1A6 and 1A29
Order no. 2D1 2D2

Cosmetic
Covers
1 soft, medium, and
1 soft, medium, and
hard rocking bumper
hard rocking bumper
hard
Exoskeletal
1 attachment pin
1 attachment pin
1 flexible joint retainer
Scope of delivery 1 flexible joint retainer
1 two-hole washer
1 two-hole washer
2 attachment bolts
2 attachment bolts
1 washer
1 washer
1 lock nut
1 lock nut

Pirogoff Foot
Pirogoff Foot
Recommendation: use 636W25 PU Adhesive with 636W26

Hardener to glue the mid-foot to the shaped foot part.
647H130

1P9 = L 26
Article no. 1P9

Heel height 10 mm
Color wood color / beige
Exoskeletal

Knie-Calf Components
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Knee-Calf Components
Knee Joints
Decades of experience have gone into the thick-wall design allows the clinician to sha-
design of Otto Bock knee-calf components. pe the prosthesis from both the outside and
The components are built in accordance with the inside, creating a thinner wall and a ligh-
Hip Joints
the static and dynamic guidelines of the Otto ter prosthesis.

Bock alignment system. Precision-built joints are integrated into the
Regardless of the material being used – knee-calf components. They feature a simple
whether wood or Pedilen® – Otto Bock knee- design, safe operation, minimal weight, easy
Technologies
Socket
calf components are made with thick walls maintenance and long-lasting performance.
that provide sufficient material for success- Standard parts are used to ensure that com-
ful alignment in the three spatial planes. The ponents can be quickly replaced.
Cosmetic
Covers
Exoskeletal

Single Axis Knee-Calf Component with Standard Extension Stop Frame
3P19 Poplar
Knee-Calf Component, Single Axis

With standard extension stop frame, constant friction unit and closed
knee ball.

3P19 = L 32
Article no. 3P19

28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm,
Calf circumference
36 cm, 38 cm, 40 cm
Material Poplar
726W11 Taped Reamer for 3P19 and 3P23

For reaming knee axis bushings
4H14 Standard Extension Stop Frame

With shin extension stop bumper, hard
4V71 Constant Friction Unit
3D6 Single component Pack for 3P19

2 Consists of:
3
Exoskeletal
1 1 washer (2)
1 oval head screw, slotted (3)
4 2 knee axis bushings (4)

Jüpa Knee-Calf Component
3P23 Poplar
for Children
Jüpa Knee-Calf Component

The stance phase control knee offers a high degree of comfort and
outstanding functional features such as:
Weight-dependent brake effect for stance phase control by means of
Limb Prostheses
wedge and groove. With constant friction unit and internal extension assist
for the individual adjustment of the swing phase.

Initial/Interim
Prostheses
3P23 = L 30
Article no. 3P23

Leg Prostheses
28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm,

Calf circumference
Alignment
40 cm
Material Poplar

MOBIS®
726W11 Taped Reamer for 3P19 and 3P23

For reaming knee axis bushings
Prosthetic
Feet
4B52 Swing Block

Adapters
1
Knee Joints

2 4
Consists of:
3
1 swing axis (2)
2 knee axis bushings (3)
1 extension assist bracket (4)
Hip Joints
5 7 6
1 deceleration bumper (5)
1 knee extension stop rubber (6)
1 small stop plate (7)
Technologies
Friction Segment
Socket
Article no. = Thickness

4V21 = 2.5
Cosmetic
Covers
Article no. 4V21

Thickness 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm
Exoskeletal
4V89 Extension Assist, Assembled

Long Knee-Calf Component
3P33 Poplar
Long Knee-Calf Component

Polycentric sliding knee joint with shifting of knee joint pivot point for knee
stability and a smooth stop.

3P33 = L 32
Article no. 3P33

Calf circumference 32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm, 40 cm
Material Poplar
726W12 Stud Reamer for 3P33

For reaming out bushings
4L1 Linkage Element

2 1
Consists of:
2 oval head screws (1)
1 knee axis bushing (2)
Exoskeletal
3 4 1 wedge piece (3)

1 rubber bumper, soft (4)
1 glide plate (5)
1 glide plate base (6)
5 6

Knee-Calf Component
3P4 Poplar
for Children
Knee-Calf Component
Single axis, with central lock unit and extension stop frame
647H254
Limb Prostheses

3P4 = L 30
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Article no. 3P4

28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm,
Calf circumference
40 cm
Leg Prostheses
Material Poplar
Alignment
MOBIS®
Prosthetic
Feet
Adapters
Extension Stop Frame

Knee Joints
With riveted guide plate

Article no. = Side

4H12 = L
Hip Joints
Article no. 4H12

Technologies
3D1 Knee Lock Assembly

Socket
Consists of:
1 locking bolt
1 locking lever
1 compression spring
1 plastic control plate, left
Cosmetic
Covers
1 plastic control plate, right

1 slotted nut
1 ball head nut
1
Exoskeletal
2 Consists of:
2 repair knee axis bushings (2)
4 3 2 oval head screws (3)
2 square nuts (4)

Knee-Calf Component
3K9 Plastic
Knee-Calf Component, 100° Flexion Angle

This plastic knee-calf component was designed for geriatric patients with
1 long residual limbs as well as for swimming prostheses. The thick-walled
Pedilen® knee and calf components provide the form for lamination.
647G18
2
Article no. = Side Calf. circumference Design

3 3K9 = L 38 T
Article no. 3K9
Design normal (–), swimming prosthesis (T)
Material Plastic
Drainage tube accessory: see next page
4K11 Knee Component* (Pedilen®) (1)

4K10 Knee Joint* (plastic) (2)
Single axis, with manual lock, constant friction unit and Bowden cable
4K12 Shin Component* (Pedilen®) (3)
38 cm calf circumference (thick-wall material can be removed for smaller
calf circumferences)
* Please specify right or left side when ordering.
4
4K18 Knee Joint Upper Part (plastic) (4)
Without bushing, lock and constant friction unit
4K19 Knee Joint Lower Part (plastic) (5)

5
Without knee axis
4F18 Lock Control Handle (6)

6 The following may be used instead of the 4F18 Lock Control handle:
7 4F34 Lock Control Unit (7)

11 3D7 for 3K9 3D8 for 3K9=T
10
Consists of: Consists of:
12 13 1 Perlon cord (8) 1 Perlon cord (8)
17 1 threaded fitting, short (9) 1 threaded fitting, short (9)
1 knee axis (stainless steel) 1 knee axis (titanium)
14 18 with knee axis screw (10) with knee axis screw (10)
1 guide piece for lock cam (11) 1 guide piece for lock cam(11)
15 1 lock ring (12) 1 lock ring (12)
19
1 compression spring (13) 1 compression spring(13)
16 1 locking latch (14) 1 locking latch (14)
20 1 axis for locking latch (15) 1 axis for locking latch (15)
Exoskeletal
9 1 knee stop (Pedilen®) (16) 1 knee stop (Pedilen®) (16)

2 knee axis bushings (17) 2 knee axis bushings (17)
1 constant friction unit (18) 1 constant friction unit (18)
8
2 set screws with slot and peg (19) 2 set screws with slot and peg (19)
1 lock spring (20) 1 lock spring (20)

Knee-Calf Component: Plastic
3K5 Plastic
for Children
Knee-Calf Component
Extension assist and lock are built into the knee joint. The closed knee ball
1 on the lower section accommodates kneeling. Thanks to the knee axis pin,
assembly and disassembly does not require special tools.
Limb Prostheses
The thick-walled Pedilen® knee and calf components allow for customized
2 alignment and trial walking and form the basis of the resin laminate.
Excess Pedilen® can be removed to reduce the weight of the prosthesis
and to create large drainage holes required for bathing and swimming.
This knee-calf component is recommended solely for bathing/
Initial/Interim
3
Prostheses
swimming prostheses.
Article no. = Side

3K5 = L
Leg Prostheses
Alignment
Article no. 3K5

Material Plastic
MOBIS®
2Z17 Drainage Tube for 3K5 and 3K9

Prosthetic
For SACH* Foot

Feet

Adapters
4K2 Knee Component** (Pedilen®) (1)

Please specify right or left side when ordering.
4K1 Knee Joint** (plastic) (2)
Singe axis with lock and extension assist
Knee Joints
4K3 Calf Component** (Pedilen®) (3)

Calf circumference of 38 cm
(thick-wall material can be removed for smaller calf circumferences).
** Please specify right or left side when ordering.
4K26 Knee Joint Upper Part (plastic) (4)

Hip Joints
4 With bushings
4K27 Knee Joint Lower Part (plastic) (5)

5 With bushings, without extension assist and lock
Technologies
Socket
6 3D9 Single component Pack for 3K5

Consists of:
8 1 knee axis (plastic) (6)
Cosmetic
2 limit rings (7)

Covers
7 9 13 1 extension assist (8)

1 cap (9)
1 extension assist axis (10)
10 14 11 1 lock button (11)
1 fork (12)
Exoskeletal
2 oval head screws, slotted (13)

1 plastic screw disk (14)
12 16 15 1 spring retention bushing (15)
1 knee stop (16)

Socket Blocks
Socket Blocks
Otto Block Socket Blocks are made exclusively the water- and perspiration-resistant gluing of
with the finest poplar. High quality is ensured joints. When used with our knee-calf and foot
with special processes to prevent splitting, to components, these blocks are long enough for
allow gradual slow drying as well as to provide most lower-extremity prostheses.
6P1 Poplar
Transtibial Socket Block

2-piece
Otto Bock Service Fabrication can also copy the wooden socket.
For more information, see the 646K71=GB Service Catalog.
5P1 Poplar
Transfemoral Socket Block

Otto Bock Service Fabrication can also copy the wooden socket.
For more information, see the 646K71=GB Service Catalog.
Order no. 5P1=1 5P1=2 5P1=3

Residual limb circumference 530 – 620 mm 450 – 560 mm 370 – 480 mm
Dimensions (D×W×H) 250×260×370 mm 210×220×370 mm 190×200×370 mm
Material Poplar
Exoskeletal

Cosmetic Socket Adapters Prosthetic Alignment Initial/Interim Modular Lower Leg Prostheses
Exoskeletal Hip Joints Knee Joints MOBIS®
Covers Technologies Feet Leg Prostheses Prostheses Limb Prostheses for Children
276
Order and Measurement Forms
Page 3 of
3
Polyurethanerethane Custom m Liner · Transfemoral Liner
tation Modular
transmalleolar ampu Fax: +49-5
+49-5527-848-1585
5 Foot Sys
tem
pe P · Syme and
e Plus Chopart
m Liner (TEC) Shap Min. cleara
Plate
Polyurethane Custo 85 nce: 17-24
552 2
527-8 48-15 Crepe soles mm
Fax: +49-5 Kundennr.:
Client no.: Auftragsnr.:
Order no.:
n
are included
in delive
Datum:
Date:
ry. Axtion®
-System
Please indica
Ord
ony® DP Versandadresse
Shipping addressDate:
below (foots te the footshell and
Auftraggeber
Billing
hell,address (wenn (if von the glue
Crep
Custoe soles are Billin
mer included
g Ad er fa 1C30 Tr
/ Harm
different
Versandadresse
fromset
fill foam) shipping
abaddress)
wei- in delivery.
x no ia
.: 05 s
. in the selection no dres
Please indica.
y®® HD Order no.: Company
Firma Firma 1E80 Chopart te the footsh s
Harmon
shipping address) Company Comp
no.:14
(foots
-14 (if different from with 0 mm hell,anSpec ell in the
527
y® P2 / 48
Client Billing address heel heigh y tra-So selection
5527-8 848
1E81 Chop t ck). below
Harmon -5 Straße
Street
x: 49
+4 9-5 g addressm::
Straße
Street art with 9 Addre
1E56ssAxtio
152
Fa Shippin Date
Datu CompanyPLZ/OrtCity/ City/
1E82
mm heel
height n® with 13 mm heel
PLZ/Ort Chopart 4 height
Postal code Postal code with 19 mm firm
ei- ess)
addr
abw heel heigh medium
Company shipp
dres seing StreetTelefon: Cho t (Standard soft
from
rent anda Tel.: Telefon:part
Tel.: Plate for heel firmne Cu Ship
n diffeVers
von Children stome
ping
rags o
nr.:
no.:
r no (wen(if
erress City/ Minimal cleara ss is mediu r no
Orde
Auft
trag
Street add
nggeb Crepe soles nce: 17 mm m.) . Addr
Billi
Auf Postal code Fax:Fax: Fax:
Fax: Pros ess
are includ
ed in delive Patie thetis Comp
(if diff
City/ ntSL t any
Tel.: ry. InfoProfile Child erent
code 1E87 Chop
Creperm
than
no.:.:
Kundtennr Firm
Com a
Postal
pany art with 6 at ren Addre billing
Mob solesioare
Clien
esseress mm heel n includ ss addre
ppin g add
adr Tel.: Fax: height
Weig ility G ed in delive ss)
Shiand
Vers ße et
Stre
Stra Missing information mayy delay your orde order! 6Y80=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, with distal rade ry.
e ht Please indica
City/ Fax: L o Rider connection (footshell, te 2
the footshell
PLZ/Ort delay your order! Crep Ampu Spectra-So in the selec
Com a
Firmpany Postal
code
____
_______ _ _ Missing information may pee soles are
6Y81=M TF
includAdapt Custom Liner, without Bi
tatio
n
ck). Mob
ilit
tion below
Co
_______ ed in delivery. later Si1E79 ____ y Gra m.
ße et Telefon:Tel.: ian: ______________ Pleasse e indicate connection, with blind cap al Am de SL Profile with ____ de 3
Stre
Stra Orthopedic technic ____ _
to__ Orthopedic technician: _____________________________
_______________
contact your
_ the footsh pu 6 mm __heel
__ The
______________forg et
ment custom liner:
Please (foots shell,
hell, Spec ell in the
selectionLiner, without Foot
tatio heigh
____ t 1C30
City/ Fax:
Fax: ______________well. Do not Replace 6Y81=M-1 tra-So TFck).Adapt Custom Size n left __ kg ring Trias
Patient name: _______ k those boxes as (L)
PLZ/Ort Patient name: _____________________________________
_______________ below the
code (in ar 1C ha
Postal custom er service! 1E57
E57 Lo Rider connection, without blind cap cm) yes e inc 30 s
Tel.: ibilit y,
chec right with 9 mm right luded the fo a heel
Telefon: ction poss left ents Note: Length of matrix: heelbelow 21 (R) . otsh he
lefturem right ell an ight of
nd sele Altern 4 cm heighthe
t medial liner edge. Foot
Transtibial meas
ative adap no
s to a seco if ne- ter shell 22 d th 10
Fax:
Fax: ce lead
oice
If the choi . Custom Liner accordin
g to
cate size
) measurement sections zones XO Cou Colo 26 e fo mm. W
6Y416 Shape Plus nt: Lengthen the pronoun6ced Socketoupl pler
er form
for Lo Ride Stiffn ur 23 otsh
section. and foot lease indi Wall thickness:
Importa 4 mm
mark the MPT and
5allmm m e
mm 27 ell ins hen or
from each ve, liner .......(p ment form
measure cessary. Please
SL=LLR-XOR-XOCS-M r (see ess beige 28 24
ertio de-
one item for knee slee
S eve plaster cast and......
...... size) the plaster negativ SIT-Cast,6prominent
selec
(4) 25
Please
select
red size Knee Sle ............
............ thecate
eseinindi walll
onto the plaster
model. Extend SL=LLR-XOR-XO (diameter Slanted oval, prominent tion 29 n to
ol
the desi ............ may have .(pleas
toleranc
the knee center!
CL-M6 73 mm) Prev table
indicate A7= * ......
Note: Repeat orders...... ...... ............ size) 15 cmNew beyondorder
SL=LR-XO
CL-5/16
SIT-Cast medium (diameter ious below
) light 30
454
45 ±0.5 mm.
...... e indi cate * Delivere Slanted
85 mm*) oval, medium Fo ot (M (1 ) br own
thicknes s of
............ .(pleas + 10 cm
d version
ersion depend
...... ............
s on Mobility odel) (2) (15)
A6= * ............ ............ Repeat order, last order no. o. ____________________
_________ _ SIT-Cast feminine Grade and
Slanted
body weight. oval, feminine
454
4 ss............ ____ (3)
Wall thickne
............ ) Footshel contoured contoured ____
A2= * ............ s sure ment form Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances olerances in n the wall lss ____ (4)
453
4 Uniform wall thicknesase enclose
mea
) thickness of ±0.8 mm. + 5 cm Hybrid Conical W
____
____
and d
e r (ple s tapered from MPT
e indi cate size for Chop
art, eigh
t ____
Line Tapered (wall thicknes3 mm thick .(pleas
Lo Rider (sizes Cate ____
1 mm)) MPT
knee to ............ (± ) Transfemoral measurements ements s Quantity 24 – 31 cm), gory SL=S
6Y414= hollow of ...... the ...... ............ ment form Orderderr no. Axtion® (kg) PECTRA-SOCK
............ measure Important: Lengthen the measurement 45 - Protective
* ............ enclose urement
+ 5 cm sec-
se
e Sizes 60 SL=P078 Sock
6Y510= Distal connection: (please 2C5=
C5= Farben 61
cm
tions if necessary. Distance Res.limb

- 80 Chop
21-2art Glue Stiff
/ 2 Set
Side Size 22-31 cm from4tuber circumference81 SL=PO71
ness
6Y400= without 5 n Contour cut + 10 cm Color
15 - 95 Fill 1Foam Char
t
atin
n of4R5
for Lo Rider
a fabric coating) (optional) 23
beige light 96
pter 1
selectio (sizeses 22 – 23
brown -
110 2C100 Tool 2
-24
Soo ket Ada
Soc with (requires the 5R5 Slanted cut
cm cm) 111 for Size
+ 5 + 15 Quan tity Orde Os tuber AddiIschii - 12 – Remo 1
4R5 25-2 (cm)
err no. 5 ving the
footshell
5R1=6 4R51 Distal end tiona 2 6
cm
: Sizes l co –
Outer coating + + 20 cm SL=M m
Length of res. limb
ck M –
caucasian black + 3 cm ponents – 3
27-2
5R2 with fabric Color:
Size 23 cm fo 1 8
Side
≤ 10
for r the –
g orr men
with non-stick coatingiress that SL=F
4R111 + 25 cm 0 kg patie – 2 –
without fabric without-62 coating (require Size 22 – 23 cm + cm M at er
nt fit
ting 1 29-3
4R72=D 3
Length of res. limb
er w with Alum ial

Side
ny® the liner for wome (Sel 0
Harmo
H ª the patient wear ick k
stickines s Flexion angle ° for Chop n
inu Tu
ectio – 2 –
2R3 t to avoid the least art Plate for + cm m be Ad n) :
4R144 lubrican circumference
or Children Titan 3
≤ 12
the 4liner to the skin) Stain apte
Adduction angle Quantity ium 2R50 –
of4R8 ° Order no. 5 kg les r
o. s St (⌀ 30 4
+ 4R50 eel 2R37 1
Sizes + cm (⌀ 30 mm)
+ 4R54
ª
50 4R44=L Bone part ML biggest 2E3=
Tit Tube 2
4R1 2R2
Inner coating: 0/1E51) with th
measurement circumference Side 13 – 21 cmOther Stain anium
(⌀ 30 mm) 4R69 amp Ad
Cl
3
with(not1E5possible e Size
+ cm less
B
ky coating
tion St m m (⌀ ap
3=G
with non-stic combina or forms)) Tissue) part ML eel 2R57 ) 4R52 30 ter
(only in residual limb contours side
Comments:
theand measurement
5 cm (⌀ 34 (⌀ 30 mm)
F27
4R146 extreme ent wear

cate size 2R76 Lam
the patient
indi (⌀ 34 mm) 4R21 inat
647
that
without coating ......
(requires..... (please the liner ) Date ____ (⌀ 30 mm) ion
Foot ...... the stickinessss of size and side
to avoid __________ Date
____ mm 4R68 Anch
............t ____ mm (Adju
!
liner with lubrican cate _ Place ____ ) 4R82 or

............
...... ase indi ) ________ ____ (⌀ 34
) 4R10 stm
.....(ple ____
"
and side ________ ____ 0 . Py

1C40=* to the skin) ............ l cate size 268 _________ ____ 4R91 4R63 (Adjustm ram
(⌀ 34 mm)
the lastDate _____________ Place _____________________________
............ model for two ase
following
fol
yearsindi ___________________ ____ Signature ___________________________________ Pl____
ace _ _ id)
............
keeps the custom (ple ) ____ Signature ________
(Adju . Py
1D35=*Otto
......Bock
.................. size and side _______ Otto Bock
__
____ mm
) stm
. Py
ram
id)
ONY¸0
...... cate _______ Health ____ ____ ________ __
indi _______ ______
order.
............ ram
Care | Prosth
(please 264 _______ ____ ____
............ Signature _______ Otto id)
tto Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Ex Extremities
xtremities | www.ottobock.com etics – Lower ____
............ ___ _ ____
____ 4R11
1E56=* ...... _______
_______ ______ _______ Extremities
| www.ottoboc ____
____
___
_ 6
............ ______________ 261 Ott o Bo k.com (Adju
Date0 / 1E5
1=* ......
_______ ______ Place __
ck He ____
___ ____ stm
. Py
1E5 ___ ___ | www.ottobock.com alth
CaOtt __ ____ ra
r desired
foot size
______– Lower Extremities re o| Bo Sign mid)
______
althCare | Prosthetics Procksth ____
se ente Otto Bock HealthCare
___ Heetic atur ___
______
alths Ca
=*: plea ___ – Lo
re |we e __
_
e ___ wwr w.o ____
Signatur
Extttob
remock ____
__ ities.de ____
______ | ww
____
______ om w.otto
______ ottobock.c boc ____
______ | www. k.com
____
Place ___ L werr
Extremities ____
____ | Prosthetic
s – Lowe ____
______ _
Date ___
hCare
Bock Healt
Otto
265
260
Order and Measurement Forms

In the following section you can find order and
measurement forms for the products featured
in this catalog. (We recommend keeping these
forms as master copies and working with
copies.)
Index

General Order Form
Fax to the addresses of our branches throughout
the world, which are listed at the end of this catalog.
Billing Address Shipping Address (if different than billing address)

Customer no. Customer no.
Company Company
Address Address
Orthopedic technician Com.
Quantity Unit Order number Description
Comments Company stamp + Signature

General Order Form

Company Company
Address Address
Quantity Unit Order number Description
Comments Company stamp + Signature

Page 1 of 2
C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® Leg Prosthesis System


Company Company
Address Address
Prosthesis user Prosthesis user - Mobility Grade
Name __________________________________________ Mobility Grade 2

Age ____________________________________________
Mobility Grade 3
Sex male female
Mobility Grade 4
Weight _______________________________________kg
Size _________________________________________ cm
Amputation level
Knee – floor___________________________________ cm
Socket – floor _________________________________ cm Knee Disarticulation
Foot s ize _____________________________________ cm Transfemoral
Hip Disarticalation
Color of footshell beige light brown
Side of amputation left right
Bilateral amputation yes no
Osseointegration yes no
Initial fitting with a C-Leg®compact / C-Leg®
Follow-up fitting with a C-Leg®compact / C-Leg®
The C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® leg prosthesis system is only offered as a complete system.
The General Terms and Conditions of Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH apply.

Page 2 of 2
C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® Leg Prosthesis System
C-Leg®compact C-Leg® (incl. Wireless Remote Control)

qty. 3C96-1 C-Leg®compact qty. 3C98-1 C-Leg®
qty. 3C86-1 C-Leg®compact for long residual limb qty. 3C88-1 C-Leg® for long residual limb fittings
Warranty
qty. 36-month standard warranty for C-Leg®compact/ qty. SMP-3C98-1=5 60-month extended warranty for
C-Leg® (incl. service in the 24th month) C-Leg® (incl. service in the 24th and 48th month)
Electronic Tube Adapter (minimum order quantity: 1)
qty. 2R80 (Standard) for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® qty. 2R81 (Torsion Unit) for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg®
Length of 110 mm (Max. 100 kg) 120 mm Length of tube adapter: 160 mm 200 mm
tube adapter: 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 240 mm
Connection components (minimum order quantity: 1)

qty. 4R57 Rotation Adapter qty. 4R43 Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector (3-prong)
qty. 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter with Thread qty. 4R89 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Adapter (3-prong)
qty. 4R41 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver (3-prong)
qty. 4R104=60 Double Adapter, movable
qty. 4R104=75 Double Adapter, movable qty. 4R111=N Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector (4-prong)
qty. 4R116 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Adapter (4-prong)
qty. 4R40 Torsion Adapter
qty. 4R111 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver (4-prong)
qty. 4R118 Adapter Plate
Foot parts (minimum order quantity: 1)
qty. 1C40 C-Walk® prosthesis foot 24-25 cm 26-30 cm
qty. 1C30 Trias prosthesis foot max. 70 kg 24-25 cm max. 85 kg 23-34 cm 25-26 cm 27-30 cm
qty. 1D10 Men’s Dynamic Foot with Toes (incl. 2R31 and 2R14)
qty. 1D11 Women’s Dynamic Foot with Toes (incl. 2R31 and 2R14) 22-25 cm 26-28 cm
qty. 1D35 Dynamic Motion Foot 22-25 cm 26-30cm
qty. 1A30 Greissinger plus 24-25 cm 26-29cm
qty. 1E57 Lo Rider + Footshell max. 136 kg/

qty. 1E56 Axtion® + Footshell
Additional Information for 1E57 and 1E56: Impact load / Activity:
Footshell: left right Mobility Grade 3 Moderate activity and low impact load
Moderate activity and moderate impact load
Stiffness/Flexibility: stiff medium soft
Mobility Grade 4 Moderate activity and high impact load
High activity and high impact load
qty. 4X160 Protector dolphin (=1.2) qty. 4X74 12 V Car-Charger Cable for 4E50-2
blue (=5.6) qty. 4X78 Charger Extension Cable
qty. 3S26 Standard foam cover qty. 4X79 Plug Holder
qty. 3R59 Customized foam cover
(Please use separate order form)
AC Adapter (minimum order quantity: 1 of each)

qty. 757L16-2 AC Adapter qty. 4E50-2 Battery Charger for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg®

Harmony® P2 / Harmony® HD

Company Company
Address Address
How to select the structural height of the Harmony unit

Please use the following illustration and formula for selecting the
Harmony unit:
Step 1: Determine the distance to the ground
Measure the healthy side (MPT to ground) A
Measure the residual limb side B

- B
(MPT to distal end of the residual limb)
A
Structural height = A - B = C
D
Step 2: Determine the space not needed for the Harmony
components: H
C
Proximal connection (socket wall thickness + E
D
distal liner thickness + corresponding adapter)
F
Distal connection + E
Structural height of the foot + F
Total = G
Harmony® P2 Harmony®HD
Step 3: Determine the space available for Harmony: 4R144 137 mm 4R150 135 mm
C-G=H =
H > 137 mm 4R144 Harmony P2 can be used.

Note: The 4R72=D/4R72=D-62 Tube Adapter is not included with the 4R144. The 4R54 Socket
H > 135 mm 4R150 Harmony HD can be used. Adapter is not included with the 4R150. They must be ordered separately! The heights indica-
ted are system heights and correspond to the alignment heights. The minimal structural height
corresponds to the sum of the system heights of the individual components.
1C30 1E56 1C40 1D35 1E57
structural height: structural height: structural structural structural

81 - 109 mm 34 - 37 mm height: height: height:
71 - 87 mm 57 -77 mm 18 mm

Custom 4U PUR Liner · Syme and transmalleolar amputation
the world, which are listed at the end of 646K2=GB catalog.

Company Company
Address Address
Custom Liners are imprinted with your patient’s name. Missing information may delay your order!
Please clearly write the appropriate name.
Patient name: _____________________________________ Transtibial measurements

left right Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if
necessary. Please mark the MPT and all pronounced
zones onto the plaster model. Extend the plaster
6Y416 Shape Plus Custom 4U PUR Liner accor- negative 15 cm beyond the knee center!
ding to plaster cast and measurement form + 10 cm
Replacement custom liner: Please contact your
customer service!
+ 5 cm
Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall
thickness of ±10%. MPT
Wall thickness
cm
+ 5 cm
Uniform (6 mm wall thickness with 13 mm distal pad)
Tapered (6 mm wall thickness tapered from MPT + 10 cm
to 3 mm thick (± 1 mm) with 13 mm distal pad)
+ 15 cm
Distal connection
Length of res. limb
without + 20 cm
with (requires the selection of a fabric coating) + 25 cm
Outer coating least

circumference
with fabric  Color: tan black
without fabric requires a non-stick coating biggest
circumference
Comments:

Custom 4U PUR Liner · Transtibial amputations and Shape Plus Liner
the world, which are listed at the end of 646K2=GB catalog.

Company Company
Address Address
Transtibial measurements
Patient name: _____________________________________
For limbs > 10 cm in length the cast should be taken in ≤10º flexion
and at least 20 cm above MPT. For limbs < 10 cm in length take cast
left right in 20º for best results. 20° flexion requires a 6Y416
Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if
6Y400 Custom 4U PUR Liner based on plaster required. Please mark the MPT as well as all prominent
cast and measurement form areas on the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative
6Y400=M Custom 4U PUR Liner according to 23 cm beyond the knee center!
measurement form
6Y414 Harmony® Custom 4U PUR Liner based
on plaster cast and measurement form + 18 cm
6Y416 Shape Plus Custom 4U PUR Liner based
on plaster cast and measurement form + 10 cm
+ 5 cm
customer service!
Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall thickness of ±10%.
MPT
cm
Wall thickness
+ 2.5 cm
Uniform (6 mm wall thickness with 13 mm distal pad)
+ 5 cm
Tapered (6 mm wall thickness tapered from MPT
to 3 mm thick (± 1 mm) with 13 mm distal pad)
+ 7.5 cm
Length of res. limb
Distal connection
+ 10 cm
without
with (requires the selection of a fabric coating) + 12.5 cm
Outer coating
+ 15 cm
with fabric  Color: tan black + 17.5 cm

without fabric  requires a non-stick coating
Comments:

Custom 4U PUR
Shape plus Knee Disarticulation Liner and Transfemoral amputations
Fax to the addresses of our branches throughout the world, which are listed at the end of 646K2=GB catalog.

Company Company
Address Address
Patient name: _____________________________________

Transfemoral measurements
left right Important: Lengthen the measurement
sections if necessary.
6Y416 Shape Plus Custom 4U PUR Liner for Knee
Disarticulation, according to plaster cast and
measurement form
6Y430 Transfemoral Custom 4U PUR Liner (We Trochanter

recommend making a test socket of the
cm
residual limb. This replaces the need of + 5 cm

measurements.) + 10 cm
+ 15 cm
customer service!
Length of res. limb
Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall + 20 cm

thickness of ±10%.
+ 25 cm
Wall thickness least
circumference
Uniform(6 mm wall thickness
condyles
with 13 mm distal pad) measurement
Tapered(6 mm wall thickness tapered
to 3 mm / with 13 mm distal pad)
Comments:
Harmony Style(6 mm wall thickness tapered
to 3 mm / with 7 mm distal pad)
Distal connection
without
with (requires the selection of a fabric coating)
Outer coating
with fabric  Color: tan black
without fabric  requires a non-stick coating

Silicon Custom Liner · Transfemoral amputations

Company Company
Address Address
Missing information may delay your order! 6Y80=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, with distal
connection
6Y81=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, without
connection, with blind cap
Patient name: _____________________________________
6Y81=M-1 TF Adapt Custom Liner, without
connection, without blind cap
left right
Note: Length of matrix: 4 cm below the medial liner edge.
Wall thickness: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
Socket form
SIT-Cast, prominent Slanted oval, prominent
New order SIT-Cast medium Slanted oval, medium
Repeat order, last order no. ____________________ SIT-Cast feminine Slanted oval, feminine
contoured contoured
Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall
thickness of ±0.8 mm. Hybrid Conical
Transfemoral measurements
Important: Lengthen the measurement sec-
Distance Res.limb
tions if necessary.
from tuber circumference
Contour c ut
Slanted cut
Os tuber Ischii
Distal end
cm
+ 3 cm
+ cm
Length of res. limb
Flexion angle °
+ cm
Adduction angle °
+ cm
Bone part ML
measurement
+ cm
Tissue part ML 5 cm
measurement

SiliconGel Custom Liner · Transtibial amputations
Fax: +49-5527-848-1585

Company Company
Address Address
Missing Information can delay your order!

Patient name: _____________________________________
Left Right
Wall Thickness: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
+ 18 cm
6Y70=M Silicone Gel Liner with distal connection
6Y71=M Silicone Gel Liner without distal connec-

tion (with blind cap*)
6Y71=M-1 SiliconGel-Liner without distal connec- MPT = 0

tion (without blind cap*)
cm
*soft cap at the distal end of the liner; same shape as + 3 cm
cm
the cap of the liner with connection, but without thread.
+ 6 cm
New order + 9 cm
Residual limb length
Re-order, previous order no. _________________

+ 12 cm
Total length
Note: With repeat orders, the wall thickness might vary

by ±0.8 mm + 15 cm
+ 18 cm
+ 21 cm
Remarks:

1C30 Trias

Company Company
Address Address
Patient Information The 1C30 Trias has a heel height of 10 mm. When orde-
Mobility Grade 2 Mobility Grade 3 ring the 1C30 the footshell and the footshell insertion tool
are included.
Weight __________________ kg
Amputation Side left (L) right (R)

Bilateral Amputation yes no
Foot Size (in cm) 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30
Footshell Colour beige (4) light brown (15)
Stiffness (1) (2) (3) (4)

(see selection chart below)
Previous Foot (Model) ____________________________
Stiffness Chart
Size (cm)
Weight Category (kg)
21-22 23-24 25-26 27-28 29-30
45 - 60 1 1 – – –
61 - 80 2 2 1 1 –
81 - 95 – 3 2 2 1
96 - 110 – – 3 3 2
111 - 125 – – – 4 3
Additional components for the patient fitting (Selection):
Material Tube Adapter Tube Clamp Adapter Lamination Anchor

≤ 100 kg Aluminum 2R50 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R69 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R68
Titanium 2R37 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R52 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R100
Stainless Steel 2R2 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R21 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R63
≤ 125 kg Titanium 2R57 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R82 (⌀ 34 mm)

Stainless Steel 2R76 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R91 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R116
Other _________________ _________________ _________________

647F273=GB

Page 1 of 3
(required)
Prosthetic Feet (selection) · General Patient Data


Company Company
Address Address
Patient Data Patient Mobility Grade
Name ____________________________________________ Mobility Grade 3

Age ______________________________________________ Moderate activity and low impact load.
Everyday activities such as walking and going up
Sex male female
and down stairs.
Weight _________________________________________kg Moderate activity and moderate impact load.
Size ___________________________________________ cm Everyday activities, fast walking even on uneven
ground. Recreational activities such as hiking,
Foot s ize _______________________________________ cm golfing, etc.
Heel height _____________________________________ cm
Mobility Grade 4
Amputation side left right
Moderate activity and high impact load. Diverse
Bilateral amputation yes no activities, above-average impact load and
Previous foot (model) _______________________________ mechanical demands on the prosthesis.
High activity and high impact load. Recreational
Stiffness/Flexibility stiff medium soft activities such as skiing, sprinting, weight training etc.
Amputation height (optional information)

Symes/Chopart Transtibial Knee disarticulation Transfemoral
Hip disarticulation
Knee _____________________________________________
(a) Clearance: Socket end to floor _________________mm (a) Clearance:
End of knee to floor ___________________________mm
OR
OR
(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) ________________mm
(b) MPT to floor (sound side) ______________________mm
(c) MPT to socket end ___________________________mm
(c) Knee center to end of knee_____________________mm
Clearance: (b-c) ________________________________mm
Clearance: (b-c) _____________________________mm
Other __________________________________________

Page 2 of 3
Pylon Foot System
Axtion® DP Advantage DP2

1E58 (13 mm heel height) 1E50 (9 mm heel height)
System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 368 mm Standard Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 370 mm
Long Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 498 mm
1E51 (19 mm heel height)
Springlite® II
Standard Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 362 mm
1E61 (13 mm heel height) Long Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 489 mm
Standard Pylon
System height: A-, B-, C-Pylon max. 368 mm
Long Pylon System height: A-, B-, C-Pylon max. 495 mm
Possible Adapters for: Pyramid Adapter/

Tube Connection Socket Adapter
Axtion® DP Pyramid Receiver
Advantage DP2 4R82=P 2R182=30 4R431=1

A-Pylon
4R82 2R183 4R431=2

Springlite® II
2R183 4R415
2R183=L
Tube Connection Socket Adapter

2R185=30 4R432=1
B-Pylon
2R185=34 4R432=2
4R415
Springlite® II Pediatric Possible Adapters for Springlite® II Pediatric

1E66 (6 mm heel height) Pyramid Adapter/
System height: max. 375 mm Tube Connection Socket Adapter
Pyramid Receiver
4R82=P 2R182=22 4R431=1
A-Pylon
4R82 2R182=30 4R431=2

2R183
2R183 4R415
2R183=L
Scope for delivery:

Footshells
Axtion® DP:
for Axtion® DP, Advantage DP2, Springlite® II A tool for removing the footshell, a Spectra-Sock and Crepe soles
Quantity Order no. Sizes Colors are included in delivery.
4 15 Advantage DP2, Springlite® II; Springlite® II Pediatric:
2C5= / 22-31 cm
beige light brown
A Spectra-Sock and Crepe soles are included in delivery.
Side Size Color
for Springlite® II Pediatric

Quantity Order no. Sizes
2E3= 13 – 21 cm
Side Size
2C100 Tool for Removing the footshell

Page 3 of 3
Modular Foot System
Chopart Plate Axtion®

Min. clearance: 17-24 mm A spectra-sock and crepe soles are included in delivery.
Crepe soles are included in delivery.
Please indicate the footshell in the selection below
Please indicate the footshell and the glue set in the selection (footshell).
below (footshell, fill foam).
1E56 Axtion® with 13 mm heel height
1E80 Chopart with 0 mm heel height
firm medium soft
1E81 Chopart with 9 mm heel height (Standard heel firmness is medium.)
1E82 Chopart with 19 mm heel height
Chopart Plate Pediatric SL Profile Pediatric

Minimal clearance: 17 mm A spectra-sock and crepe soles are included in delivery.
Crepe soles are included in delivery.
1E87 Chopart with 6 mm heel height (footshell).
1E79 SL Profile with 6 mm heel height

Lo Rider
A spectra-sock and crepe soles are included in delivery.

(footshell).
1E57 Lo Rider with 9 mm heel height
Alternative adapter
XO Coupler for Lo Rider
SL=LR-XOCS-M6 (diameter 73 mm)
SL=LR-XOCL-M6 (diameter 85 mm*)
SL=LR-XOCL-5/16
* Delivered version depends on Mobility Grade and body weight.
Footshells SL=P078 Chopart Bonding Kit
for Chopart, Lo Rider (sizes 24 – 31 cm), Axtion® SL=PO71 Footshell Foam Kit (optional)
Quantity Order no. Sizes Colors 2C100 Removal Tool (steel)

2C5= / 4 15
22-31 cm SL=Spectra-Sock Protective Sock
Side Size Color beige light brown
for Lo Rider (sizes 22 – 23 cm)

SL=M 23 cm for men
Size Side
SL=F 22 – 23 cm for women

Size Side
for Chopart Plate Pediatric

2E3= 13 – 21 cm
Side Size

Page 1 of 2
(required)
Sports Prosthesis Feet · General Patient Data


Company Company
Address Address
Patient Data Activity
Name ____________________________________________ Performance sports Recreational sports

Age ______________________________________________ Training sessions per week __________________________
Sex male female Focus on Sprint 100 m
200 m
Weight _________________________________________kg
400 m
Size ___________________________________________ cm Long-distance running
Foot s ize _______________________________________ cm Other dis ciplines/comments __________________________
Side of amputation left right __________________________________________________
Previous foot (model) _______________________________ __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
Amputation height (serves to select the model, esp. C-Sprint®)

Transtibial Knee disarticulation Transfemoral
Knee _____________________________________________
(a) Clearance: Socket end to floor _________________mm (a) Clearance:

End of knee to floor ___________________________mm
OR
OR
(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) _________________mm
(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) _________________mm
(c) MPT to socket end____________________________mm
(c) Knee center to end of knee_____________________mm
Clearance: (b-c) ________________________________mm
Clearance: (b-c)______________________________mm

Page 2 of 2
Sports Prosthesis Feet
1C2 C-Sprint®
For transtibial amputees
Adjustment possibility +/- 15 mm possible by means of
slotted hole.
450 ±15 mm 410 ±15 mm 370 ±15 mm 330 ±15 mm
Adapter plate, socket adapter and rollover contour with

spikes are included in delivery.
Replacement parts (optional):

2R111 Adapter Plate
4R51 Socket Adapter with Rotation Adjustment
2Z285 Rollover Contour with Spikes
C-Sprint® is a registered trademark in Germany.
Springlite Sprinter
For transtibial and transfemoral amputees
5° “L” Adapter 18° “L” Adapter

“T” Adapter
348 mm 394 mm 388 mm

100 mm
Adapter available as an accessory.
Adapters for Springlite Sprinter:

2R176=T “T“ Adapter
2R177=5 5° “L“ Adapter**
2R177=18 18° “L“ Adapter**
** The delivered version depends on type of use (sprint/long distance) and body weight.

Carbon Fiber Footplates

Company Company
Address Address
Quantity Type of footplate Description Size Firmness
Flat (F) Carbon fiber footplate, flat,

shaped as an insole.
SL= F
Size Firmness 16 (14–16 cm)
Arched (A) Carbon fiber footplate with slight 19 (17–19 cm)
longitudinal arch without heel. 22 (20–22 cm)
SL= A S (soft)
25 (23–25 cm)
Side Size Firmness 28 (26–28 cm) M (medium)
Heel (13 mm), Arched (HA) Carbon fiber footplate with 31 (29–31 cm) F (firm)
slight longitudinal arch and 13 XF (very firm)
SL= HA XXF (extra firm)
Side Size Firmness
mm heel.
Contour (CFP) Carbon fiber footplate with 22 (20–22 cm)
contoured forefoot and a 13 25 (23–25 cm)
SL= CFP
mm heel. 28 (26–28 cm)
Size Firmness
31 (29–31 cm)
Morton‘s extension, flat Carbon fiber footplate with

integrated hallux valgus profile Standard
SL= ME-F- (standard) (20 cm long)
Firmness
in the forefoot.
Adapted to different sizes
SL= MEL-F- (long) through grinding. Long
Firmness (25.5 cm long) M (medium)
Morton‘s extension, contoured Carbon fiber footplate with F (firm)
integrated hallux valgus profile Standard
SL= ME-C- (standard) (20 cm long)
Side Firmness
in the forefoot.
Adapted to different sizes
SL= MEL-C- (long) through grinding. Long
Side Firmness (25.5 cm long)

Customized Foam Covers

Company Company
Address Address
Patient Data
Name: Affected side: left right
Sex: female male
Date of birth:
Weight Prosthesis/Knee type: _______________________
Transfemoral Inlet Hole

Conically enlarged
Transfemoral
circumference
Contour height
(at least 100 mm longer
than MPT-floor)
Knee circumference MPT
Calf circumference
MPT - floor
Ankle circumference
Floor
All measurements are in mm.

7E10 – Helix3D Hüftgelenksystem
Bestellfax: 05527-8481414

Company Company
Address Address
Helix-certified on
Patient data:
Last name, first name _____________________________ Tuberosity—floor ______________________________ cm
Age ____________________________________________ Prosthesis wearer since ___________________________
Sex male female Knee center of rotation—floor ___________________ cm
Size _________________________________________ cm Amputation level: Hip disarticulation

Hemipelvectomy
Foot s ize _____________________________________ cm
Weight _______________________________________kg Side of amputation: left right
Occupation ____________________________________
Current prosthesis / prosthesis components: Patient Mobility Grade:
Current hip joint _______________________________ Mobility Grade 2

Current knee joint _____________________________ Restricted outdoor walker
C-Leg® (serial no.) ____________________________ Mobility Grade 3

Current foot __________________________________ Unrestricted outdoor walker
Ability to walk (distance per day and time): Sports activities:
300 m to 1 km 15 to 30 minutes Recreational sports None
1 to 5 km 30 to 60 minutes Competitive sports
More than 5 km 60 to 120 minutes Type(s) of sport(s) (e.g. swimming, cycling):
More than 120 min. _____________________________________________
_____________________________________________

Glossary
Glossary
A Connection Tube 227

for Children
Copolymeres 200
AKquire PUR Liner 199 Cosmetic Light Foot 260
AC Adapter 182 Cosmetic Shells 241
Accessories for Harmony® System 213 Cotton Residual Limb Sock 234
Adapter 208
Limb Prostheses
CT Function Sock 233

Adapter Plate 118
Adjustment Adapter 30
Advantage DP2
86
248
D
Declaration of Conformity V
Air Contact System by Pohlig 238 DeltaTwist® 137
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
Alignment of Modular Leg Prostheses 33 Derma Product Line 229

Alignment recommendations for Derma ProFlex Kniekappe 216
knee-calf components 258 Derma Protection Kniekappe 216
A Pylon 91 Derma Seal 230
Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket 27
Leg Prostheses
Derma Seal Forte 230

Alignment
Axtion® 80 Derma Seal Residual Limb Socks 229

Axtion® DP 84 Derma Seal Trans Ped 231
Donning Spray 204
B Dorsal Stop Set

Double Adapter
59, 61
114, 115
Bag for Prosthesis 254
MOBIS®
Drainage Tube 274

Bag for Vacuum Pump 213 Dynamic Foot 68, 69, 260
Basic SIL Liner 195 Dynamic Foot for Children 6
Battery Charger 182 Dynamic Motion 72
Bench alignment 34
BionicLink 179
Prosthetic
E
Feet
Bolt Connection 261

Booth for Spray Coating 250 EasySelect 40
B Pylon 91 EBS 156
Bracket 239 EBS Knee Joint 157
Adapters
EBSpro Knee Joint 159
C Elastic Foot Cover

End Bearing Cushion
261
26
C-Leg® 174 Exoskeletal 257
C-Leg® customized fitting package 180 Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 257
Knee Joints
C-Leg® Product Line 173

C-Leg® Protector 178
C-Leg® Tube Adapter
C-Leg® Warranty and Service Concept
175
183
F
Feet for Limited Clearance 93
C-Soft 179 Feet for Mobility Grades 1 + 2 55
C-Sprint® 102 Feet for Mobility Grades 3 + 4 77
Hip Joints
C-Walk® 78 Filter 213

Carbon Fiber Footplate 94 Finishing Kit 254
Car Charger Cable 182 Fitting Packages 180
Charger Extension Cable 182 Flexible Hose 238
Technologies
Children Leg Prostheses 3 Foam Cover Color Swatch 250

Socket
Chopart Bonding Kit 11, 95 Foam Covers 20, 241-247

Chopart Footplate 95 Foam Covers: Combination Overview 242
Chopart Footplate for Children 10 Foot Adapter 7, 56, 67, 69
Cleaning Agent 250 Foot Components 259
Coating Kit 250 Footshell 81, 89, 95, 99
Cosmetic
Covers
Cold Welder 238 Footshell Foam Kit 11, 95

Color Swatch 248 Footshell for Children 9, 11
Component Combinations: Hip – Knee – Foot 49 Frame Socket 26
Component Combinations: Knee – Foot 48 Functional Adapters 131
Exoskeletal
Compression Shrinker Socks 236

Connection Adapter 115
Connection Adapter with Pyramid Receiver 116 G
Connection Cap 59, 61 Greissinger Foot 264
Connection Plate 63, 65, 67, 69 Greissinger plus 70, 266
Index

Glossary
Glossary
H N
Halmstad Interim Prosthesis 27 Nylon Protective Sock 233, 234
Harmony®-Kniekappe 217 Nylon Stockinette 239
Harmony® Complete Installation Kit 215
O
Harmony® System 207
Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set 213
Helix3D Hip Joint System 188-191 One-Way Valve 228
Helix3D Hüftgelenksystem 188 Order and Measurement Forms 277
Otto Bock Screw Valve 226
I
Initial and Interim Prostheses 25 P
PC interface with USB Connection Cable 182
Pedilan® Block 261
J Pedilan® Light Foot 56
Jüpa Knee-Calf Component 270 Pedilan® Single Axis Foot 57
Pedilan® Sole 5, 60, 67
K
Pedilin® Cone for Soft Socket 239
Perlon Connection Piece 253
KISS® Shuttle-Lanyard systems 223 Perlon Cosmetic Stockings 20, 252
Knee-Calf Component for Children 19 Perlon Knee Stockings 252
Knee-Calf Components 268 Pin Wrench 225
Pirogoff Foot 267
L Plug Protector for C-Leg®

Plumb line alignment
182
34
L-Adapter 103 Polyurethane Liners 197, 198, 199
L.A.S.A.R. Assembly 34 Posterior Connection Plate 88, 103
L.A.S.A.R. Posture 35 Procomfort Gel 239
Lamination Anchor 14, 119-121 Procomfort Inner Socket 239
Lamination Disk 125, 222 Profile® PUR Liner 198
Lamination Dummy 122, 133 Prosthetic Feet 5, 51, 260
Latex Casting Bags 213 ProSymes 96
Leg Prostheses for Children 3 Protective Sleeve 148
Liner Fit Kit 214 Protective Sock 89, 99
Liner Trimmer 204 Protector 178
Load line 35 PUR Foam Adhesive 250
Lock Control Unit 147 PushValve 225
Lock Unit Control 169 PVC Connection Tube 227
Long Knee-Calf Component 271 PVC Suction Tubing 213
Long Pin 221 Pylon 90
Lo Rider 98 Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector 117
Lubricating Cream 215 Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector 117
M Q
MagValve 225 Quality Assurance VI
Manometer with Inflating Ball 26
Mechanical Knee Joints 143
MOBIS® 43
Modular-Kniegelenke 165
Modular Adapter Kits 127
Modular Adapters 105
Modular Hip Joints 18, 185
Modular Knee Joints 15, 141
Modular Knee Protector 254
Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 23
Modular Prosthetic Feet 51
Morton‘s Extension 94
Index

Glossary
Glossary
R T
for Children
Residual Limb Socks 229, 232 T-Adapter 88, 103

Rotation Adapters 132, 133 Taped Reamer 19, 269, 270
Rotation Locking Plate 138 TechnoGel® PUR Liner 197
Terry Cloth Covers 238
Limb Prostheses
S
Terry Cloth Residual Limb Sock 234
TF Adapt SIL Liner 196
Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting 26 Threaded Hose Nozzle 213
SACH Feet 5, 6, 62, 64, 66, 260 Tool for Removing the Footshell 89
SACH Foot Adapter 63, 65 Torsion Adapters 134, 135, 136
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
SACH Foot for Children 5, 6 Transfemoral Socket Block 275

SACH Foot without Toes 66 Transtibial Socket Block 275
Schaftansatzstück 215 Trias 74
Screw Connection 7 Tube Adapter 12, 28, 106, 107, 182
Seat ring 227 Tube Clamp Adapter 13, 109-113, 187
Leg Prostheses
Selection Aid Feet 52

Alignment
Selection Aid Modular Knee Joints 142

Shaped Ankle Part 7, 261 V
Shrinker Socks 236 V4 Valve Kit 228
Shuttle Locks 219 V5 Valve Kit 228
Silicone Liner 194 Vacuum Pipe 239
MOBIS®
Silicone Liners 194, 195, 196 Valve Kit 226

Simplicity® PUR Liner 197 Valves 226, 227
Simplicity® Tapered PUR Liner 198
W
Single Axis Foot 58, 60, 262
Single Axis Foot Adapter 57, 59, 61
Prosthetic
Warranty and Service 183

Feet
SkinGuard® Technology SIL Liner 194

Sleeve 208 Wool Residual Limb Sock 233
Sliding Adapter 29, 117
SL Profile for Children 10
Socket Adapter 13, 123, 124
Adapters
Socket Attachment Block 13, 125, 126

Socket Blocks 275
Socket Technology 193
Socket wrench 138
Knee Joints
SoftTouch Stockings 251

Special Scissors for Cutting Synthetic Fabrics 204
Sport Feet 101
Spots 214
Springlite® II 88
Springlite® II Pediatric 8
Hip Joints
Sprinter 103
Standard Pro SIL Liner 195
Static alignment optimisation 35
Sticky Spots 214
Technologies
Stockings 241
Socket
Stud Reamer 271

Suction Tubing 213
SuperSkin 248
System Height 36
Cosmetic
Covers
Exoskeletal
Index

Index

Index
Index

for Children
1 2 3
1A6 264 2C2 97 3C86 177
1A29 266 2C3 75 3C88-1 175
Limb Prostheses
1A30 70 2C4 79 3C96 177

1C2 102 2C5 81, 89, 95, 99 3C98-1 175
1C20 97 2C100 89 3K5 274
1C30 75 2E3 9, 11 3K9 273
1C40 79 2F8 261 3P4 272
1D10 68, 260 2H19 263 3P19 269
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
1D11 69, 260 2K34 261 3P21 19

1D35 72 2K36 7 3P23 270
1E50 87 2R2 107 3P33 271
1E51 87 2R3 107 3R6 242, 244
1E56 81 2R8 63, 65, 67, 69 3R15 148
Leg Prostheses
1E57 98 2R10 59, 61 3R17 147

Alignment
1E58 85 2R14 63, 65, 67, 69 3R20 149

1E61 88 2R22 59, 61 3R21 170
1E66 8 2R31 56, 63, 65, 67, 69 3R23 169
1E79 10 2R33 59, 61 3R24 242, 245
1E80 95 2R37 106 3R30 170
1E81 95 2R38 106 3R32 169
MOBIS®
1E82 95 2R38=10° 107 3R33 147

1E87 10 2R40 7 3R36 149
1E90 103 2R41 12 3R38 16
1G6 56, 260 2R45 28 3R39 15
1G9 57 2R48 12 3R40 146
Prosthetic
1H31 262 2R49 106 3R41 145

Feet
1H32 60, 263 2R50 106 3R46 171

1H34 60 2R51 57, 59, 61 3R48 20
1H37 262 2R54 56, 63, 65, 67, 69 3R49 148
1H38 58, 263 2R57 108 3R55 168
Adapters
1H39 262 2R58 108 3R60-Pro 161

1H40 58, 263 2R76 108 3R65 17
1K10 6 2R77 108 3R66 16
1K30 6 2R80 175, 177 3R72 162
1P9 267 2R81 175, 177 3R80 163, 165
1S30 5 2R102 128 3R90 151
Knee Joints
1S49 64, 260 2R103 130 3R92 151

1S57 66, 260 2R105 129 3R95 166
1S66 64, 260 2R117 215 3R106 154
1S67 64, 260 2R120 128 3S106 242, 244
1S70 66, 260 2R121 128 3S107 242, 246
Hip Joints
1S73 66, 260 2R122 129 3S124 242, 245

1S90 62, 260 2R123 130 3S26 242, 246
2R124 130 3S27 242, 247
2R125 130
2R176=T 88, 103
Technologies
2R182 9, 91
Socket
2R183 9, 91
2R185 91
2S88 59, 61
2U1 261
2Z17 274
Cosmetic
2Z22 7, 261
Covers
2Z25 5
Exoskeletal
Index

Index
Index
4 5
4D20 15 4R82 9, 91, 112 5D1 238
4E50-2 182 4R82=P 113 5F1 238
4F34 147 4R84 114 5P1 275
4R1 30 4R84=D 115 5R1 125
4R100 119 4R85 135 5R2 125, 222
4R101 29, 117 4R86 135 5R6 27, 125
4R103 110 4R87 121 5R9 13
4R104 114 4R88 113 5S1 238
4R108 126 4R89 120 5S2 238
4R109 126 4R91 112 5T8 239
4R110 14 4R95 124 5Y14 125
4R111 121 4R98 110
4R112 29 4X160 178
4R116 121 4X177 178
4R118 118 4X178 178
4R120 138 4X180 179
4R121 138 4X202 178
4R128 215 4X46 122
4R136 228 4X46=ST 133
4R138=5 228 4X73 182
4R140 228 4X74 182
4R144 212 4X77 182
4R146 212 4X78 182
4R150 212 4X79 182
4R160 223 4X83 182
4R201 129
4R21 109
4R22 124
4R23 123
4R32 254
4R37 124
4R39 136
4R40 136
4R41 120
4R415 9, 91
4R42 119
4R420 88, 103
4R43 120
4R431 9, 91
4R432 91
4R44 120, 121
4R44=L 117
4R50 117
4R51 124
4R52 109
4R54 123
4R55 124
4R56 111, 187
4R57 133
4R60 13
4R63 119
4R66 13
4R68 119
4R69 109
4R72 114
4R72=D 116
4R73 123
4R74 123
4R75 116
4R76 115
4R77 123
4R78 115
Index

Index
Index

for Children
6 7 20-99
6A20=10 221 7E4 186 21B37 218
6A20=20 221 7E5 186 21Y94 227
Limb Prostheses
6A20=30 222 7E7 187 21Y105 226

6A30=10 222 7E8 18 21Y12 225
6A30=20 222 7E10 191 21Y123 226
6B3 27 21Y14 225
6K4 26 21Y140 226
6P1 275 21Y15 225
Initial/Interim
Prostheses
6R6 242, 243 21Y215 225

6R7 20 21Y41 227
6R8 242, 243 21Y45 227
6R18 242, 243 21Y77 227
6S1 26 21Y81 226
Leg Prostheses
6S2 26 21Y94 226

Alignment
6T2 239 21Y95 227

6Y13 221 21Y96 226
6Y40 195 21Y97 226
6Y42 195
6Y60 197 60X3 179
6Y70 194, 202 60X4 179
MOBIS®
6Y75 194
6Y80 196, 202 88L 202
6Y90 200
6Y93 201 99B116 251
6Y400 202 99B13 227
Prosthetic
6Y414 202 99B14 252

Feet
6Y416 202 99B14=HE 253

6Y510 198 99B15 253
6Y520 197 99B16 252
6Y522 198 99B17 254
Adapters
6Y523 198 99B22 20

6Y540 199 99B23 26
99B25 239
Knee Joints
Hip Joints
Technologies
Socket
Cosmetic
Covers
Exoskeletal
Index

Index
Index
400-800 S
451F2 234 756L10 204 SL=ADP340 9
451F3 234 757L16-2 182 SL=F 94
451F4 235 758Z60 250 SL=LR-XOCL-5/16 99
451F6 235 SL=LR-XOCL-M6 99
451F10 237 SL=LR-XOCS-M6 99
451F11 237 SL=ME-C 94
451F12 237 SL=ME-F 94
451F13 237 SL=MEL-C 94
451F20 214 SL=MEL-F 94
451F21 234 SL=P071 11, 95
451F30 233 SL=P078 11, 95
451U1 233 SL=Spectra-Sock 89, 99
451U9 233
453A2 216
453A3 216
453D2 231
453D4 230
453D5 231
453D7 230
453H1 215
453H2 215
454A7 217
454A8 217
616R2 213
616R11 238
616S132 214
616S134 214
625P1 213
633S2 239
634A61 238
634A80 250
635C1 248
635C2A 249
635C2B 249
635C3 249
636W58 250
640F18 204
642C80 254
646M13 248, 250
647X17 40
662F2 213
683G1 213
709H5 138
709H7 138
709H8 138
709H9 138
719S20 204
726W11 19, 269, 270
726W12 271
743D1 26
743L100 35
743L200 34
743L300 34
746B20 250
755E20 213
755X18 239
755X22 239
755Y16 213
755Z19 213
755Z20 213
Index

Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
Otto Bock worldwide
Europe
Otto Bock HealthCare Deutschland GmbH Otto Bock Benelux B.V. Otto Bock HealthCare Andina Ltda.
Max-Näder-Str. 15 · D–37115 Duderstadt Ekkersrijt 1412 · NL–5692 AK-Son en Breugel Clínica Universitária Teletón, Autopista Norte km 21,
Tel. +49 5527 848-3411 · Fax +49 5527 848-1414 Tel. +31 499 474585 · Fax +31 499 4762 50 La Caro, Chia, Cundinamarca
e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com e-mail: info.benelux@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.nl Bogotá / Colombia
Tel. +57 1 8619988 · Fax +57 1 8619977
e-mail: ottobock@telesat.com.co
Otto Bock Healthcare Products GmbH Industria Ortopédica Otto Bock Unip. Lda.
Kaiserstraße 39 · A–1070 Wien Av. Miguel Bombarda, 21 - 2º Esq. · P–1050-161 Lisboa
Tel. +43 1 5269548 · Fax +43 1 5267985 Tel. +351 21 3535587 · Fax +351 21 3535590 Otto Bock de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
e-mail: vertrieb.austria@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.at e-mail: ottobockportugal@mail.telepac.pt Av. Avila Camacho 2246 · Jardines del Country
MEX–Guadalajara, Jal. 44210
Tel. +52 33 38246787 · Fax +52 33 38531935
Otto Bock Adria Sarajevo D.O.O. Otto Bock Polska Sp. z o. o.
Omladinskih radnih brigada 5 · BIH–71000 Sarajevo Ulica Koralowa 3 · PL–61-029 Poznań
Tel. +387 33 766200 · Fax +387 33 766201 Tel. +48 61 6538250 · Fax +48 61 6538031
e-mail: obadria@bih.net.ba · www.ottobockadria.com.ba e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.pl · www.ottobock.pl Otto Bock HealthCare LP
Two Carlson Parkway North, Suite 100
U.S.A.–Minneapolis, Minnesota 55447
Tel. +1 800 328 4058 · Fax +1 800 962 2549
Otto Bock Suisse AG Otto Bock Romania srl e-mail: usa.customerservice@ottobock.com
Pilatusstrasse 2, Postfach 87 · CH–6036 Dierikon Șos de Centura Chitila-Mogoșoia Nr. 3 www.ottobockus.com
Tel. +41 41 4556171 · Fax +41 41 4556170 RO–Chitila 077405, Jud. Ilfov
e-mail: suisse@ottobock.com Tel. +40 21 4363110 · Fax +40 21 4363023
e-mail: Ionut.savescu@ottobock.ro · www.ottobock.ro Asia/Pacific
© DiskArt™ 1988
© DiskArt™ 1988
Otto Bock ČR s.r.o.

Protetická 460 · CZ–33008 Zruč-Senec Otto Bock Russia Otto Bock Australia Pty. Ltd.
Tel. +420 37 7825044 · Fax +420 37 7825036 5. Donskoj projezd 15, strojenie 16 · RUS–119334 Moscow Suite 1.01, Century Corporate Centre
e-mail: email@ottobock.cz · www.ottobock.cz Tel. +7 495 564-8360 · Fax +7 495 564-8363 62 Norwest Boulevarde · Norwest Business Park
e-mail: info@ottobock.ru · www.ottobock.ru AUS–Baulkham Hills NSW 2153
Tel. +61 2 88182800 · Fax +61 2 88182898
e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.com.au
Otto Bock Algérie E.U.R.L. www.ottobock.com.au
32, rue Ahcène outalab - Coopérative les Mimosas Otto Bock Scandinavia AB
Mackle-Ben Aknoun - Alger · DZ–Algérie Koppargatan 3 · Box 623 · S–60114 Norrköping
Tel. + 213 21 913863 · Fax + 213 21 913863 Tel. +46 11 280600 · Fax +46 11 312005
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr e-mail: info@ottobock.se · www.ottobock.se Beijing Otto Bock Orthopaedic Industries Co. Ltd.
HengXiang Tower · No.15 Tuanjiehu South Road
Chaoyang District · Beijing 100026 · P.R.China
Tel. +86 10 85986880 · Fax +86 10 85980040
Otto Bock Iberica S.A. Otto Bock Slovakia s.r.o. e-mail: china@ottobock.com.cn · www.ottobock.com.cn
C/Majada, 1 · E–28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Čajákova 25 · SK-81105 Bratislava 1
Tel. +34 91 8063000 · Fax +34 91 8060415 Slovenská Republika
e-mail: info@ottobock.es · www.ottobock.es Tel./Fax +421 2 52 44 21 88
e-mail: info@ottobock.sk · www.ottobock.sk Otto Bock Asia Pacific Ltd.
Suite 3218, 32/F., Sun Hung Kai Centre
30 Harbour Road, Wanchai · Hong Kong
Otto Bock Egypt S.A.E. Tel. +852 2598 9772 · Fax +852 2598 7886
115, El-Alameen St. · Mohandeseen – Giza · ET-Egypt Otto Bock Sava d.o.o. e-mail: info@ottobock.com.hk
Tel. +20 23 3024390 · Fax +20 23 3024380 Maksima Gorkog bb · 18000 Niš, Republika Srbija
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.eg · www.ottobock.com.eg Tel./Fax +381 18 539 191
e-mail: info@ottobock.rs · www.ottobock.rs
Otto Bock HealthCare India Pvt. Ltd.
Behind Fairlawn Housing Society · Sion Trombay Road
Otto Bock France SNC Chembur · IND–Mumbai 400 071
4 Rue de la Réunion · B.P. 11 · F–91941 Les Ulis Cedex Otto Bock Ortopedi ve Rehabilitasyon Tekniği Ltd. Şti. Tel. +91 22 2520 1268 · Fax +91 22 2520 1267
Tel. +33 1 69188830 · Fax +33 1 69071802 Ali Dursun Bey Caddesi · Lati Lokum Sokak e-mail: information@indiaottobock.com
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr Meriç Sitesi B Block No: 6/1 www.ottobockindia.com
TR–34387 Mecidiyeköy-İstanbul
© DiskArt™ 1988
Tel. +90 212 3565040· Fax +90 212 3566688
© DiskArt™ 1988
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.tr · www.ottobock.com.tr

Otto Bock Healthcare plc Otto Bock Japan K. K.
32, Parsonage Road · Englefield Green
GB–Egham, Surrey TW20 0LD Americas Oak Minami-Azabu Bldg. 2F · 3-19-23, Minami-Azabu
Tel. +44 1784 744900 · Fax +44 1784 744901 Tel. +81 3 5447-1511 · Fax +81 3 5447-1512
e-mail: bockuk@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.co.uk e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.co.jp · www.ottobock.co.jp
Otto Bock Argentina S.A.

Piedras, 1314 - Código Postal:
Otto Bock Hungária Kft. RA–1147 Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires Otto Bock Korea HealthCare Inc.
Tatai út 74. · H–1135 Budapest Tel. +54 11 4300 0076 Nongsan B/D 1F, 320-4
Tel. +36 1 4 5110 20 · Fax +36 1 4 5110 21 e-mail: ventas@ottobock.com.ar Yangjae - 2 Dong Seocho-Gu · ROK–37-897 Seoul
e-mail: info@ottobock.hu · www.ottobock.hu Tel. +82 2 577-3831 · Fax +82 2 577-3828
e-mail: ottobock@korea.com · www.ottobockkorea.com
Otto Bock do Brasil Ltda.

Otto Bock Adria D.O.O. Rua Jovelino Aparecido Miguel, 32
Dr. Franje Tuđmana 14 · HR-10431 Sveta Nedelja BR–13051-030 Campinas-São Paulo Otto Bock Southeast Asia Co. Ltd.
Tel. +385 1 3361544 · Fax +385 1 3365986 Tel. +55 19 3729 3500 · Fax +55 19 3269 6061 118 PSB Building · Vibhavadee-Rangsit Road
e-mail: info@ottobock.hr · www.ottobock.hr e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.com.br · www.ottobock.com.br Jompol, Jatujark · T–10900 Bangkok
Tel. +66 2 691-5515 · Fax +66 2 691-5516
e-mail: obsea@ottobock.co.th · www.ottobock.co.th
Otto Bock Italia S.R.L Otto Bock Healthcare Canada Ltd.

Via Filippo Turati 5/7 · I–40054 Budrio (BO) 5045 S. Service Road · Burlington · Ontario L7L 5Y7
Tel. +39 051 692-4711 · Fax +39 051 692-4720 Tel. +1 800 665 3327 · Fax +1 800 463 3659
e-mail: info.italia@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.it e-mail: info@ottobock.ca · www.ottobock.ca
© Otto Bock · Printed in Germany

646K2=GB – 06.09
OK1437_Adressen.indd 1 16.06.09 11:18

Otto Bock worldwide
Europe
Otto Bock HealthCare Deutschland GmbH Otto Bock Benelux B.V. Otto Bock HealthCare Andina Ltda.
Max-Näder-Str. 15 · D–37115 Duderstadt Ekkersrijt 1412 · NL–5692 AK-Son en Breugel Clínica Universitária Teletón, Autopista Norte km 21,
Tel. +49 5527 848-3411 · Fax +49 5527 848-1414 Tel. +31 499 474585 · Fax +31 499 4762 50 La Caro, Chia, Cundinamarca
e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com e-mail: info.benelux@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.nl Bogotá / Colombia
Tel. +57 1 8619988 · Fax +57 1 8619977
e-mail: ottobock@telesat.com.co
Otto Bock Healthcare Products GmbH Industria Ortopédica Otto Bock Unip. Lda.
Kaiserstraße 39 · A–1070 Wien Av. Miguel Bombarda, 21 - 2º Esq. · P–1050-161 Lisboa
Tel. +43 1 5269548 · Fax +43 1 5267985 Tel. +351 21 3535587 · Fax +351 21 3535590 Otto Bock de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
e-mail: vertrieb.austria@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.at e-mail: ottobockportugal@mail.telepac.pt Av. Avila Camacho 2246 · Jardines del Country
MEX–Guadalajara, Jal. 44210
Tel. +52 33 38246787 · Fax +52 33 38531935
Otto Bock Adria Sarajevo D.O.O. Otto Bock Polska Sp. z o. o.
Omladinskih radnih brigada 5 · BIH–71000 Sarajevo Ulica Koralowa 3 · PL–61-029 Poznań
Tel. +387 33 766200 · Fax +387 33 766201 Tel. +48 61 6538250 · Fax +48 61 6538031
e-mail: obadria@bih.net.ba · www.ottobockadria.com.ba e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.pl · www.ottobock.pl Otto Bock HealthCare LP
Two Carlson Parkway North, Suite 100
U.S.A.–Minneapolis, Minnesota 55447
Tel. +1 800 328 4058 · Fax +1 800 962 2549
Otto Bock Suisse AG Otto Bock Romania srl e-mail: usa.customerservice@ottobock.com
Pilatusstrasse 2, Postfach 87 · CH–6036 Dierikon Șos de Centura Chitila-Mogoșoia Nr. 3 www.ottobockus.com
Tel. +41 41 4556171 · Fax +41 41 4556170 RO–Chitila 077405, Jud. Ilfov
e-mail: suisse@ottobock.com Tel. +40 21 4363110 · Fax +40 21 4363023
e-mail: Ionut.savescu@ottobock.ro · www.ottobock.ro Asia/Pacific
© DiskArt™ 1988
© DiskArt™ 1988
Otto Bock ČR s.r.o.

Protetická 460 · CZ–33008 Zruč-Senec Otto Bock Russia Otto Bock Australia Pty. Ltd.
Tel. +420 37 7825044 · Fax +420 37 7825036 5. Donskoj projezd 15, strojenie 16 · RUS–119334 Moscow Suite 1.01, Century Corporate Centre
e-mail: email@ottobock.cz · www.ottobock.cz Tel. +7 495 564-8360 · Fax +7 495 564-8363 62 Norwest Boulevarde · Norwest Business Park
e-mail: info@ottobock.ru · www.ottobock.ru AUS–Baulkham Hills NSW 2153
Tel. +61 2 88182800 · Fax +61 2 88182898
e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.com.au
Otto Bock Algérie E.U.R.L. www.ottobock.com.au
32, rue Ahcène outalab - Coopérative les Mimosas Otto Bock Scandinavia AB
Mackle-Ben Aknoun - Alger · DZ–Algérie Koppargatan 3 · Box 623 · S–60114 Norrköping
Tel. + 213 21 913863 · Fax + 213 21 913863 Tel. +46 11 280600 · Fax +46 11 312005
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr e-mail: info@ottobock.se · www.ottobock.se Beijing Otto Bock Orthopaedic Industries Co. Ltd.
HengXiang Tower · No.15 Tuanjiehu South Road
Chaoyang District · Beijing 100026 · P.R.China
Tel. +86 10 85986880 · Fax +86 10 85980040
Otto Bock Iberica S.A. Otto Bock Slovakia s.r.o. e-mail: china@ottobock.com.cn · www.ottobock.com.cn
C/Majada, 1 · E–28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Čajákova 25 · SK-81105 Bratislava 1
Tel. +34 91 8063000 · Fax +34 91 8060415 Slovenská Republika
e-mail: info@ottobock.es · www.ottobock.es Tel./Fax +421 2 52 44 21 88
e-mail: info@ottobock.sk · www.ottobock.sk Otto Bock Asia Pacific Ltd.
Suite 3218, 32/F., Sun Hung Kai Centre
30 Harbour Road, Wanchai · Hong Kong
Otto Bock Egypt S.A.E. Tel. +852 2598 9772 · Fax +852 2598 7886
115, El-Alameen St. · Mohandeseen – Giza · ET-Egypt Otto Bock Sava d.o.o. e-mail: info@ottobock.com.hk
Tel. +20 23 3024390 · Fax +20 23 3024380 Maksima Gorkog bb · 18000 Niš, Republika Srbija
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.eg · www.ottobock.com.eg Tel./Fax +381 18 539 191
e-mail: info@ottobock.rs · www.ottobock.rs
Otto Bock HealthCare India Pvt. Ltd.
Behind Fairlawn Housing Society · Sion Trombay Road
Otto Bock France SNC Chembur · IND–Mumbai 400 071
4 Rue de la Réunion · B.P. 11 · F–91941 Les Ulis Cedex Otto Bock Ortopedi ve Rehabilitasyon Tekniği Ltd. Şti. Tel. +91 22 2520 1268 · Fax +91 22 2520 1267
Tel. +33 1 69188830 · Fax +33 1 69071802 Ali Dursun Bey Caddesi · Lati Lokum Sokak e-mail: information@indiaottobock.com
e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr Meriç Sitesi B Block No: 6/1 www.ottobockindia.com
TR–34387 Mecidiyeköy-İstanbul
© DiskArt™ 1988
Tel. +90 212 3565040· Fax +90 212 3566688
© DiskArt™ 1988
e-mail: info@ottobock.com.tr · www.ottobock.com.tr

Otto Bock Healthcare plc  Otto Bock Japan K. K.
32, Parsonage Road · Englefield Green
GB–Egham, Surrey TW20 0LD Americas Oak Minami-Azabu Bldg. 2F · 3-19-23, Minami-Azabu
Tel. +44 1784 744900 · Fax +44 1784 744901 Tel. +81 3 5447-1511 · Fax +81 3 5447-1512
e-mail: bockuk@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.co.uk e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.co.jp · www.ottobock.co.jp
Otto Bock Argentina S.A.

Piedras, 1314 - Código Postal:
Otto Bock Hungária Kft. RA–1147 Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires Otto Bock Korea HealthCare Inc.
Tatai út 74. · H–1135 Budapest Tel. +54 11 4300 0076 Nongsan B/D 1F, 320-4
Tel. +36 1 4 5110 20 · Fax +36 1 4 5110 21 e-mail: ventas@ottobock.com.ar Yangjae - 2 Dong Seocho-Gu · ROK–37-897 Seoul
e-mail: info@ottobock.hu · www.ottobock.hu Tel. +82 2 577-3831 · Fax +82 2 577-3828
e-mail: ottobock@korea.com · www.ottobockkorea.com
Otto Bock do Brasil Ltda.

Otto Bock Adria D.O.O. Rua Jovelino Aparecido Miguel, 32
Dr. Franje Tuđmana 14 · HR-10431 Sveta Nedelja BR–13051-030 Campinas-São Paulo Otto Bock Southeast Asia Co. Ltd.
Tel. +385 1 3361544 · Fax +385 1 3365986 Tel. +55 19 3729 3500 · Fax +55 19 3269 6061 118 PSB Building · Vibhavadee-Rangsit Road
e-mail: info@ottobock.hr · www.ottobock.hr e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.com.br · www.ottobock.com.br Jompol, Jatujark · T–10900 Bangkok
Tel. +66 2 691-5515 · Fax +66 2 691-5516
e-mail: obsea@ottobock.co.th · www.ottobock.co.th
Otto Bock Italia S.R.L Otto Bock Healthcare Canada Ltd.

Via Filippo Turati 5/7 · I–40054 Budrio (BO) 5045 S. Service Road · Burlington · Ontario L7L 5Y7
Tel. +39 051 692-4711 · Fax +39 051 692-4720 Tel. +1 800 665 3327 · Fax +1 800 463 3659
e-mail: info.italia@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.it e-mail: info@ottobock.ca · www.ottobock.ca
© Otto Bock · Printed in Germany

646K2=GB – 06.09
Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH
Max-Näder-Str. 15 · 37115 Duderstadt/Germany · Phone +49 5527 848-1424 · Fax +49 5527 72330
export@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com

1 Lower Extremities 2009 Catalogue

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 Lower Extremities 2009 Catalogue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technology for People

Helping people with physical impairments regain maximum mobility and

Professor Hans Georg Näder

Wood processing on the Euzenberg Turning machine for wood components

The 20s and 30s:

1919: 1935: 1946:

1920: A prosthesis replaces the form and function of

Transfer protocol from 1948

The 50s: The 60s and 70

Modular leg pros

In 2003, Hans Georg Näder is honoured

Hans Georg Näder gives Gerhard and

In 2005, premier Christian Wulff Hans Georg Näder is appointed hono-

The C-Leg® leg prosthesis system

The SuperFour® outdoor vehicle Aerial view of the company head­

ty research and development in addition to introducing product manage­

family buys back 2004:

Medical technology is regarded as one of the most important drivers of

and 2007: 2009:

id adapter, consisting of a four-screw adapter with pyramid system, is also

“Otto Bock HealthCare is a global leader of innovative products

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH is a modern, customer-focused, success-driven company with a

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Successful Product Selection and

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com I

Symbol Legend Search, Find and Order

Modular Lower Leg Prostheses

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses can be found within the chapter.

Tabs on the right-hand page margins as well as the subtitles

Modular Knee Joints

Eccentric Tube Adapters 30 mm

Tube Adapter Titanium

Order Information / Glossary / Index 269 - 295

6Y416 Shape Plus

Available in two lengths.

Order no 2R37 2R38

The indicated weight may differ

ses Limb Prostheses

Instructions for Use

Orthopedic technician: _____________________________ Missing information may delay your order!

6Y400 Custom Liner based on plaster cast and Transtibial measurements

Products with these symbols

are registered trademarks in

with fabric  Color: caucasian black

their respective countries.

Otto Bock Service Fabrication offers individual products and

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________

MOBIS® symbol legend

For more information or to place

Unrestricted outdoor walker

Limited weight category

User Tips and Order Placement

Socket attachment block for thermoplastic socket Aluminum

Product accessories are not included in the delivery

Accessory for 5R6 Have to be ordered separately.

This tool facilitates creating the proper distal shape.

Article no. 5Y14=1 5Y14=2 5Y14=3

Product components 647H4

which serve as spare

Single components replacement parts

Single-component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered separately

Order no. (order sample):

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com III

How to contact us:

The SuperFour® outdoor vehicle Aerial view of the company head

ty research and development in addition to introducing product manage

with fabric Color: caucasian black

Date _ Place _ Signature ___________________